See in Reader
Added "Alternate translation:" labels as needed. (#2418)
Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2418
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
5dc843064e
commit
05d4631d40
388
en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
388
en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
|
|
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 1 8 mj6x translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 11 zc4f translate-names 0 Ludites … Anamites … Lehabites … Naphtuhites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 12 p883 translate-names 0 Pathrusites … Kasluhites … Philistines … Caphtorites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 12 d1yt 0 from whom the Philistines came “the ancestors of the Philistines”
|
||||
1CH 1 12 d1yt 0 from whom the Philistines came Alternate translation: “the ancestors of the Philistines”
|
||||
1CH 1 13 a3cp translate-names 0 Canaan … Sidon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 13 w38d translate-names 0 Hittites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 14 v4fs translate-names 0 Jebusites … Amorites … Girgashites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 1 44 vii1 translate-names 0 Bela … Jobab … Zerah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 44 bit6 translate-names 0 Bozrah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 45 p51v translate-names 0 Jobab … Husham These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 45 s1yv 0 Husham of the land of the Temanites reigned in his place “Husham, from the land where Teman’s descendants lived, reigned after him”
|
||||
1CH 1 45 s1yv 0 Husham of the land of the Temanites reigned in his place Alternate translation: “Husham, from the land where Teman’s descendants lived, reigned after him”
|
||||
1CH 1 45 tlr9 translate-names 0 Temanites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 46 xs1i translate-names 0 Husham … Hadad … Bedad These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 1 46 fwm7 translate-names 0 Avith This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 2 4 i7tr translate-names 0 Tamar This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 4 wt6d 0 daughter-in-law This refers to the wife of his son.
|
||||
1CH 2 4 zyu9 translate-names 0 Perez … Zerah … Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 4 dbi3 0 bore him Perez and Zerah “gave birth to his sons Perez and Zerah”
|
||||
1CH 2 4 dbi3 0 bore him Perez and Zerah Alternate translation: “gave birth to his sons Perez and Zerah”
|
||||
1CH 2 4 hqa7 translate-numbers 0 five sons “5 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 2 5 v5ri translate-names 0 Perez … Hezron … Hamul These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 6 van7 translate-names 0 Zerah … Zimri … Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 2 15 g68w figs-ellipsis 0 the sixth … the seventh The word “son” is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the sixth son … the seventh son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 2 16 br54 translate-names 0 General Information: All names here except Zeruiah and Abigail are the names of men. Zeruiah and Abigail are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 17 j7as translate-names 0 Amasa … Jether These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 17 av3d 0 Jether the Ishmaelite “Jether, a descendant of Ishmael”
|
||||
1CH 2 17 av3d 0 Jether the Ishmaelite Alternate translation: “Jether, a descendant of Ishmael”
|
||||
1CH 2 18 t4ug translate-names 0 Caleb … Hezron … Jesher … Shobab … Ardon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 18 d2lv translate-names 0 Azubah … Jerioth These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 19 h7yh translate-names 0 Caleb … Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 19 uk7l translate-names 0 Azubah … Ephrath These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 20 wh68 translate-names 0 Hur … Uri … Bezalel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 21 pxj5 translate-names 0 General Information: All names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 21 g62n 0 bore him “gave birth to”
|
||||
1CH 2 21 g62n 0 bore him Alternate translation: “gave birth to”
|
||||
1CH 2 22 e526 translate-names 0 Segub … Jair These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 22 ip3l 0 land of Gilead People gave the land the name of the man.
|
||||
1CH 2 23 bx81 0 Geshur … Aram These are names of people groups named after ancestors. Translate “Aram” as in [1 Chronicles 1:17](../01/17.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 2 24 ebt4 translate-names 0 Hezron … Caleb … Ashhur … Tekoa These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 24 jx63 figs-euphemism 0 Caleb went in to Ephrathah This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Caleb had sexual relations with Ephrathah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CH 2 24 se6y translate-names 0 Ephrathah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 24 cn7z 0 bore him “gave birth to his son”
|
||||
1CH 2 24 cn7z 0 bore him Alternate translation: “gave birth to his son”
|
||||
1CH 2 25 yb9p translate-names 0 Jerahmeel … Hezron … Ram … Bunah, Oren, Ozem, and Ahijah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 26 ai3j translate-names 0 Jerahmeel … Onam These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 26 d8j6 translate-names 0 Atarah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 2 33 p2xd translate-names 0 Jonathan … Peleth … Zaza … Jerahmeel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 34 mr96 translate-names 0 Sheshan … Jarha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 35 mmx7 translate-names 0 Sheshan … Jarha … Attai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 35 u6ta 0 bore him “gave birth to his son”
|
||||
1CH 2 35 u6ta 0 bore him Alternate translation: “gave birth to his son”
|
||||
1CH 2 36 r5uj translate-names 0 Attai … Nathan … Zabad These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 37 gmg7 translate-names 0 Zabad … Ephlal … Obed These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 38 t1qs translate-names 0 Obed … Jehu … Azariah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 2 47 y3l1 translate-names 0 Jahdai … Regem, Jotham, Geshan, Pelet, Ephah, and Shaaph These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 48 s3wi translate-names 0 Caleb … Sheber … Tirhanah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 48 v5zq translate-names 0 Maakah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 49 ply8 0 She also bore “She also gave birth to””
|
||||
1CH 2 49 ply8 0 She also bore Alternate translation: “She also gave birth to””
|
||||
1CH 2 49 a13c translate-names 0 Shaaph … Madmannah … Sheva … Makbenah … Gibea … Caleb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 49 pct2 translate-names 0 Aksah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 50 vn49 translate-names 0 Hur … Shobal These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 2 54 fk5a translate-names 0 Netophathites … Atroth Beth Joab … Manahathites … Zorites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 55 e824 translate-names 0 Jabez This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites … Shimeathites … Sucathites … Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
|
||||
1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath Alternate translation: “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
|
||||
1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath … Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
|
||||
1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,14 +198,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 4 4 c2g6 0 Ephrathah This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 2:50](../02/50.md).
|
||||
1CH 4 5 x3h1 0 Ashhur … Tekoa See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 2:24](../02/24.md).
|
||||
1CH 4 5 dl7z translate-names 0 Helah … Naarah These are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 6 kb18 0 bore him “gave birth to his sons”
|
||||
1CH 4 6 kb18 0 bore him Alternate translation: “gave birth to his sons”
|
||||
1CH 4 6 b58w translate-names 0 Ahuzzam … Hepher These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 6 aur4 0 Temeni … Haahashtari These are understood here as the names of men. However, some versions understand them as the names of clans that were begun by the sons of Ashhur.
|
||||
1CH 4 7 hdj2 translate-names 0 Zereth … Zohar … Ethnan These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 8 grc3 translate-names 0 Koz … Anub … Hazzobebah … Aharhel … Harum These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 8 tq7a 0 and of the clans descended from Aharhel son of Harum A new sentence can start here. “Koz also became the ancestor of Harum and the clans that descended from Harum’s son Aharhel”
|
||||
1CH 4 9 gw86 translate-names 0 Jabez This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 10 v4ht 0 expand my territory “give me more land”
|
||||
1CH 4 10 v4ht 0 expand my territory Alternate translation: “give me more land”
|
||||
1CH 4 10 yd5d figs-metonymy 0 your hand will be with me Possible meanings are that God’s **hand:** is: (1) a metonym for his guidance, his power, or his protection. Alternate translation: “you will guide me” or “you will make me prosper” or “you will protect me” or (2) a synecdoche for himself. Alternate translation: “you will be with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CH 4 10 pn9h figs-metonymy 0 granted him his prayer The words “his prayer” are a metonym for what Jabez asked in the prayer. Alternate translation: “did what Jabez had asked him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 4 11 ujx1 translate-names 0 Kelub … Shuhah … Mehir … Eshton These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -255,16 +255,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 4 35 ul5r translate-names 0 Joel … Jehu … Joshibiah … Seraiah … Asiel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 36 m3rr translate-names 0 Elioenai … Jaakobah … Jeshohaiah … Asaiah … Adiel … Jesimiel … Benaiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 37 v2yu translate-names 0 Ziza … Shiphi … Allon … Jedaiah … Shimri … Shemaiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 38 vhs6 0 These mentioned by name were leaders “These men were leaders”
|
||||
1CH 4 38 vhs6 0 These mentioned by name were leaders Alternate translation: “These men were leaders”
|
||||
1CH 4 38 bs2l figs-metonymy 0 their clans increased greatly The clan is a metonym for the people in the clan. Alternate translation: “the number of people in their clans increased greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 4 39 b2mn translate-names 0 Gedor This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 39 m4m5 0 pasture for their flocks an area of land where their flocks could feed on the grass
|
||||
1CH 4 40 m3ce 0 abundant and good pasture “pastures with much good food for their animals”
|
||||
1CH 4 40 m3ce 0 abundant and good pasture Alternate translation: “pastures with much good food for their animals”
|
||||
1CH 4 40 g36z 0 Hamites a people group, descendants of Ham
|
||||
1CH 4 41 gue5 translate-names 0 Meunites a people group. Alternate translation: “descendants of Meun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 42 lby2 translate-numbers 0 five hundred men “500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 4 42 m3kh translate-names 0 Pelatiah … Neariah … Rephaiah … Uzziel … Ishi These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
|
||||
1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees Alternate translation: “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
|
||||
1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
|
||||
1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
|
||||
1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
|
||||
|
|
@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 5 13 f3xt 0 Michael … Meshullam … Sheba … Jorai … Jakan … Zia … Eber These are names of men.
|
||||
1CH 5 14 x7xq translate-names 0 Abihail … Huri … Jaroah … Gilead … Michael … Jeshishai … Jahdo … Buz These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 5 15 fli4 translate-names 0 Ahi … Abdiel … Guni These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 5 16 gm8y 0 They lived “The tribe of Gad lived”
|
||||
1CH 5 16 gm8y 0 They lived Alternate translation: “The tribe of Gad lived”
|
||||
1CH 5 16 u4x1 0 the pasturelands the areas of land where animals feed on grass
|
||||
1CH 5 17 hkv1 figs-activepassive 0 All these were listed by genealogical records This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Genealogical records listed them all” or “The records of their family’s ancestry listed them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 5 17 l3hl 0 All these It is not clear how many of the preceding people this refers to.
|
||||
|
|
@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 5 18 b85j translate-numbers 0 44,760 soldiers “forty-four thousand seven hundred and sixty soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 5 18 w2fb figs-metonymy 0 who carried shield and sword, and who drew the bow The soldiers are described as skilled in warfare by the weapons they carried. Alternate translation: “who were all trained to fight well in battles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 5 19 y4gb 0 Hagrites … Jetur … Naphish … Nodab These are the names of people groups.
|
||||
1CH 5 20 rfs9 0 the Israelites cried out to God “the Israelites prayed to God for help”
|
||||
1CH 5 21 bty4 0 They captured their animals “The Israelites captured the Hagrites’ animals”
|
||||
1CH 5 20 rfs9 0 the Israelites cried out to God Alternate translation: “the Israelites prayed to God for help”
|
||||
1CH 5 21 bty4 0 They captured their animals Alternate translation: “The Israelites captured the Hagrites’ animals”
|
||||
1CH 5 21 vu65 translate-numbers 0 fifty thousand camels “50,000 camels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 5 21 epz7 translate-numbers 0 250,000 sheep “two hundred and fifty thousand sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 5 21 hh55 translate-numbers 0 two thousand donkeys “2,000 donkeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -346,11 +346,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 6 29 e6f8 translate-names 0 Merari … Mahli … Libni … Shimei … Uzzah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 30 a61s translate-names 0 Shimea … Haggiah … Asaiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 31 xq65 0 the house of Yahweh “where people met with Yahweh” This was a tent in David’s time.
|
||||
1CH 6 31 ns7x 0 the ark came to rest there “the people of Israel placed the ark there”
|
||||
1CH 6 31 ns7x 0 the ark came to rest there Alternate translation: “the people of Israel placed the ark there”
|
||||
1CH 6 32 ab5r 0 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting This could mean: (1) that “the tent of meeting” and “the tabernacle” are two names for the same thing or (2) the tabernacle is part of the tent of meeting, “the sanctuary of the tent of meeting”
|
||||
1CH 6 32 r2nn 0 They fulfilled their duties “They did their work” or “They did their various kinds of work”
|
||||
1CH 6 32 r2nn 0 They fulfilled their duties Alternate translation: “They did their work” or “They did their various kinds of work”
|
||||
1CH 6 32 c2d7 figs-activepassive 0 according to the instructions given to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “according to the instructions that David gave them” or “according to the instructions they received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 6 33 r3ce 0 These were those “These were the musicians”
|
||||
1CH 6 33 r3ce 0 These were those Alternate translation: “These were the musicians”
|
||||
1CH 6 33 j9lh translate-names 0 Kohathites This is the name of a people group, the descendants of Kohath ([1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 33 mm8i 0 going back in time This means the list is going in order from the most recent to the oldest.
|
||||
1CH 6 33 pac5 translate-names 0 Heman This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 6 36 v8hr translate-names 0 Joel This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 37 rum2 translate-names 0 Tahath … Assir … Ebiasaph These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 38 bzh5 translate-names 0 Izhar … Kohath These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 39 dw6c 0 Heman’s colleague “Heman’s fellow worker”
|
||||
1CH 6 39 dw6c 0 Heman’s colleague Alternate translation: “Heman’s fellow worker”
|
||||
1CH 6 39 cr9s figs-metonymy 0 who stood at his right hand The authority of a person is described by where they stand. The right side of a person is the place where the person with the most authority stands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 6 39 eq4u translate-names 0 Berekiah … Shimea These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 40 by6m translate-names 0 Shimea … Michael … Baaseiah … Malkijah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -370,8 +370,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 6 42 kq8s translate-names 0 Adaiah … Ethan … Zimmah … Shimei These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 43 ft8p translate-names 0 Shimei … Jahath … Gershon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 44 ui4w translate-names 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]
|
||||
1CH 6 44 p7te 0 At Heman’s left hand “Standing on Heman’s left side”
|
||||
1CH 6 44 vtr8 0 his colleagues “his fellow workers”
|
||||
1CH 6 44 p7te 0 At Heman’s left hand Alternate translation: “Standing on Heman’s left side”
|
||||
1CH 6 44 vtr8 0 his colleagues Alternate translation: “his fellow workers”
|
||||
1CH 6 44 vti5 0 Heman … Ethan See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
1CH 6 44 h7cq 0 Merari See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
1CH 6 44 m4rc translate-names 0 Kishi … Abdi … Malluk These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -379,17 +379,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 6 46 lmw1 translate-names 0 Hilkiah … Amzi … Bani … Shemer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 47 u83v 0 Mahli … Mushi See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 6:19](../06/19.md).
|
||||
1CH 6 48 y9d7 figs-activepassive 0 Their associates, the Levites, were assigned to do This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God had assigned their associates, the Levites, to do” or “It was the duty of their fellow workers, the Levites, to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 6 49 k3jc 0 These offerings made atonement for Israel “They offered these things to make atonement for the sins of the people of Israel”
|
||||
1CH 6 50 mlg8 0 Aaron’s descendants are reckoned as follows “These were the descendants of Aaron”
|
||||
1CH 6 49 k3jc 0 These offerings made atonement for Israel Alternate translation: “They offered these things to make atonement for the sins of the people of Israel”
|
||||
1CH 6 50 mlg8 0 Aaron’s descendants are reckoned as follows Alternate translation: “These were the descendants of Aaron”
|
||||
1CH 6 50 wk4s translate-names 0 Eleazar … Abishua These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 51 p46m translate-names 0 Bukki … Uzzi … Zerahiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 52 su6d translate-names 0 Meraioth … Amariah … Ahitub These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 53 u2wd translate-names 0 Ahimaaz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 54 n9u6 figs-activepassive 0 These are the locations where Aaron’s descendants were assigned to live This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the places where God assigned Aaron’s descendants to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 6 54 rnj8 0 for the descendants of Aaron … Kohathites “where the descendants of Aaron … Kohathites were to live”
|
||||
1CH 6 54 rnj8 0 for the descendants of Aaron … Kohathites Alternate translation: “where the descendants of Aaron … Kohathites were to live”
|
||||
1CH 6 54 s2av figs-explicit 0 Kohathites (the first lot was theirs) The Israelites drew lots to decide where people would live. Alternate translation: “Kohathites. The first lot that they drew was theirs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 6 54 yj9r 0 Kohathites This is the name of a people group, the descendants of Kohath ([1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md)). See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 6:33](./33.md).
|
||||
1CH 6 55 z6qq 0 To them they gave Hebron “They gave Hebron to the Kohathites”
|
||||
1CH 6 55 z6qq 0 To them they gave Hebron Alternate translation: “They gave Hebron to the Kohathites”
|
||||
1CH 6 55 nld2 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
1CH 6 57 lz3p translate-names 0 Hebron … Libnah … Jattir … Eshtemoa These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 6 57 tpf4 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
|
||||
1CH 7 2 pgy7 translate-numbers 0 They numbered 22,600 “They numbered twenty-two thousand six hundred” or “There were 22,600 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 7 2 f232 0 in the days of David “during David’s life” or “while David was alive”
|
||||
1CH 7 2 f232 0 in the days of David Alternate translation: “during David’s life” or “while David was alive”
|
||||
1CH 7 3 t8ad translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 4 z4yz 0 Along with them they had Another possible meaning is “Among them were.”
|
||||
1CH 7 4 pr7s translate-numbers 0 thirty-six thousand troops for battle “36,000 soldiers who were ready for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -450,14 +450,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 7 9 qp1s translate-numbers 0 20,200 heads of their fathers’ houses “twenty thousand two hundred family leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 7 10 mm3d translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 11 lg2k translate-names 0 Jediael This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 11 tm7d 0 Listed in their clan lists were 17,200 “The clan lists contained 17,200”
|
||||
1CH 7 11 tm7d 0 Listed in their clan lists were 17,200 Alternate translation: “The clan lists contained 17,200”
|
||||
1CH 7 11 u7g4 translate-numbers 0 17,200 heads of houses “seventeen thousand two hundred heads of houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 7 12 dkn4 translate-names 0 Ir … Aher These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 12 f8sc translate-names 0 Shuppites … Huppites … Hushites These are names of clans of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 13 sg7y translate-names 0 Jahziel, Guni, Jezer, and Shillem These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 13 pfk7 translate-names 0 Bilhah’s grandsons “the sons of Bilhah’s son.” Bilhah is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 14 csk7 translate-names 0 Asriel This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 14 erl3 0 Aramean concubine bore “Aramean concubine gave birth to”
|
||||
1CH 7 14 erl3 0 Aramean concubine bore Alternate translation: “Aramean concubine gave birth to”
|
||||
1CH 7 14 x4h5 translate-names 0 Makir, Gilead’s father These are names of men. See how you translated “Makir, father of Gilead” in [1 Chronicles 2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 15 z8uv translate-names 0 Makir … Zelophehad These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 15 a7wq 0 Huppites … Shuppites See how you translated these names in [1 Chronicles 7:12](../07/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -469,11 +469,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 7 20 hck7 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 21 p43k translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here except Gath are names of men. Gath is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 21 b6vq figs-activepassive 0 Ezer and Elead were killed by men of Gath, natives in the land This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Men of Gath, the natives in the land, killed Ezer and Elead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 7 21 xu5s 0 they went to steal their cattle “the brothers went to steal the cattle from the people of Gath”
|
||||
1CH 7 21 xu5s 0 they went to steal their cattle Alternate translation: “the brothers went to steal the cattle from the people of Gath”
|
||||
1CH 7 23 bp4h figs-euphemism 0 He went in to his wife This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “he had sexual relations with his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CH 7 23 h9b3 0 She conceived and bore a son “She became pregnant and gave birth to a son”
|
||||
1CH 7 23 h9b3 0 She conceived and bore a son Alternate translation: “She became pregnant and gave birth to a son”
|
||||
1CH 7 23 c6x1 translate-names 0 Ephraim … Beriah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 23 s7zw 0 called him “named him”
|
||||
1CH 7 23 s7zw 0 called him Alternate translation: “named him”
|
||||
1CH 7 24 s35f translate-names 0 Sheerah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 24 a9mu translate-names 0 Upper Beth Horon … Uzzen Sheerah These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 25 i1lp translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 7 28 a2hb translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names listed here are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 28 t4wr figs-abstractnouns 0 Their possessions and residences were Bethel … villages The abstract nouns “possessions” and “residences” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “They possessed and resided in Bethel … villages” or “They owned and lived in Bethel … villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CH 7 29 k6m4 translate-names 0 Beth Shan … Taanach … Megiddo … Dor These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 29 zds1 0 In these towns the descendants of Joseph son of Israel lived “The descendants of Joseph, son of Israel, lived in these towns”
|
||||
1CH 7 29 zds1 0 In these towns the descendants of Joseph son of Israel lived Alternate translation: “The descendants of Joseph, son of Israel, lived in these towns”
|
||||
1CH 7 30 en5p translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here except Serah are names of men. Serah is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 31 g3g9 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 32 g5tx translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here except Shua are names of men. Shua is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 7 39 gen8 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 40 bp7a translate-names 0 Asher This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
|
||||
1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men “important men”
|
||||
1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men Alternate translation: “important men”
|
||||
1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
|
||||
1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -506,12 +506,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 8 6 qsr7 translate-names 0 Ehud This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 6 zdj3 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
|
||||
1CH 8 6 fz5k translate-names 0 Geba … Manahath These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 6 c71s 0 were compelled to move “needed to move” or “had to move”
|
||||
1CH 8 6 c71s 0 were compelled to move Alternate translation: “needed to move” or “had to move”
|
||||
1CH 8 7 web4 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 8 x5s2 translate-names 0 Shaharaim This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 8 gtb7 translate-names 0 Hushim … Baara These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 9 n84a translate-names 0 Shaharaim … Jobab … Zibia … Mesha … Malkam These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 9 jrs5 0 By his wife Hodesh, Shaharaim became the father of “Shaharaim and his wife Hodesh had the following sons:”
|
||||
1CH 8 9 jrs5 0 By his wife Hodesh, Shaharaim became the father of Alternate translation: “Shaharaim and his wife Hodesh had the following sons:”
|
||||
1CH 8 9 d1zx translate-names 0 Hodesh This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 10 k6aa translate-names 0 Jeuz … Sakia … Mirmah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 10 n9nl 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
|
||||
|
|
@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 8 29 ixl1 translate-names 0 Gibeon This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 29 xf3y translate-names 0 Jeiel This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 29 rlc5 translate-names 0 Maakah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 30 n9bu 0 His firstborn “Jeiel’s first son”
|
||||
1CH 8 30 n9bu 0 His firstborn Alternate translation: “Jeiel’s first son”
|
||||
1CH 8 30 d786 translate-names 0 Abdon … Zur … Kish … Baal … Nadab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 31 y2ag translate-names 0 Gedor … Ahio … Zeker These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 8 32 lf9s translate-names 0 Jeiel … Mikloth … Shimeah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -574,22 +574,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 9 7 m7kr translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 8 a186 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 9 hg5q translate-numbers 0 numbered 956 “numbered nine hundred and fifty-six people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 9 9 pa4m 0 heads of fathers’ houses for their fathers’ houses “leaders of their extended families.” Extended families are people related to each other who usually live in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
|
||||
1CH 9 9 pa4m 0 heads of fathers’ houses for their fathers’ houses Extended families are people related to each other who usually live in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.” Alternate translation: “leaders of their extended families”
|
||||
1CH 9 10 f7x9 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 11 epu5 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 11 z1y7 0 the house of God the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon
|
||||
1CH 9 12 tx2y translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 13 xzh9 0 They were very capable men in the work “These capable men worked”
|
||||
1CH 9 13 xzh9 0 They were very capable men in the work Alternate translation: “These capable men worked”
|
||||
1CH 9 13 f75f 0 the house of God the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon
|
||||
1CH 9 13 d7sr 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, clans
|
||||
1CH 9 13 jv9g translate-numbers 0 numbered 1,760 “numbered one thousand and sixty priests” or “numbered seventeen hundred and sixty priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 9 14 fx2p translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 14 br7h 0 among the descendants “one of the descendants”
|
||||
1CH 9 14 br7h 0 among the descendants Alternate translation: “one of the descendants”
|
||||
1CH 9 15 d6y3 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 16 y7vf translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here except “Netophathites” are the names of men. The Netophathites were a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 17 v9db 0 The doorkeepers were “The guards were” or “The gatekeepers were”
|
||||
1CH 9 17 v9db 0 The doorkeepers were Alternate translation: “The guards were” or “The gatekeepers were”
|
||||
1CH 9 17 i2g9 translate-names 0 Shallum … Akkub … Talmon … Ahiman These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 18 zyi1 0 they stood guard at the king’s gate on the east side for the camp of Levi’s descendants “Levi’s descendants guarded the king’s gate on the east side of their camp”
|
||||
1CH 9 18 zyi1 0 they stood guard at the king’s gate on the east side for the camp of Levi’s descendants Alternate translation: “Levi’s descendants guarded the king’s gate on the east side of their camp”
|
||||
1CH 9 19 h12r translate-names 0 Shallum … Kore … Ebiasaph These are all the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 19 a8jk translate-names 0 Korahites descendants of Korah (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 19 cr2s 0 the door to the tent … the entrance These phrases both refer to the entrance of the tent of meeting, or the tabernacle.
|
||||
|
|
@ -602,14 +602,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 9 22 as9c figs-activepassive 0 who were chosen as gatekeepers It is not clear who chose these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language’s most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: “whom they had chosen to be gatekeepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 9 22 hx2f translate-numbers 0 numbered 212 “numbered two hundred and twelve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 9 22 j3vy figs-activepassive 0 Their names were recorded in the people’s records in their villages This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The records in peoples’ villages included the names of these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 9 23 kra9 0 their children “their descendants”
|
||||
1CH 9 23 kra9 0 their children Alternate translation: “their descendants”
|
||||
1CH 9 24 itu2 figs-activepassive 0 gatekeepers were posted This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “men guarded the entrances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 9 24 e7wi 0 on all four sides, toward the east, west, north, and south The words “east, west, north, and south” explain the words “all four sides.”
|
||||
1CH 9 25 cb5z 0 Their brothers “The guards’ brothers”
|
||||
1CH 9 25 cb5z 0 Their brothers Alternate translation: “The guards’ brothers”
|
||||
1CH 9 25 bhx4 translate-numbers 0 came in for seven-day rotations, in turn “would come to help for 7-day periods, taking turns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 9 26 igc9 figs-activepassive 0 the four leaders … were assigned to guard the rooms It is not clear who assigned these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language’s most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: “they assigned the four leaders … to guard the rooms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 9 26 xwj1 0 the house of God the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon
|
||||
1CH 9 28 dp5x 0 Some of them “Some of the guards”
|
||||
1CH 9 28 dp5x 0 Some of them Alternate translation: “Some of the guards”
|
||||
1CH 9 28 g4ih figs-activepassive 0 they counted the articles when they were brought in and when they were taken out This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they counted the articles that people took out to use, and they counted the articles when people brought them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 9 29 m1gr figs-activepassive 0 Some of them also were assigned to take care of It is not clear who assigned these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language’s most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: “The leaders also assigned some of them to take care of” or “Some of them also took care of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 9 31 aq5u translate-names 0 Mattithiah … Shallum These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -617,11 +617,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 9 32 id3p translate-names 0 Kohathites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 32 h73s 0 bread of the presence See the translationWord page about “bread” for the specific definition of “bread of the presence.”
|
||||
1CH 9 33 iv2z 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
|
||||
1CH 9 33 de8n 0 they were free from work “they did not have to do other work”
|
||||
1CH 9 33 y6sm 0 carry out their assigned tasks “complete the tasks they needed to do”
|
||||
1CH 9 33 de8n 0 they were free from work Alternate translation: “they did not have to do other work”
|
||||
1CH 9 33 y6sm 0 carry out their assigned tasks Alternate translation: “complete the tasks they needed to do”
|
||||
1CH 9 33 fw85 figs-merism 0 day and night This means “at all times” and can be translated using a phrase or word from your language or culture that gives the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CH 9 34 wx1s 0 These were leaders of fathers’ houses among the Levites, as listed in their genealogical records “The family history lists included the names of these Levite family leaders”
|
||||
1CH 9 35 b8av 0 Gibeon … Gibeon “the man Gibeon … the town of Gibeon”
|
||||
1CH 9 34 wx1s 0 These were leaders of fathers’ houses among the Levites, as listed in their genealogical records Alternate translation: “The family history lists included the names of these Levite family leaders”
|
||||
1CH 9 35 b8av 0 Gibeon … Gibeon Alternate translation: “the man Gibeon … the town of Gibeon”
|
||||
1CH 9 35 n9tn translate-names 0 Jeiel This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 35 wd5f translate-names 0 Maakah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 9 36 xif8 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -644,15 +644,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 10 5 se99 figs-metonymy 0 fell on his sword He probably stuck the handle into the ground and leaned on the point so the sword would go through his body as he fell down. The action is a metonym for the result, death. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “killed himself with his sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 10 6 x2tx figs-ellipsis 0 and his three sons The word “died” is understood from the previous phrase. It can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and his 3 sons died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 10 7 f1rd figs-hyperbole 0 When every man of Israel This is probably a generalization. Alternate translation: “When the men of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 10 7 is1q 0 they had fled “the Israelite soldiers had fled”
|
||||
1CH 10 7 is1q 0 they had fled Alternate translation: “the Israelite soldiers had fled”
|
||||
1CH 10 7 b4x6 0 the Philistines came and lived in them “the Philistines came and lived in the cities from which the Israelites had fled.” This probably happened after the events in verses 8-12.
|
||||
1CH 10 8 c2se 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
1CH 10 8 rqm7 0 to strip the dead “to take everything of value off of the dead bodies”
|
||||
1CH 10 8 rqm7 0 to strip the dead Alternate translation: “to take everything of value off of the dead bodies”
|
||||
1CH 10 8 mh6u figs-euphemism 0 Saul and his sons fallen Here “fallen” is a polite way to refer to someone who died in battle. Alternate translation: “Saul and his sons dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CH 10 9 b3uh 0 They stripped him “The Philistines removed everything from Saul’s body”
|
||||
1CH 10 9 b3uh 0 They stripped him Alternate translation: “The Philistines removed everything from Saul’s body”
|
||||
1CH 10 9 j8z9 0 to carry the news to their idols and to the people They told the people what had happened and praised their idols in prayer.
|
||||
1CH 10 9 ly99 figs-metaphor 0 to carry the news A person telling others about something that has happened is spoken of as if the person were carrying a solid object and giving it to those other people. Alternate translation: “to tell what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 10 10 gdt2 0 They put his armor “The Philistines put Saul’s armor”
|
||||
1CH 10 10 gdt2 0 They put his armor Alternate translation: “The Philistines put Saul’s armor”
|
||||
1CH 10 10 weg7 translate-names 0 Dagon This is the name of a false god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 10 11 i8pj figs-hyperbole 0 When all Jabesh Gilead heard of all that the Philistines Both instances of the word “all” are generalizations. The name of the town is a metonym for the people who live in the town, and the people group name is a metonym for that people group’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “When the people of Jabesh Gilead heard what the soldiers of the Philistine army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 10 11 ck91 translate-names 0 Jabesh Gilead This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 10 12 ni2e translate-numbers 0 seven days “7 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 10 13 sq8g 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
|
||||
1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
|
||||
1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
|
||||
1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh Alternate translation: “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
|
||||
1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
|
||||
1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -678,28 +678,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 11 6 ce58 figs-activepassive 0 so he was made the chief This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so David made Joab the chief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 11 8 cu15 figs-metonymy 0 He built the city all around … Joab restored the rest of the city The word “he” refers to David. The reader should understand that David and Joab were probably in charge of other men who made the fortifications. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 11 8 t8xt translate-unknown 0 the Millo This likely refers to a terraced structure that consisted of retaining walls with dirt filled in behind them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 11 10 k74m 0 These were the leaders David had “These were the leaders of David’s warriors”
|
||||
1CH 11 10 k74m 0 These were the leaders David had Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of David’s warriors”
|
||||
1CH 11 10 nla9 figs-explicit 0 who showed themselves strong with him in his kingdom … to make him king This phrase means that both the leaders of David’s army, and the full army, helped David to establish himself as king over Israel. Alternate translation: “who strongly supported David’s kingdom … to make him king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 11 11 en2g translate-names 0 Jashobeam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 11 11 a3mx translate-names 0 a Hachmonite This refers to a person from the Hachmon clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 11 11 w9y7 0 on one occasion “in one battle”
|
||||
1CH 11 12 guw6 0 After him “After Jashobeam”
|
||||
1CH 11 11 w9y7 0 on one occasion Alternate translation: “in one battle”
|
||||
1CH 11 12 guw6 0 After him Alternate translation: “After Jashobeam”
|
||||
1CH 11 12 v71b translate-names 0 Eleazar … Dodo These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 11 12 n9z8 translate-names 0 the Ahohite The “Ahohites” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 11 13 kt1s translate-names 0 Pas Dammim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 11 14 dq5e 0 They stood in the middle of the field “David and Eleazar stood in the middle of the field”
|
||||
1CH 11 14 dq5e 0 They stood in the middle of the field Alternate translation: “David and Eleazar stood in the middle of the field”
|
||||
1CH 11 14 wr17 figs-euphemism 0 cut down the Philistines This means that they killed the Philistine soldiers with their swords. Alternate translation: “killed the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CH 11 15 llb9 translate-numbers 0 three of the thirty “3 of the 30” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 11 15 ru22 translate-names 0 the cave of Adullam “the cave near the town of Adullam.” Adullam is near Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 11 15 e6qj translate-names 0 the Valley of Rephaim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 11 16 t5ak 0 in his stronghold, a cave “in his safe place in a cave”
|
||||
1CH 11 16 ip3i 0 the Philistines had established their camp at Bethlehem “the Philistines had stationed soldiers in Bethlehem”
|
||||
1CH 11 16 t5ak 0 in his stronghold, a cave Alternate translation: “in his safe place in a cave”
|
||||
1CH 11 16 ip3i 0 the Philistines had established their camp at Bethlehem Alternate translation: “the Philistines had stationed soldiers in Bethlehem”
|
||||
1CH 11 17 kk5x figs-doublet 0 the well at Bethlehem, the well that is by the gate These two phrases refer to the same well. The second specifies which well in Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1CH 11 18 k91g translate-numbers 0 three mighty men “3 mighty men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 11 18 rbs8 0 broke through the army of the Philistines “fought their way through the army of the Philistines”
|
||||
1CH 11 18 rbs8 0 broke through the army of the Philistines Alternate translation: “fought their way through the army of the Philistines”
|
||||
1CH 11 18 gqy9 figs-doublet 0 the well of Bethlehem, the well at the gate These two phrases refer to the same well. The second specifies which well in Bethlehem. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Chronicles 11:17](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1CH 11 18 y3z1 figs-explicit 0 he poured it out to Yahweh This means that he poured out the water as an offering to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 11 19 wk5w 0 May it be that I should never do this! “May I never do something like this!” or “This is something I should never do!”
|
||||
1CH 11 19 wk5w 0 May it be that I should never do this! Alternate translation: “May I never do something like this!” or “This is something I should never do!”
|
||||
1CH 11 19 yv1k figs-metaphor 0 Should I drink the blood of these men who have risked their lives? David speaks of the water as if it were blood because the men risked their lives to bring the water to him. He uses a question to emphasize this. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I should not drink this water, which would be like drinking the blood of these men who have risked their lives to bring it to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CH 11 20 v7tf 0 Abishai See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
1CH 11 20 kkt7 0 captain over the Three This means Abishai was the leader of the three men who went and got water for David.
|
||||
|
|
@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 11 23 y817 translate-bdistance 0 five cubits A “cubit” is a unit of measurement equal to 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
1CH 11 23 cg6q figs-explicit 0 a spear like a weaver’s beam This compares the size of the spear with the size of a weaver’s beam. Alternate translation: “a spear the size of a weaver’s beam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 11 23 x8wk figs-idiom 0 he went down to him “Benaiah went down to the Egyptian.” This idiom means that he met him in battle. Alternate translation: “he attacked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 11 24 w9er 0 did these feats “did these mighty deeds”
|
||||
1CH 11 24 w9er 0 did these feats Alternate translation: “did these mighty deeds”
|
||||
1CH 11 24 wc9k figs-activepassive 0 he was named alongside the three mighty men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people praised him like they praised the three mighty men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 11 25 ny47 figs-activepassive 0 He was more highly regarded than the thirty soldiers in general, but he was not regarded quite as highly as the three mighty men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people respected him more than the 30 soldiers, but not as much as the 3 most elite soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 11 25 dm5u 0 his bodyguard the group of people responsible for protecting David
|
||||
|
|
@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
|
||||
1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
|
||||
1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows Alternate translation: “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
|
||||
1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
|
||||
1CH 12 3 vtx4 translate-names 0 General Information: This begins a list of the men from the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Ziklag. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 12 4 d5uh translate-names 0 This continues the list of the men from the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Ziklag. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -760,30 +760,30 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 12 14 ae1s translate-numbers 0 The least led a hundred This means that the smallest group of the army that a leader led was 100 men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 14 xf4a translate-numbers 0 the greatest led a thousand This means that the largest group of the army that a leader led was 1,000 men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 15 ryq8 translate-hebrewmonths 0 first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It is at the beginning of the spring season when the late rains come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 12 15 hef7 0 when it overflowed its banks “when the Jordan overflowed its banks”
|
||||
1CH 12 15 gpy4 0 chased away all those living in the valleys “they chased away all those living in the valleys”
|
||||
1CH 12 16 m7p7 0 men of Benjamin and Judah “men from the tribes of Benjamin and Judah”
|
||||
1CH 12 15 hef7 0 when it overflowed its banks Alternate translation: “when the Jordan overflowed its banks”
|
||||
1CH 12 15 gpy4 0 chased away all those living in the valleys Alternate translation: “they chased away all those living in the valleys”
|
||||
1CH 12 16 m7p7 0 men of Benjamin and Judah Alternate translation: “men from the tribes of Benjamin and Judah”
|
||||
1CH 12 17 adk4 figs-explicit 0 may the God of our ancestors see What God will see may be supplied in translation. Alternate translation: “may the God of our ancestors see what you intend to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 12 18 m4t5 figs-metaphor 0 the Spirit came on Amasai The Spirit empowering Amasai is spoken of as if the Spirit came on him. Alternate translation: “the Spirit empowered Amasai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 12 18 er1l translate-names 0 Amasai This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 12 18 md6v translate-numbers 0 the thirty “the 30 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 18 l1lz figs-parallelism 0 We are yours, David. We are on your side, son of Jesse These phrases share similar meanings. The idioms “we are yours” and “we are on your side” both mean that the men support David. Alternate translation: “We are devoted to you, David. We support you, son of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 12 18 ckj6 figs-doublet 0 Peace, may peace be to whoever helps you Here the word “peace” refers to prosperity and well-being. The word is repeated to emphasize great prosperity. Alternate translation: “May whoever helps you greatly prosper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1CH 12 19 qm5t 0 deserted to “left their leaders to join”
|
||||
1CH 12 19 n3k4 0 He will desert to his master Saul “He will stop fighting with us and fight for his master Saul”
|
||||
1CH 12 19 qm5t 0 deserted to Alternate translation: “left their leaders to join”
|
||||
1CH 12 19 n3k4 0 He will desert to his master Saul Alternate translation: “He will stop fighting with us and fight for his master Saul”
|
||||
1CH 12 20 b4la translate-names 0 Ziklag This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 12 20 k4ay translate-names 0 Adnah, Jozabad, Jediael, Michael, Jozabad, Elihu, and Zillethai These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 12 20 ek71 translate-numbers 0 captains over thousands of Manasseh This means that each of these men led groups of a thousand soldiers in the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “each a captain over 1,000 men in the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 21 yeh5 0 the roving bands “the groups of robbers.” This refers to groups of people who robbed people traveling through the countryside.
|
||||
1CH 12 22 p43i 0 Day after day “Each day”
|
||||
1CH 12 22 p43i 0 Day after day Alternate translation: “Each day”
|
||||
1CH 12 22 emw8 figs-idiom 0 a great army, like the army of God This could mean: (1) the phrase “like the army of God” means “like an army that God assembled” or (2) the word “God” is used as an idiom that refers to the great size of the army. Alternate translation: “a very large army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 12 23 p6pq translate-numbers 0 General Information: This begins the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 23 q3ud figs-metaphor 0 to turn the kingdom of Saul over to him The men making David king in place of Saul is spoken of as if they gave possession of Saul’s kingdom to David. Alternate translation: “to make David king in place of Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 12 23 am4d 0 carried out Yahweh’s word “made Yahweh’s word true” or “fulfilled Yahweh’s word”
|
||||
1CH 12 23 am4d 0 carried out Yahweh’s word Alternate translation: “made Yahweh’s word true” or “fulfilled Yahweh’s word”
|
||||
1CH 12 24 b85q translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 24 iyg4 translate-numbers 0 6,800, armed for war “six thousand eight hundred, armed for war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 25 ft8g translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 25 kms9 0 From the Simeonites “From Simeon” or “From the tribe of Simeon”
|
||||
1CH 12 25 kms9 0 From the Simeonites Alternate translation: “From Simeon” or “From the tribe of Simeon”
|
||||
1CH 12 25 ah22 translate-numbers 0 7,100 fighting men “seven thousand one hundred fighting men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 26 kxp2 translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 26 uwq3 translate-numbers 0 4,600 fighting men “four thousand six hundred fighting men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -793,11 +793,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 12 28 f7q4 translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 28 s5bw translate-numbers 0 twenty-two leaders “22 leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 29 e8ii translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 29 m6ma 0 From Benjamin, Saul’s tribe “From Benjamin, the tribe to which Saul belonged”
|
||||
1CH 12 29 m6ma 0 From Benjamin, Saul’s tribe Alternate translation: “From Benjamin, the tribe to which Saul belonged”
|
||||
1CH 12 29 i84p translate-numbers 0 three thousand “3,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 30 ndm6 translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 30 ym74 translate-numbers 0 20,800 fighting men “twenty thousand eight hundred fighting men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 30 cc3c 0 From the Ephraimites “From Ephraim” or “From the tribe of Ephraim”
|
||||
1CH 12 30 cc3c 0 From the Ephraimites Alternate translation: “From Ephraim” or “From the tribe of Ephraim”
|
||||
1CH 12 31 sgv4 translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 31 kgt2 translate-numbers 0 eighteen thousand “18,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 32 r9s3 translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -809,15 +809,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 12 34 fe23 translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 34 k6qp translate-numbers 0 one thousand … thirty-seven thousand “1,000…37,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 35 lt9m translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 35 ira4 0 From the Danites “From Dan” or “From the tribe of Dan”
|
||||
1CH 12 35 ira4 0 From the Danites Alternate translation: “From Dan” or “From the tribe of Dan”
|
||||
1CH 12 35 r67s translate-numbers 0 28,600 men “twenty-eight thousand six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 36 h9gp translate-numbers 0 This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 36 ts9k translate-numbers 0 forty thousand “40,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 37 svd6 translate-numbers 0 This ends the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 37 mh7u 0 the Reubenites, Gadites “Reuben, Gad” or “the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad”
|
||||
1CH 12 37 mh7u 0 the Reubenites, Gadites Alternate translation: “Reuben, Gad” or “the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad”
|
||||
1CH 12 37 w3ta translate-numbers 0 120,000 men “one hundred twenty thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 38 nh2t 0 with firm intentions to make David king “determined to make David king”
|
||||
1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David “These soldiers were there with David”
|
||||
1CH 12 38 nh2t 0 with firm intentions to make David king Alternate translation: “determined to make David king”
|
||||
1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David Alternate translation: “These soldiers were there with David”
|
||||
1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,36 +829,36 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 13 5 nww1 figs-hyperbole 0 David assembled all Israel together Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled people together from all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 13 5 rl4d translate-names 0 Lebo Hamath … Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 13 6 nq6w translate-names 0 Baalah … Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. “Baalah” is another name for Kiriath Jearim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 13 6 u61q 0 which belongs to Judah “which is in Judah”
|
||||
1CH 13 6 u61q 0 which belongs to Judah Alternate translation: “which is in Judah”
|
||||
1CH 13 6 bf1b figs-explicit 0 to bring up from there the ark of God It is implied that they are taking the ark to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to take to Jerusalem the ark of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 13 6 yv2b 0 to bring up from there Jerusalem is higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
1CH 13 6 fl1m figs-idiom 0 which is called by Yahweh’s name This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) the idiom “called by … name” refers to a person owning the thing. Alternate translation: “which belongs to Yahweh” or (2) the ark has Yahweh’s name written on it. Alternate translation: “which bears Yahweh’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 13 6 sfv5 figs-explicit 0 who sits enthroned over the cherubim You may need to make explicit that the cherubim are those on the lid of the ark of the covenant. The biblical writers often spoke of the ark of the covenant as if it were Yahweh’s footstool upon which he rested his feet as he sat on his throne in heaven above. Alternate translation: “who sits on his throne above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 13 7 v3ay translate-names 0 Abinadab … Uzzah … Ahio These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 13 8 rx95 figs-hyperbole 0 David and all Israel Here the word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “David and all of the Israelites who were present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 13 8 c7lj 0 singing with stringed instruments “singing while playing stringed instruments”
|
||||
1CH 13 8 c7lj 0 singing with stringed instruments Alternate translation: “singing while playing stringed instruments”
|
||||
1CH 13 8 bvf5 translate-unknown 0 tambourines hand drums with pieces of metal around the side that sound when the instruments are shaken (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 13 8 v5sq translate-unknown 0 cymbals two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 13 9 l342 translate-names 0 Kidon … Uzzah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 13 10 ue35 figs-metaphor 0 the anger of Yahweh burned against Uzzah Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that burned the one with whom Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was very angry with Uzzah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 13 10 u1s8 0 before God “in the presence of God”
|
||||
1CH 13 10 u1s8 0 before God Alternate translation: “in the presence of God”
|
||||
1CH 13 11 ek68 figs-activepassive 0 That place is called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People call that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 13 11 rh49 translate-names 0 Perez Uzzah This is the name of a place. Translator may add a footnote that says, “The name ‘Perez Uzzah’ means ‘the punishment of Uzzah.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 13 11 vjk3 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
|
||||
1CH 13 12 luy7 figs-rquestion 0 How can I bring the ark of God home to me? David uses this question to emphasize that he is afraid to take the ark to Jerusalem. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am too afraid to bring the ark of Yahweh with me to Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CH 13 13 us5x translate-names 0 Obed Edom the Gittite This is the name of a man. A “Gittite” is a person from the city of Gath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house “with Obed Edom’s family in his house”
|
||||
1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house Alternate translation: “with Obed Edom’s family in his house”
|
||||
1CH 13 14 v7sp translate-numbers 0 three months “3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 13 14 t1je figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blessed his house Here the word “house” is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blessed his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
|
||||
1CH 14 1 cbx4 translate-names 0 Hiram This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 14 1 fm3f 0 carpenters people who make things with wood
|
||||
1CH 14 1 d13q 0 masons people make things with stone or brick
|
||||
1CH 14 1 w814 0 They built a house for him “The carpenters and masons built a house for David”
|
||||
1CH 14 2 kz9t 0 established him as “made him”
|
||||
1CH 14 1 w814 0 They built a house for him Alternate translation: “The carpenters and masons built a house for David”
|
||||
1CH 14 2 kz9t 0 established him as Alternate translation: “made him”
|
||||
1CH 14 2 x1cv figs-idiom 0 his kingdom was exalted on high The idiom “exalted on high” means that Yahweh had given great honor to David’s kingdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had exalted David’s kingdom on high” or “Yahweh had given great honor to David’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 14 2 qc18 0 for the sake of his people Israel Here the word “his” refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 14 4 f87k 0 the children who were born to him “the children whom his wives bore for him”
|
||||
1CH 14 4 f87k 0 the children who were born to him Alternate translation: “the children whom his wives bore for him”
|
||||
1CH 14 4 c9yn translate-names 0 Shammua, Shobab, Nathan These are names of men. See how you translated these in [1 Chronicles 3:5](../03/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 14 5 rw2h translate-names 0 This continues the list of the children who were born to David in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 14 5 la9q translate-names 0 Ibhar, Elishua, Elpelet These are names of men. These names appear also in [1 Chronicles 3:6](../03/06.md), although there “Elpelet” is spelled “Eliphelet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -875,9 +875,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 14 11 fg5g figs-simile 0 God has burst through my enemies … like a bursting flood of water David speaks of God easily defeating David’s enemies as if God had burst through them, like a flood bursts through anything in its path. Alternate translation: “God has easily defeated my enemies … like a flood easily bursts through everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1CH 14 11 vex4 figs-metonymy 0 by my hand This refers to David’s resources. Alternate translation: “using my army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 14 12 vnw1 figs-activepassive 0 that they should be burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to burn their false gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 14 13 fu2b 0 the valley “the Valley of Rephaim”
|
||||
1CH 14 14 acl6 0 attack their front “attack from the front”
|
||||
1CH 14 14 y2bs 0 circle around behind them and come on them through the balsam woods “go through the forest of balsam trees and attack them from behind”
|
||||
1CH 14 13 fu2b 0 the valley Alternate translation: “the Valley of Rephaim”
|
||||
1CH 14 14 acl6 0 attack their front Alternate translation: “attack from the front”
|
||||
1CH 14 14 y2bs 0 circle around behind them and come on them through the balsam woods Alternate translation: “go through the forest of balsam trees and attack them from behind”
|
||||
1CH 14 14 qd7q translate-names 0 balsam woods “Balsam” here is a type of tree, and the “woods” describe many balsam trees growing together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 14 15 g9wy 0 Connecting Statement: God continues his answer to David’s question.
|
||||
1CH 14 15 y5kt figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 15 9 lld8 translate-names 0 This continues the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 15 10 b7se translate-names 0 This ends the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 15 11 bcy4 translate-names 0 Uriel, Asaiah, Joel, Shemaiah, Eliel, and Amminadab These are names of men. See how you translated them in [1 Chronicles verses 5-6](./04.md) and [1 Chronicles verses 7-10](./07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 15 13 ld8i 0 You did not carry it “You did not carry the ark”
|
||||
1CH 15 13 ld8i 0 You did not carry it Alternate translation: “You did not carry the ark”
|
||||
1CH 15 13 wam3 figs-idiom 0 broke out against us The idiom to “break out against” means to act violently toward someone. Alternate translation: “acted violently toward us” or “attacked us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 15 13 hfv1 figs-metonymy 0 we did not seek him Here seeking Yahweh means to seek his counsel. Alternate translation: “we did not ask him for instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 15 15 squ5 figs-activepassive 0 the rules given by the word of Yahweh The word “word” can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rules that the word of Yahweh had given” or “the rules that Yahweh had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 15 20 ndi2 translate-unknown 0 Alamoth The meaning of this word is not clear but may refer to a style of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 15 21 b695 translate-names 0 This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 15 21 h9ah translate-unknown 0 Sheminith The meaning of this word is not clear but may refer to a style of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 15 21 k9n3 0 led the way “led the other musicians” or “led the processional”
|
||||
1CH 15 21 k9n3 0 led the way Alternate translation: “led the other musicians” or “led the processional”
|
||||
1CH 15 22 mr6i translate-names 0 This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 15 23 l2ia translate-names 0 This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 15 24 kn9b translate-names 0 This ends the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -924,12 +924,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 15 27 dtb7 translate-names 0 Kenaniah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 15 28 j7ls figs-hyperbole 0 So all Israel brought up the ark Here the word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “So a great crowd of Israelites brought up the ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 15 28 ec2e translate-unknown 0 cymbals two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David”
|
||||
1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David Alternate translation: “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David”
|
||||
1CH 15 29 vj56 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of David’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 15 29 miz6 figs-metonymy 0 she despised him in her heart Here “heart” represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “she despised him” or “she hated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 16 1 p8df 0 General Information: The word “they” in these verses refers to the priests and Levites.
|
||||
1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God “to God”
|
||||
1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God Alternate translation: “to God”
|
||||
1CH 16 2 jb7f figs-metonymy 0 When David had finished sacrificing the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 2 ez3k figs-metonymy 0 he blessed the people in the name of Yahweh To bless “in the name of Yahweh” means to bless with Yahweh’s power and authority or as his representative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 3 v43b figs-metonymy 0 He distributed to every Israelite This was done under David’s authority and direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -939,14 +939,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 16 5 gc6h translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 16 6 z9ra translate-names 0 Benaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 16 7 b76p 0 on that day Here “that day” refers to the day the ark of the covenant was moved from the house of Obed Edom to Jerusalem.
|
||||
1CH 16 7 n4ft 0 song of thanksgiving “song of giving thanks”
|
||||
1CH 16 7 n4ft 0 song of thanksgiving Alternate translation: “song of giving thanks”
|
||||
1CH 16 8 zxi8 figs-metonymy 0 call on his name Here “his name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “call on Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 8 rxi7 figs-metonymy 0 the nations This refers to the people in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 10 hd27 figs-metonymy 0 Boast in his holy name Here “his holy name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Boast in who Yahweh is” or “Boast in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 10 q1vr figs-synecdoche 0 let the heart of those who seek Yahweh rejoice - Here “the heart” represents the person who seeks Yahweh. Alternate translation: “let the people who seek Yahweh rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CH 16 11 bgd7 figs-idiom 0 Seek Yahweh and his strength To “seek Yahweh’s strength” means to ask him to strengthen you. Alternate translation: “Seek Yahweh and ask him to give you his strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 16 11 rk4c 0 seek his presence continually “seek to be near him always”
|
||||
1CH 16 12 bz86 0 Recall the marvelous things “Remember the marvelous things”
|
||||
1CH 16 11 rk4c 0 seek his presence continually Alternate translation: “seek to be near him always”
|
||||
1CH 16 12 bz86 0 Recall the marvelous things Alternate translation: “Remember the marvelous things”
|
||||
1CH 16 12 eh7t figs-ellipsis 0 his miracles and The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “remember his miracles and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 16 12 jnr7 figs-metonymy 0 decrees from his mouth Here “mouth” refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “decrees that he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 13 m2fp figs-parallelism 0 you descendants of Israel his servant, you people of Jacob, his chosen ones These phrases share similar meanings and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -958,26 +958,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 16 16 zn3z figs-parallelism 0 the covenant that he made with Abraham, and his oath to Isaac Both “the covenant” and “the oath” refer to the same promise that Yahweh made to his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 16 16 eh2r figs-ellipsis 0 his oath to Isaac This refers to the oath that he had previously made to Issac. Alternate translation: “his oath that he made to Isaac” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 16 18 z85y 0 General Information: The words “you” and “your” in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
1CH 16 18 w2gc 0 as your share “as your part”
|
||||
1CH 16 18 w2gc 0 as your share Alternate translation: “as your part”
|
||||
1CH 16 19 xxj7 0 General Information: The word “they” in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
1CH 16 19 d6wh figs-explicit 0 strangers in the land It is implied that “the land” refers to Canaan. Alternate translation: “foreigners in the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 16 20 swt6 0 General Information: The word “they” in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
1CH 16 20 c9kj figs-parallelism 0 from nation to nation, from one kingdom to another These two phrases have similar meanings and are used together for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 16 21 pef4 0 General Information: The words “them” and “their” in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
1CH 16 21 bh4d 0 for their sakes “for their own well-being”
|
||||
1CH 16 21 bh4d 0 for their sakes Alternate translation: “for their own well-being”
|
||||
1CH 16 22 l3gs figs-hyperbole 0 Do not touch my anointed ones Here “touch” means to harm. It is an exaggeration Yahweh used to strengthen his warning to not harm his people. Alternate translation: “Do not harm the people I have anointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 16 23 ahj3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 16 23 zh12 figs-metonymy 0 all the earth This refers to the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “all you people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 23 fd6r figs-abstractnouns 0 announce his salvation The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated using the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “announce that he has saved us” or “tell people that he is the one who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CH 16 23 cc7q 0 day after day “every day”
|
||||
1CH 16 24 qr3t 0 Declare his glory among the nations “Tell all the people in every nation about his great glory”
|
||||
1CH 16 23 cc7q 0 day after day Alternate translation: “every day”
|
||||
1CH 16 24 qr3t 0 Declare his glory among the nations Alternate translation: “Tell all the people in every nation about his great glory”
|
||||
1CH 16 25 spj1 figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh is great and is to be praised greatly This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is great. Praise him greatly” or “Yahweh is great, and people should praise him greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 16 25 w757 figs-activepassive 0 he is to be feared above all other gods This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “fear him above all other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 16 27 c6mk figs-personification 0 Splendor and majesty are in his presence The author speaks as if splendor and majesty are people who can stand before a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CH 16 27 gj76 0 in his presence “all around him” or “where he is”
|
||||
1CH 16 27 gj76 0 in his presence Alternate translation: “all around him” or “where he is”
|
||||
1CH 16 27 ltu6 figs-personification 0 Strength and joy are in his place The author speaks as if strength and joy are people who can be in Yahweh’s sanctuary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CH 16 27 tn19 0 in his place “in his temple” or “in his sanctuary”
|
||||
1CH 16 28 xdy9 0 Ascribe to Yahweh “Give praise to Yahweh” or “Praise Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 16 27 tn19 0 in his place Alternate translation: “in his temple” or “in his sanctuary”
|
||||
1CH 16 28 xdy9 0 Ascribe to Yahweh Alternate translation: “Give praise to Yahweh” or “Praise Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 16 28 p45c figs-abstractnouns 0 ascribe to Yahweh glory and strength The abstract nouns “glory” and “strength” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “praise Yahweh because he is glorious and strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CH 16 29 gji5 figs-abstractnouns 0 Ascribe to Yahweh the glory his name deserves The abstract noun “glory” can be stated as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: “Glorify Yahweh just as his name deserves” or “Proclaim that Yahweh is glorious just as his name deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CH 16 29 j5b6 figs-metonymy 0 his name deserves Here “his name” refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “due to him” or “he deserves” or “he is worthy to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -994,13 +994,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 16 35 d411 figs-metonymy 0 give thanks to your holy name Here Yahweh is referred to by his “holy name.” Alternate translation: “give thanks to you” or “give thanks to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 16 36 b74g figs-merism 0 from everlasting to everlasting This refers to two extremes and means for all time. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CH 16 36 du1r figs-hyperbole 0 All the people This is a generalization that refers to the group of people assembled to worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The people” or “Everyone who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 16 37 wmj6 0 his brothers “his relatives”
|
||||
1CH 16 37 wmj6 0 his brothers Alternate translation: “his relatives”
|
||||
1CH 16 37 rwj3 figs-explicit 0 as every day’s work required The implied information is that they were to perform the daily duties that were given in the law of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as was required every day by the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 16 38 zt8k translate-names 0 Obed Edom … Jeduthun … Hosah These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 16 38 ib12 translate-numbers 0 sixty-eight relatives “68 relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 16 39 z25u 0 to serve before the tabernacle “to serve at the tabernacle”
|
||||
1CH 16 39 z25u 0 to serve before the tabernacle Alternate translation: “to serve at the tabernacle”
|
||||
1CH 16 40 l7aq 0 General Information: The word “They” in this verse refers to the priests.
|
||||
1CH 16 40 tg77 0 continually morning “every day, morning”
|
||||
1CH 16 40 tg77 0 continually morning Alternate translation: “every day, morning”
|
||||
1CH 16 41 n9yx 0 General Information: The word “them” in this verse refers to the priests.
|
||||
1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 17 8 equ2 figs-metonymy 0 I will make you a name Here “name” represents a person’s reputation. Alternate translation: “I will make your name to be great and well known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 17 8 hn4i 0 the great ones The phrase “great ones” means famous persons.
|
||||
1CH 17 9 k84t 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
1CH 17 9 r1v3 0 I will appoint a place “I will choose a place”
|
||||
1CH 17 9 r1v3 0 I will appoint a place Alternate translation: “I will choose a place”
|
||||
1CH 17 9 s4hu figs-metaphor 0 will plant them there God causing the people to live in the land permanently and securely is spoken of as if he would plant them in the land. Alternate translation: “I will settle them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 17 9 sam6 figs-activepassive 0 be troubled no more This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever trouble them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 17 10 n664 0 General Information: The words “your” and “you” in this verse refers to David.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 17 10 dgf7 0 subdue make a person or animal unable to attack
|
||||
1CH 17 10 vs5w figs-metonymy 0 build you a house Here the metonym “house” refers to David’s ancestors continuing on as the rulers of Israel. In [1 Chronicles 17:4](../17/04.md) God told David he would not be the one to build a house for Yahweh. There “house” represented a temple. If your language has a word that can express both ideas, use it here and in 17:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 17 11 y3re 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
1CH 17 11 tzz6 0 It will come about “It will happen”
|
||||
1CH 17 11 tzz6 0 It will come about Alternate translation: “It will happen”
|
||||
1CH 17 11 ej5q figs-parallelism 0 when your days are fulfilled for you to go to your fathers The two phrases “when your days are fulfilled” and “go to your fathers” have similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. They both are polite ways to refer to death and dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CH 17 11 t6gs figs-metaphor 0 I will raise up your descendant after you God appointing David’s descendant is spoken of as if Yahweh would raise or lift him up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 17 12 n2wd 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1055,9 +1055,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 17 14 ja8t figs-parallelism 0 I will set him over my house and in my kingdom forever, and his throne will be established forever These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that David’s dynasty will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 17 14 s265 figs-activepassive 0 his throne will be established forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will establish his throne forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 17 14 v2zq figs-metonymy 0 his throne A king’s right to rule is referred to by the place a king sits. Alternate translation: “his right to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 17 15 iyr2 0 reported to him “told him”
|
||||
1CH 17 15 iyr2 0 reported to him Alternate translation: “told him”
|
||||
1CH 17 15 qt78 figs-metonymy 0 all these words Here “words” represents what Yahweh said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 17 16 i3uf 0 he said “David said”
|
||||
1CH 17 16 i3uf 0 he said Alternate translation: “David said”
|
||||
1CH 17 16 qx8e figs-rquestion 0 Who am I, Yahweh God, and what is my family, that you have brought me to this point? - David asks this question to express the deep emotion he felt from hearing Yahweh’s proclamation. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “My family and I are not worthy of this honor, Yahweh God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CH 17 17 i65v 0 Connecting Statement: David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 17 17 b7sy figs-idiom 0 this was a small thing Something that is not important is described as being small. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 17 18 d86h figs-abstractnouns 0 You have given your servant special recognition The abstract noun “recognition” can be translated using the verb “recognize.” Alternate translation: “You have recognized your servant in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CH 17 19 a849 0 Connecting Statement: David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 17 19 h72j figs-123person 0 your servant’s sake Here David refers to himself as “your servant.” This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “my sake” or “my benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1CH 17 19 wp5s 0 to fulfill your own purpose “to accomplish what you planned to do”
|
||||
1CH 17 19 wp5s 0 to fulfill your own purpose Alternate translation: “to accomplish what you planned to do”
|
||||
1CH 17 20 j8ka 0 Connecting Statement: David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 17 20 ur5n figs-parallelism 0 there is none like you, and there is no God besides you These phrases have similar meaning and are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 17 20 a57y figs-exclusive 0 as we have always heard Here “we” refers to David and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1100,12 +1100,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 17 27 ip6n figs-parallelism 0 You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 17 27 b2st figs-activepassive 0 it will be blessed forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
|
||||
1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this “After God’s promise to bless David”
|
||||
1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this Alternate translation: “After God’s promise to bless David”
|
||||
1CH 18 1 rze7 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
1CH 18 3 il58 figs-metonymy 0 David then defeated Hadadezer Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: “David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 18 3 aq29 translate-names 0 Hadadezer This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 18 3 a9t8 0 Zobah This is the name of a country.
|
||||
1CH 18 3 d564 0 was traveling to establish his rule by the Euphrates River “was going to the Euphrates river to conquer people in that area”
|
||||
1CH 18 3 d564 0 was traveling to establish his rule by the Euphrates River Alternate translation: “was going to the Euphrates river to conquer people in that area”
|
||||
1CH 18 4 zr7r translate-numbers 0 a thousand chariots “1,000 chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 18 4 iu5m translate-numbers 0 seven thousand horsemen These are soldiers who rode on horses. “7,000 horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 18 4 kae9 translate-numbers 0 twenty thousand footmen These are soldiers who walked. “20,000 footmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1114,23 +1114,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 18 4 v8sp translate-numbers 0 a hundred chariots “100 chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 18 5 xmb3 translate-numbers 0 killed twenty-two thousand “killed 22,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 18 6 m78m 0 garrisons groups of soldiers assigned to particular areas
|
||||
1CH 18 6 el4v 0 Yahweh gave victory to David “Yahweh caused David to be victorious”
|
||||
1CH 18 6 el4v 0 Yahweh gave victory to David Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused David to be victorious”
|
||||
1CH 18 7 jhg5 0 Hadadezer This was the king of Zobah. See how you translated his name in [1 Chronicles 18:3](../18/03.md).
|
||||
1CH 18 7 p98g 0 that were on Hadadezer’s servants “that Hadadezar’s servants carried”
|
||||
1CH 18 7 p98g 0 that were on Hadadezer’s servants Alternate translation: “that Hadadezar’s servants carried”
|
||||
1CH 18 8 ymy9 translate-names 0 Tebah … Kun These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 18 8 j152 0 very much bronze “a large quantity of bronze”
|
||||
1CH 18 8 j152 0 very much bronze Alternate translation: “a large quantity of bronze”
|
||||
1CH 18 8 l1ug writing-background 0 It was with this bronze that Solomon later made the bronze basin called “The Sea,” the pillars, and the bronze equipment The writer adds this background information to explain what would happen to this bronze at a later time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
1CH 18 8 fwc7 0 the bronze basin called “The Sea,” This a large bronze bowl, about 5 meters across, that was kept in the temple for ceremonial washing.
|
||||
1CH 18 9 t1pp translate-names 0 Tou This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 18 9 jt1h translate-names 0 Hamath … Zobah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 18 10 h9ee translate-names 0 Tou … Hadoram These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 18 10 rpi7 0 fought against “been at war with”
|
||||
1CH 18 11 ih3f 0 set these objects apart to Yahweh “decided that these objects would only be used to worship Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 18 11 pc4f 0 he carried away from all the nations “David took from all the nations that he defeated”
|
||||
1CH 18 10 rpi7 0 fought against Alternate translation: “been at war with”
|
||||
1CH 18 11 ih3f 0 set these objects apart to Yahweh Alternate translation: “decided that these objects would only be used to worship Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 18 11 pc4f 0 he carried away from all the nations Alternate translation: “David took from all the nations that he defeated”
|
||||
1CH 18 12 sy89 translate-names 0 Abishai … Zeruiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 18 12 zl52 translate-numbers 0 eighteen thousand Edomites “18,000 Edomites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 18 12 r8f2 0 Valley of Salt This is the name of a valley between Edom and Judah that was used as a battlefield.
|
||||
1CH 18 14 s1xe 0 over all Israel “over all the Israelites”
|
||||
1CH 18 14 s1xe 0 over all Israel Alternate translation: “over all the Israelites”
|
||||
1CH 18 14 e1tg figs-abstractnouns 0 he administered justice and righteousness to all his people The abstract nouns “justice” and “righteousness” can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “he did what was just and right for all his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CH 18 15 y9vu translate-names 0 Zeruiah … Ahilud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 18 15 d8wx 0 recorder the person who writes down details of special events
|
||||
|
|
@ -1147,11 +1147,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 19 3 z7kg figs-rquestion 0 Do you think that David is honoring your father because he has sent men to comfort you? The princes asked this question to turn the king against David. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not think that David is honoring your father because he has sent men to comfort you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CH 19 3 x9u2 figs-rquestion 0 Do not his servants come to you to explore and examine the land in order to overthrow it? The princes asked this question to turn the king against David. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely his servants come to you to explore the land in order to overthrow it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CH 19 4 xtz3 figs-metonymy 0 So Hanun seized Hanun did not do this personally, but ordered his men to do it. Alternate translation: “So Hanun’s men seized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 19 4 em6h 0 their garments “their clothes”
|
||||
1CH 19 5 m8hd 0 he sent to meet with them “David sent some messengers to encourage them”
|
||||
1CH 19 4 em6h 0 their garments Alternate translation: “their clothes”
|
||||
1CH 19 5 m8hd 0 he sent to meet with them Alternate translation: “David sent some messengers to encourage them”
|
||||
1CH 19 5 y4yd figs-idiom 0 deeply ashamed In this idiom, shame is described as deep to show that it has greatly affected them. Alternate translation: “very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 19 5 i3kf 0 The king This refers to David.
|
||||
1CH 19 5 mzq6 0 then return “then return to Jerusalem”
|
||||
1CH 19 5 mzq6 0 then return Alternate translation: “then return to Jerusalem”
|
||||
1CH 19 6 a8dh figs-metaphor 0 saw that they had become a stench to David The word “stench” refers to a bad smell. This describes the Ammonites as something unpleasant and unwanted. Alternate translation: “realized that they had become repulsive to David” or “realized that they had angered David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 19 6 ks6l translate-numbers 0 a thousand talents “1,000 talents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 19 6 tm1j translate-bmoney 0 talents approximately 33 kilograms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1159,28 +1159,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 19 7 tc1v translate-numbers 0 thirty-two thousand chariots “32,000 talents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 19 7 zt3b translate-names 0 Maacah … Medeba These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 19 7 apt9 0 thirty-two thousand chariots It is not clear if the Ammonites paid the entire thousand talents to the king of Maacah, or if they paid him only a portion of that amount and gave the rest to the other cities that sent additional chariots and horsemen.
|
||||
1CH 19 8 azh7 0 heard of it “heard that the Ammonites were coming out for war”
|
||||
1CH 19 8 hd3z 0 to meet them “to fight against them”
|
||||
1CH 19 8 azh7 0 heard of it Alternate translation: “heard that the Ammonites were coming out for war”
|
||||
1CH 19 8 hd3z 0 to meet them Alternate translation: “to fight against them”
|
||||
1CH 19 9 zpt6 0 at the city gate this refers to the gate of the Ammonite capital city
|
||||
1CH 19 9 d21v 0 the kings who had come this refers to the Aramean kings that the Ammonites hired to help them fight Israel
|
||||
1CH 19 9 pq1t 0 by themselves in the field in the field outside the city, separate from the Ammonites
|
||||
1CH 19 10 tlv8 0 the battle lines “the enemy soldiers lined up for battle”
|
||||
1CH 19 11 m9ew 0 put them into battle lines “arranged his soldiers in lines for battle”
|
||||
1CH 19 10 tlv8 0 the battle lines Alternate translation: “the enemy soldiers lined up for battle”
|
||||
1CH 19 11 m9ew 0 put them into battle lines Alternate translation: “arranged his soldiers in lines for battle”
|
||||
1CH 19 11 u6nw translate-names 0 Abishai This is the name of Joab’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 19 13 n5wu 0 Be strong … show ourselves to be strong “Be brave … behave bravely”
|
||||
1CH 19 13 v52g 0 for our people and for the cities of our God “for the sake of our people and for the cities of our God” or “to protect our people and the cities of our God”
|
||||
1CH 19 13 n5wu 0 Be strong … show ourselves to be strong Alternate translation: “Be brave … behave bravely”
|
||||
1CH 19 13 v52g 0 for our people and for the cities of our God Alternate translation: “for the sake of our people and for the cities of our God” or “to protect our people and the cities of our God”
|
||||
1CH 19 13 u3hv figs-metaphor 0 what is good in his eyes Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “what he considers to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 19 14 eel3 0 advanced to the battle “moved forward to the battle” or “approached the enemy soldiers in the battle”
|
||||
1CH 19 14 eel3 0 advanced to the battle Alternate translation: “moved forward to the battle” or “approached the enemy soldiers in the battle”
|
||||
1CH 19 15 y1w8 0 Then Joab returned … and went back to Jerusalem It does not appear that Joab and his soldiers continued to attack the Ammonites in their city. When the Ammonites went into their city, the battle ended and the Israelites returned home.
|
||||
1CH 19 16 cmb9 0 General Information: Verses 16-19 describes a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
1CH 19 16 t16k figs-metonymy 0 the Arameans saw What the Arameans understood is spoken of as what they saw. Alternate translation: “the Arameans understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 19 16 jj4u 0 sent for reinforcements “requested more soliders”
|
||||
1CH 19 16 jj4u 0 sent for reinforcements Alternate translation: “requested more soliders”
|
||||
1CH 19 16 c1n9 translate-names 0 Shophak … Hadadezer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 19 17 i19m 0 Connecting Statement: This verse continues to describe a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
1CH 19 17 w192 figs-activepassive 0 When David was told this This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: When David’s messengers told him that a larger Aramean army was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 19 17 x2eh figs-synecdoche 0 he gathered … He arranged David did not do these things alone. His official and officers helped him. Alternate translation: “David and his officials gathered … David and his officers arranged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CH 19 17 i4ce figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This is a generalization. Not every person in Israel came to fight. Alternate translation: “a very large number of Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 19 17 g9ih 0 He arranged “He organized”
|
||||
1CH 19 17 g9ih 0 He arranged Alternate translation: “He organized”
|
||||
1CH 19 17 d4k5 figs-synecdoche 0 they fought him Here “him” refers to David’s soldiers, in addition to David. Alternate translation: “the Arameans fought David and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CH 19 18 ps4l 0 Connecting Statement: This verse continues to describe a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
1CH 19 18 cs4n translate-numbers 0 killed seven thousand … forty thousand “ killed 7,000…40,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 20 3 d9wj 0 forced them to work with saws and iron picks and axes These terms describe difficult manual labor that the defeated people were forced to do.
|
||||
1CH 20 3 b3pu figs-metonymy 0 David required all the cities of the people The people are referred to by their city. Alternate translation: “David required all the peoples of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 20 4 d9cr 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
1CH 20 4 tsv3 0 there was a battle at Gezer with the Philistines “the Israelites battled the Philistines at Gezer”
|
||||
1CH 20 4 tsv3 0 there was a battle at Gezer with the Philistines Alternate translation: “the Israelites battled the Philistines at Gezer”
|
||||
1CH 20 4 j76a translate-names 0 Gezer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 20 4 xp88 translate-names 0 Sibbekai … Sippai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 20 4 qp6g translate-names 0 Hushathite … Rephaim These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 21 3 k9un figs-hyperbole 0 a hundred times greater than it is Joab expresses the desire for an army the size of 100 armies to say he would like the army to have more soldiers and be more powerful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CH 21 3 f7vk figs-rquestion 0 But my master the king, do they not all serve my master? Why does my master want this? Why bring guilt on Israel? Joab uses these three rhetorical questions to tell David that the census was a bad idea. It appears that David was trusting the size of his army instead of trusting Yahweh, and thus making Israel guilty of sin. These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: But my master the king, they all serve you already. My master should not request this. You will only bring guilt on the people of Israel by trusting your military power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CH 21 3 d7vy 0 Why does my master want this? The word “this” refers to David’s plan to count all the men of Israel.
|
||||
1CH 21 4 qfg6 0 the king’s word was enforced against Joab “the command of the king prevailed despite Joab’s objections”
|
||||
1CH 21 4 qfg6 0 the king’s word was enforced against Joab Alternate translation: “the command of the king prevailed despite Joab’s objections”
|
||||
1CH 21 4 uve3 figs-explicit 0 So Joab left and went throughout all Israel It is understood from David’s command in [1 Chronicles 21:2](../21/02.md) that Joab went to count the people of Israel. It can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “So Joab left and went throughout all Israel to count the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 21 5 zd6e translate-numbers 0 1,100,000 men “one million, one hundred thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 21 5 m1f9 figs-metonymy 0 men who drew the sword The soldiers in Israel are described by the action of pulling out a sword to fight with it. Alternate translation: “men who were prepared to serve as soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1237,12 +1237,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 21 8 c9pr figs-123person 0 your servant’s guilt David refers to himself as God’s servant. Alternate translation: “my guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1CH 21 12 j66e figs-metonymy 0 being caught by their swords Here “their swords” represents death in battle. Alternate translation: “being killed by them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 21 12 sqj1 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh’s sword, that is, a plague in the land Here the plague is spoken of as Yahweh’s sword because the “sword” is a metonym for death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 21 12 m26u 0 destroying throughout all the land “killing people who live in every part of the land”
|
||||
1CH 21 12 m26u 0 destroying throughout all the land Alternate translation: “killing people who live in every part of the land”
|
||||
1CH 21 12 g7ad figs-explicit 0 I should take to the one who sent me The one who sent him was Yahweh. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “I should take to Yahweh who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 21 13 it5h figs-metonymy 0 Let me fall into the hand of Yahweh rather than into the hand of man Here “hand” represents power to harm or punish Israel. Alternate translation: “Let me be punished by Yahweh, rather than be punished by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 21 13 twc8 0 Let me fall The people of Israel are the ones who would die from the plague, but David is personalizing this judgment as if he himself was being killed.
|
||||
1CH 21 13 ue89 0 hand of man Here “man” is used in the generic sense of “people.”
|
||||
1CH 21 13 lbc8 0 his merciful actions are very great “Yahweh is very merciful”
|
||||
1CH 21 13 lbc8 0 his merciful actions are very great Alternate translation: “Yahweh is very merciful”
|
||||
1CH 21 14 x3xv figs-metonymy 0 on Israel Here Israel is a metonym that represents the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 21 14 yru8 translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand people died “70,000 people died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 21 15 x7c8 figs-metonymy 0 changed his mind about the harm Here “mind” represents his decision. Alternate translation: “decided not to destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1262,25 +1262,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 21 19 s65m figs-metonymy 0 as Gad instructed him to do in the name of Yahweh Speaking “in the name of Yahweh” means speaking with his power and authority, or as his representative. Alternate translation: “as Gad, speaking for Yahweh, instructed David to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 21 20 zfu6 figs-explicit 0 hid themselves They were afraid of the angel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “hid themselves because they were afraid of the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 21 21 h291 translate-symaction 0 with his face to the ground This phrase describes that Ornan bowed far forward. To bow before someone is a way to show humility and respect. A deeper bow shows greater humility and respect. Alternate translation: “bowed very low to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
1CH 21 22 dej5 0 full price “I will pay the full price for what this threshing floor is worth”
|
||||
1CH 21 22 dej5 0 full price Alternate translation: “I will pay the full price for what this threshing floor is worth”
|
||||
1CH 21 23 pz4m figs-explicit 0 Take it as your own This implies that David should take the land without paying for it. Alternate translation: “Take it as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 21 23 qs9l figs-metonymy 0 what is good in your sight David’s understanding is described as his sight. Alternate translation: “whatever you decide to do with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 21 23 yz6w translate-unknown 0 threshing sledges These are wooden sleds with rocks or metal fitted underneath, dragged by oxen over the grain on the threshing floor to separate the grain from its stalks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 21 24 q3rf 0 full price See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 21:22](../21/22.md).
|
||||
1CH 21 25 hc6l translate-numbers 0 six hundred shekels of gold “600 shekels of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 21 25 q1jj translate-bmoney 0 shekels a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
1CH 21 25 c3yg 0 for the place “to buy the threshing floor”
|
||||
1CH 21 26 sw5c 0 He called on Yahweh “He prayed for help to Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 21 26 vrk3 0 who answered him with fire from heaven on the altar for burnt offerings “who answered him by sending fire from heaven to the alter where David would offer the burnt offerings”
|
||||
1CH 21 25 c3yg 0 for the place Alternate translation: “to buy the threshing floor”
|
||||
1CH 21 26 sw5c 0 He called on Yahweh Alternate translation: “He prayed for help to Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 21 26 vrk3 0 who answered him with fire from heaven on the altar for burnt offerings Alternate translation: “who answered him by sending fire from heaven to the alter where David would offer the burnt offerings”
|
||||
1CH 21 27 i8e5 translate-symaction 0 the angel put his sword back into its sheath The angel putting his sword back in the sheath is a symbolic action to show that he would not continue to kill the people. Alternate translation: the angel put his sword in its sheath to show that he would stop killing the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
1CH 21 27 ccx4 0 sheath cover for a sword or knife
|
||||
1CH 21 28 hsc2 0 Ornan Translate his name as in [1 Chronicles 21:15](../21/15.md).
|
||||
1CH 21 29 a7w6 writing-background 0 Now at that time Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
|
||||
1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction Alternate translation: “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
|
||||
1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
|
||||
1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where “This threshing floor is where”
|
||||
1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where Alternate translation: “This threshing floor is where”
|
||||
1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
|
||||
1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
|
||||
1CH 22 3 t891 figs-activepassive 0 more bronze than could be weighed This is an exaggeration to show that there was a very large quantity of bronze. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so much bronze that no one could weigh it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1288,22 +1288,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 22 4 g5hq writing-background 0 The Sidonians and the Tyrians brought too many cedar logs to David to count This is background information to explain who provided so many logs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
1CH 22 5 e5dt figs-activepassive 0 the house that is to be built for Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the house that he will build for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 22 5 l11i figs-metonymy 0 so that it will be famous and glorious in all other lands Here the word “lands” refers to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “so that people in every other land will know about it and think that it is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 5 y7d6 0 prepare for its building “prepare to build it”
|
||||
1CH 22 6 jbb8 0 he called “David called”
|
||||
1CH 22 5 y7d6 0 prepare for its building Alternate translation: “prepare to build it”
|
||||
1CH 22 6 jbb8 0 he called Alternate translation: “David called”
|
||||
1CH 22 6 fuj6 figs-metonymy 0 commanded him to build The readers should understand that David intended for laborers to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “commanded him to oversee the building of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 7 yj6p figs-metonymy 0 it was my intention to build a house myself The readers should understand that David intended for laborers to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “it was my intention to oversee the building of the house myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 7 twu3 0 it was my intention “I intended”
|
||||
1CH 22 7 twu3 0 it was my intention Alternate translation: “I intended”
|
||||
1CH 22 7 d8qd figs-rpronouns 0 to build a house myself The reflexive “myself” means that David originally planned to build the temple. Alternate translation: “that I would be the one to build the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1CH 22 7 b1ym figs-metonymy 0 for the name of Yahweh my God Here “name” represents God’s honor. Alternate translation: “in order to honor Yahweh my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 8 l6hx figs-metonymy 0 shed much blood Here the killing of people is spoken of as shedding their blood, where “blood” represents their lives. Alternate translation: “killed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 8 vj2e figs-metonymy 0 for my name Here “name” represents God’s honor. Alternate translation: “to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 8 qpz1 figs-metonymy 0 you have shed … in my sight Here “sight” refers to what God has seen. Alternate translation: “I have seen that you have shed much blood on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 9 hjm6 0 Connecting Statement: David continues telling Solomon what Yahweh said to him.
|
||||
1CH 22 9 dxv4 0 be a peaceful man “live at peace with everyone”
|
||||
1CH 22 9 y3mq 0 give him rest from all his enemies “cause there to be peace between him and all his enemies”
|
||||
1CH 22 9 dxv4 0 be a peaceful man Alternate translation: “live at peace with everyone”
|
||||
1CH 22 9 y3mq 0 give him rest from all his enemies Alternate translation: “cause there to be peace between him and all his enemies”
|
||||
1CH 22 9 jn2m 0 on every side This means in every place surrounding Israel.
|
||||
1CH 22 9 wn4l figs-explicit 0 For his name will be Solomon The name “Solomon” sounds like the Hebrew word for “peace.” This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “His name will be Solomon, which sounds like the word for peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 22 9 zch4 0 in his days “while he rules”
|
||||
1CH 22 9 zch4 0 in his days Alternate translation: “while he rules”
|
||||
1CH 22 10 f5k4 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes telling Solomon what Yahweh said to him.
|
||||
1CH 22 10 ca3v figs-metonymy 0 a house for my name Here “name” refers to honor. Alternate translation: “a temple to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 10 szm1 figs-metaphor 0 He will be my son, and I will be his father God will treat Solomon as if he were God’s own son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1312,16 +1312,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 22 11 rnl3 0 Now David uses this word to introduce something important he is about to say.
|
||||
1CH 22 11 t9pg figs-metonymy 0 May you build Solomon would not personally do the building, but he would direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “May you direct people to build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 12 ul46 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
1CH 22 12 q6li 0 when he places you in charge over Israel “when he makes you king of Israel”
|
||||
1CH 22 12 q6li 0 when he places you in charge over Israel Alternate translation: “when he makes you king of Israel”
|
||||
1CH 22 13 zf2f 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
1CH 22 13 b69i figs-parallelism 0 Be strong and courageous … Do not fear or be discouraged These two sentences mean the same thing, stated in different ways in order to emphasize that Solomon should not be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 22 14 f1m6 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
1CH 22 14 m9p8 0 Now, see, at great The words “Now, see” introduce something important David is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen! At great”
|
||||
1CH 22 14 vmi3 0 at great effort I have prepared “I have worked hard to prepare”
|
||||
1CH 22 14 vmi3 0 at great effort I have prepared Alternate translation: “I have worked hard to prepare”
|
||||
1CH 22 14 vr2h translate-numbers 0 100,000 talents “one hundred thousand talents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 22 14 elb9 translate-bmoney 0 talents about 33 kilograms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
1CH 22 14 gj8y translate-numbers 0 one million “1,000,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 22 14 cqk2 0 You must add more to all this “You will need to increase that amount”
|
||||
1CH 22 14 cqk2 0 You must add more to all this Alternate translation: “You will need to increase that amount”
|
||||
1CH 22 15 m9hy 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
1CH 22 15 d446 0 stonecutters, masons These are both workers who cut stone and prepare it for builders to use in walls and buildings.
|
||||
1CH 22 15 dwu2 0 carpenters persons who work with wood
|
||||
|
|
@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 22 16 cih1 figs-idiom 0 may Yahweh be with you This is an idiom that implies that Yahweh will help Solomon be successful in the project. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 22 18 atx8 figs-idiom 0 Yahweh your God is with you This is an idiom that implies that Yahweh will help Israel to prosper. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 22 18 tcz3 figs-you 0 your … you Here these pronouns are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CH 22 18 zy9p 0 has given you peace on every side “has caused all the nations who live around Israel to live peacefully with you”
|
||||
1CH 22 18 zy9p 0 has given you peace on every side Alternate translation: “has caused all the nations who live around Israel to live peacefully with you”
|
||||
1CH 22 18 yz6a figs-metonymy 0 He has given the region’s inhabitants into my hand Here “hand” refers to power to defeat his enemies. Alternate translation: “He has given me power over everyone who lives around us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 22 18 i43s figs-activepassive 0 The region is subdued before Yahweh and his people This can be stated in active form. “The other nations no longer attack Yahweh and his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 22 19 sn8d 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to all the leaders of Israel.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 23 4 wt7c 0 officers and judges These Levites listened to legal arguments and administered justice according to the law of Moses.
|
||||
1CH 23 4 hba3 translate-numbers 0 four thousand “4,000 Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 23 5 fm6w 0 gatekeepers These Levites guarded the temple entrance so no person who was ceremonially unclean entered.
|
||||
1CH 23 6 v8nc 0 that corresponded to “based on” or “according to the descendants of”
|
||||
1CH 23 6 v8nc 0 that corresponded to Alternate translation: “based on” or “according to the descendants of”
|
||||
1CH 23 6 dy8m translate-names 0 Gershon, Kohath, and Merari These are names of Levi’s sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 23 7 aha4 translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 23 8 nl9v translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 23 11 khl5 figs-ellipsis 0 the oldest … the second The word “son” is understood. Also, “second” is in ordinal form. Alternate translation: “the oldest son … the second son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 23 11 n6vm figs-activepassive 0 so they were considered as one clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so David considered them to be one clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 23 12 chx4 translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 23 12 mbi4 0 There were four of Kohath’s sons “Kohath had 4 sons”
|
||||
1CH 23 12 mbi4 0 There were four of Kohath’s sons Alternate translation: “Kohath had 4 sons”
|
||||
1CH 23 13 l8w8 translate-names 0 This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 23 13 agb3 figs-activepassive 0 Aaron was chosen to set apart the most holy things This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh chose Aaron to dedicate the most holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 23 13 vcz3 figs-metonymy 0 to give blessings in his name forever Here “in his name” refers to the authority to speak as his representative. Alternate translation: “to bless the people as representatives of God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1384,21 +1384,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 23 27 z88x translate-numbers 0 from twenty years old and upward “who were 20 years old and older.” See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 23 29 jg1i 0 bread of the presence See the Translation Word page about “bread” for the specific definition of “bread of the presence.” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 9:32](../09/32.md).
|
||||
1CH 23 29 ylr9 0 flour grain that is ground into a powder
|
||||
1CH 23 30 bn2q 0 They also stood “The Levites also stood at the temple”
|
||||
1CH 23 30 bn2q 0 They also stood Alternate translation: “The Levites also stood at the temple”
|
||||
1CH 23 31 g7rb figs-activepassive 0 whenever burnt offerings were offered to Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whenever the priests offered burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
|
||||
1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of “The Levites were responsible for”
|
||||
1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh Alternate translation: “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of Alternate translation: “The Levites were responsible for”
|
||||
1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
|
||||
1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
|
||||
1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
|
||||
1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 24 3 wgl9 0 divided them into groups “divided the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar into groups”
|
||||
1CH 24 4 p79f 0 they divided “David, Zadok, and Ahimelech divided”
|
||||
1CH 24 3 wgl9 0 divided them into groups Alternate translation: “divided the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar into groups”
|
||||
1CH 24 4 p79f 0 they divided Alternate translation: “David, Zadok, and Ahimelech divided”
|
||||
1CH 24 4 eqn1 translate-numbers 0 sixteen groups “16 groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 24 4 m76s figs-metaphor 0 heads of clans Here “heads” is a metaphor for the more important people—the leaders of the clans. Alternate translation: “leaders of the clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 24 4 lq4u 0 These divisions were eight in number, corresponding to their clans “There were 8 divisions based on the clans of Ithamar’s descendants”
|
||||
1CH 24 5 i53b 0 They divided them impartially by lot “They divided them by lot so that the divisions would be fair”
|
||||
1CH 24 4 lq4u 0 These divisions were eight in number, corresponding to their clans Alternate translation: “There were 8 divisions based on the clans of Ithamar’s descendants”
|
||||
1CH 24 5 i53b 0 They divided them impartially by lot Alternate translation: “They divided them by lot so that the divisions would be fair”
|
||||
1CH 24 6 ae6t translate-names 0 Shemaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 24 6 r9vm 0 Nethanel See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 15:24](../15/24.md).
|
||||
1CH 24 6 wg42 0 Ahimelech See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1463,13 +1463,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli … Eder … Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
|
||||
1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
|
||||
1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service “the work done at the tabernacle”
|
||||
1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service Alternate translation: “the work done at the tabernacle”
|
||||
1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 25 2 v7d3 0 General Information: This begins a list of leaders of the tabernacle service.
|
||||
1CH 25 2 dwd8 translate-names 0 Zaccur … Joseph … Nethaniah … Asharelah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 25 2 ne8m 0 the sons of Asaph, under the direction of Asaph, who prophesied under the king’s supervision “these were the sons of Asaph, whom he supervised. Asaph prophesied under the king’s supervision”
|
||||
1CH 25 2 r73v 0 under the direction of “under the supervision of”
|
||||
1CH 25 2 ne8m 0 the sons of Asaph, under the direction of Asaph, who prophesied under the king’s supervision Alternate translation: “these were the sons of Asaph, whom he supervised. Asaph prophesied under the king’s supervision”
|
||||
1CH 25 2 r73v 0 under the direction of Alternate translation: “under the supervision of”
|
||||
1CH 25 3 v6ql 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of leaders of the tabernacle service that was started in [1 Chronicles 25:2](../25/02.md).
|
||||
1CH 25 3 r4xj translate-names 0 Gedaliah … Zeri … Jeshaiah … Shimei … Hashabiah … Mattithiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 25 4 f9hc 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of leaders of the tabernacle service that was started in [1 Chronicles 25:2](../25/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 25 4 ci19 translate-names 0 Bukkiah … Mattaniah … Uzziel … Shubael … Jerimoth … Hananiah … Hanani … Eliathah … Giddalti … Romamti-Ezer … Joshbekashah … Mallothi … Hothir … Mahazioth These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 25 5 x8g6 translate-numbers 0 fourteen sons and three daughters “14 sons and 3 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 25 5 zn96 figs-metaphor 0 to lift up his horn An animal horn is a symbol of strength or authority. To lift up someone’s horn is a metaphor for honoring him. Alternate translation: “to honor Heman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 25 6 j8h3 0 were under the direction of their fathers “were supervised by their fathers”
|
||||
1CH 25 6 j8h3 0 were under the direction of their fathers Alternate translation: “were supervised by their fathers”
|
||||
1CH 25 6 j2ye translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CH 25 6 vgs6 translate-names 0 Jeduthun … Heman Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 25 7 t6ws translate-numbers 0 numbered 288 “were two hundred and eighty-eight men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 26 7 cl3r 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
1CH 26 7 sra8 translate-names 0 Shemaiah Translate this name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 26:4](../26/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 7 kw9m translate-names 0 Othni … Rephael … Obed … Elzabad … Elihu … Semakiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 7 cw3a 0 His relatives “Shemaiah’s relatives” or “Shemaiah’s family members”
|
||||
1CH 26 7 cw3a 0 His relatives Alternate translation: “Shemaiah’s relatives” or “Shemaiah’s family members”
|
||||
1CH 26 8 b88e translate-names 0 Obed Edom Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 26:4](../26/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 8 b2al translate-numbers 0 sixty-two of them “62 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 26 9 w9v6 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 26 11 c485 translate-ordinal 0 the second … the third … the fourth This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say “the next” for each son. The word “son” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second son … the third son … the fourth son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 26 11 v3fg translate-numbers 0 All of Hosah’s sons and kinsmen were thirteen in number “There were 13 of Hosah’s sons and kinsmen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 26 12 e8vb 0 divisions groups
|
||||
1CH 26 13 d643 0 threw lots “cast lots”
|
||||
1CH 26 13 d643 0 threw lots Alternate translation: “cast lots”
|
||||
1CH 26 13 c3kv figs-merism 0 both young and old This refers to all of the men by describing the extremes. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Chronicles 25:8](../25/08.md). Alternate translation: “all of them, including the young men and the old men” or “men of all ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CH 26 14 k1kp figs-activepassive 0 When the lot was cast This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When they cast the lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 26 14 q2a4 translate-names 0 Zechariah See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 26:2](../26/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1661,32 +1661,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 26 30 yxg1 translate-names 0 Hebron Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:12](../23/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 30 rk3p translate-names 0 Hashabiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 30 ftt8 translate-numbers 0 1,700 capable men “one thousand seven hundred capable men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 26 30 bc48 0 Yahweh’s work and the king’s work “work done for Yahweh and the king.”
|
||||
1CH 26 30 bc48 0 Yahweh’s work and the king’s work Alternate translation: “work done for Yahweh and the king.”
|
||||
1CH 26 31 p62l translate-names 0 Hebron See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 23:12](../23/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 31 u13y translate-names 0 Jeriah See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 23:19](../23/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 31 jx36 figs-activepassive 0 counted from the lists This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their names were on the lists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 26 31 de6s translate-ordinal 0 In the fortieth year of the reign of David “When David had been king for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability “capable men”
|
||||
1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability Alternate translation: “capable men”
|
||||
1CH 26 31 hqn8 translate-names 0 Jazer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 26 32 eq1n translate-numbers 0 2,700 relatives “two thousand seven hundred family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
|
||||
1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list “These are the names”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list Alternate translation: “These are the names”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 j7ta translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways “in different ways” or “in many ways”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways Alternate translation: “in different ways” or “in many ways”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 f9jj 0 Each military division served month by month throughout the year This means that each division took turns serving periods of a month at a time.
|
||||
1CH 27 1 a223 0 Each military division “Each group”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 p3st 0 throughout the year “all year long”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 a223 0 Each military division Alternate translation: “Each group”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 p3st 0 throughout the year Alternate translation: “all year long”
|
||||
1CH 27 1 ij1w translate-numbers 0 twenty-four thousand men “24,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 2 xd5k figs-idiom 0 Over the division This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In charge of the division” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 27 2 v68t translate-hebrewmonths 0 first month “month 1.” This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 27 2 wqc6 translate-names 0 Jashobeam … Zabdiel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 2 bq7a translate-numbers 0 twenty-four thousand men “24,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 3 x5y9 translate-names 0 Perez This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 4 x2gw 0 Over the division “In charge of the division”
|
||||
1CH 27 4 x2gw 0 Over the division Alternate translation: “In charge of the division”
|
||||
1CH 27 4 ws7t translate-hebrewmonths 0 the second month “month 2.” This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 27 4 iw9c translate-names 0 Dodai … Mikloth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 4 c78z translate-names 0 Ahoah See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 8:4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 4 lz5j 0 In his division “In his group of soldiers”
|
||||
1CH 27 4 lz5j 0 In his division Alternate translation: “In his group of soldiers”
|
||||
1CH 27 4 ae2h translate-numbers 0 twenty-four thousand men “24,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 5 w3z4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the third month “month 3.” This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of May and the first part of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 27 5 dhl3 translate-names 0 Jehoiada See how you translated this man’s name in [1 Chronicles 11:22](../11/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1694,10 +1694,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 27 6 z84d translate-names 0 Ammizabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 6 q4hq translate-numbers 0 the thirty “the 30.” This refers to “David’s 30 mightiest soldiers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 6 v3b3 figs-idiom 0 over the thirty This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in charge of the 30 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 27 7 n6ti 0 The commander for the fourth month was Asahel brother of Joab “Asahel, brother of Joab, was the commander for the fourth month”
|
||||
1CH 27 7 n6ti 0 The commander for the fourth month was Asahel brother of Joab Alternate translation: “Asahel, brother of Joab, was the commander for the fourth month”
|
||||
1CH 27 7 e2j8 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month “month 4.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of June and the first part of July on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 27 7 cgz8 translate-names 0 Asahel … Zebadiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 7 lxq4 0 his division “his military group”
|
||||
1CH 27 7 lxq4 0 his division Alternate translation: “his military group”
|
||||
1CH 27 7 j6e2 translate-numbers 0 twenty-four thousand men “24,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 8 ar9x translate-names 0 Shamhuth … Izrah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 8 hu5m translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fifth month “month 5.” This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of July and the first part of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 27 9 rp3d translate-names 0 Ira … Ikkesh Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 9 tp4g translate-names 0 Tekoa This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 9 a4nh translate-numbers 0 twenty-four thousand men “24,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 27 10 ili4 0 The commander for the seventh month was Helez the Pelonite, from the people of Ephraim “Helez, the Pelonite, from the people of Ephraim, was the commander for the seventh month”
|
||||
1CH 27 10 ili4 0 The commander for the seventh month was Helez the Pelonite, from the people of Ephraim Alternate translation: “Helez, the Pelonite, from the people of Ephraim, was the commander for the seventh month”
|
||||
1CH 27 10 su3m translate-hebrewmonths 0 the seventh month “month 7.” This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
1CH 27 10 mbj1 translate-names 0 Helez the Pelonite See how you translated the name of this man and the name of his clan in [1 Chronicles 11:27](../11/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 10 b39d translate-numbers 0 twenty-four thousand men “24,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1746,9 +1746,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 27 24 h55w figs-metonymy 0 Wrath fell on Israel This speaks of God punishing the people as if his “wrath” were something that fell upon them. Alternate translation: “God punished the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 27 24 kt7m figs-activepassive 0 This number was not written down This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one wrote this number down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 27 25 n81x translate-names 0 Azmaveth … Adiel … Jonathan … Uzziah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 25 x93h 0 in charge of “responsible for guarding”
|
||||
1CH 27 25 x93h 0 in charge of Alternate translation: “responsible for guarding”
|
||||
1CH 27 25 k2kt figs-idiom 0 was over This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was in charge of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 27 25 u7kt 0 fortified towers “strong towers”
|
||||
1CH 27 25 u7kt 0 fortified towers Alternate translation: “strong towers”
|
||||
1CH 27 26 qpk1 translate-names 0 Ezri … Kelub These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 26 f5an 0 plowed the land This means to dig into or break up the dirt before planting.
|
||||
1CH 27 27 r3jh translate-names 0 Zabdi This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 27 30 e9jp translate-names 0 Meronoth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 31 v9qn translate-names 0 Jaziz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 31 w5bc translate-names 0 Hagrite Translate the name of this people group as you did in [1 Chronicles 5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 31 ffj4 0 All these officials “All of these men”
|
||||
1CH 27 31 ffj4 0 All these officials Alternate translation: “All of these men”
|
||||
1CH 27 32 mew3 translate-names 0 Jonathan … Jehiel … Hakmoni These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 33 iz6y translate-names 0 Ahithophel … Hushai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CH 27 33 d46f translate-names 0 Arkite This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1789,12 +1789,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 28 3 zy9t figs-euphemism 0 have shed blood This refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “have killed people” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CH 28 4 yi7t 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
1CH 28 4 dm8t figs-metonymy 0 chose me … to be king over Israel forever One possible meaning is that here David is a metonym for David and his descendants who will rule Israel forever. Alternate translation: “chose me and my descendants … to be kings over Israel forever” Another is that David will continue to be the king of Israel after he is resurrected from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 28 4 u9b6 0 all Israel “the whole land of Israel” or “all the Israelites”
|
||||
1CH 28 4 u9b6 0 all Israel Alternate translation: “the whole land of Israel” or “all the Israelites”
|
||||
1CH 28 5 y54e 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
1CH 28 5 wr6u figs-metonymy 0 to sit on the throne of Here “to sit on the throne” means to rule as king. Alternate translation: “to rule over” or “to be the king of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 28 5 jpm7 0 the kingdom of Yahweh, over Israel “Israel, which is Yahweh’s kingdom”
|
||||
1CH 28 5 jpm7 0 the kingdom of Yahweh, over Israel Alternate translation: “Israel, which is Yahweh’s kingdom”
|
||||
1CH 28 6 x1ah 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
1CH 28 6 q982 0 He said to me “God said to me”
|
||||
1CH 28 6 q982 0 He said to me Alternate translation: “God said to me”
|
||||
1CH 28 6 yh22 0 my house The word “house” refers to the temple of Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 28 6 vgk5 figs-metaphor 0 I have chosen him to be my son, and I will be his father This does not mean that Solomon becomes an actual son of God, but it describes the personal relationship that he and God will have. Alternate translation: “I have chosen to treat him like a son, and I will be like a father to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 28 7 c1gk 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 28 9 fd1p figs-metonymy 0 all hearts Here people’s “hearts” represent their feelings and desires. Alternate translation: “searches everyone’s emotions and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 28 9 q8mk figs-activepassive 0 If you seek him, he will be found by you This can be written in active form. Also, this speaks of following Yahweh and having him listen to you as searching for him and finding him. Alternate translation: “If you seek him, you will find him” or “If you try to get Yahweh to pay attention to you, he will do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CH 28 10 lvh1 0 Connecting Statement: David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
1CH 28 10 t8cr 0 Realize that “Be aware that” or “Be sure you remember that”
|
||||
1CH 28 10 t8cr 0 Realize that Alternate translation: “Be aware that” or “Be sure you remember that”
|
||||
1CH 28 10 mru2 0 Be strong and do it The word “strong” here refers to willpower and strength of character.
|
||||
1CH 28 11 a7py 0 temple portico “temple porch” or “temple entrance.” This refers to the columns that supported the roof at the entrance of the temple.
|
||||
1CH 28 12 l237 0 treasuries storerooms for valuable things
|
||||
|
|
@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 28 13 uxq1 0 divisions of the priests and Levites “groups of the priests and Levites.” This refers to the groups in which the priests and other temple workers were organized to fulfill their duties.
|
||||
1CH 28 15 vf2g 0 according to the use of each lampstand in the service “determined by what each lampstand would be used for in the service in the temple.” There would be silver lampstands of different weights for different purposes.
|
||||
1CH 28 16 cj4m figs-ellipsis 0 for every table The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “the weight of the gold for every other table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 28 18 hh4i 0 refined gold “purified gold” or “extra valuable gold”
|
||||
1CH 28 18 hh4i 0 refined gold Alternate translation: “purified gold” or “extra valuable gold”
|
||||
1CH 28 18 uiy6 figs-ellipsis 0 of the gold for the design The refers to the weight of the gold. Alternate translation: “the weight of the gold for the design” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CH 28 19 php2 figs-idiom 0 I have put all this in writing This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I wrote all of this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CH 28 19 jmp3 figs-explicit 0 gave me to understand regarding the design This refers to the detail for the design of the temple. Alternate translation: “helped me to understand the details for his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
|
||||
1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
|
||||
1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
|
||||
1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen “the one whom God has chosen”
|
||||
1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen”
|
||||
1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
|
||||
1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … to be made of wood This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 29 2 t7rz 0 onyx stones … stones to be set … stones for inlaid work of various colors Each of these phrases refer to different types of stones intended for different purposes.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 29 4 mb3f translate-bmoney 0 seven thousand talents “7,000 talents.” This can be stated in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “about 230,000 kilograms” or “230 metric tons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 29 5 lf78 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
|
||||
1CH 29 5 s62z figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … work to be done by craftsmen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gold for the craftsmen to make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, and things of all kinds for their other work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 29 5 b1xt 0 give himself to him “give himself to God”
|
||||
1CH 29 5 b1xt 0 give himself to him Alternate translation: “give himself to God”
|
||||
1CH 29 6 din9 translate-numbers 0 General Information: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 29 6 d694 figs-activepassive 0 Then freewill offerings were made by the leaders … and by the officials over the king’s work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the leaders … and the officials over the king’s work made freewill offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 29 6 jr54 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1876,13 +1876,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 29 17 mf5y 0 Connecting Statement: David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 29 17 wi1m figs-metonymy 0 you examine the heart Here the “heart” represents a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “you examine people’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 29 17 p49r figs-metonymy 0 in the uprightness of my heart Here the “heart” represents a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “because I want to be honest and honorable in everything I do for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 29 17 m5kv 0 I look with joy as “I am joyful as I see”
|
||||
1CH 29 17 m5kv 0 I look with joy as Alternate translation: “I am joyful as I see”
|
||||
1CH 29 18 slh8 0 Connecting Statement: David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 29 18 e4x2 0 keep this forever in the thoughts of the minds of your people “keep this in the thoughts and minds of your people forever”
|
||||
1CH 29 18 e4x2 0 keep this forever in the thoughts of the minds of your people Alternate translation: “keep this in the thoughts and minds of your people forever”
|
||||
1CH 29 18 kku8 figs-metonymy 0 Direct their hearts toward you Here the people’s “hearts” represent their thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “Direct them to be loyal to you” or “Keep them loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 29 19 f3j5 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
1CH 29 19 rte7 figs-abstractnouns 0 Give to Solomon my son a wholehearted desire The word “desire” may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Make my son Solomon fully desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CH 29 20 xp28 0 Now bless Yahweh “Now praise Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 29 20 xp28 0 Now bless Yahweh Alternate translation: “Now praise Yahweh”
|
||||
1CH 29 20 vuw9 translate-symaction 0 prostrated themselves before the king This refers to laying down on the ground before someone to show great respect. Alternate translation: “prostrated themselves on the ground to show respect to Yahweh and the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
1CH 29 21 a6a4 figs-metonymy 0 they made sacrifices to Yahweh and offered burnt offerings to him The people offered animals to be sacrificed to Yahweh by the priests. Most of the people did not actually kill and sacrifice the animals themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 29 21 u1s9 translate-numbers 0 a thousand bulls, a thousand rams, and a thousand lambs “1,000 bulls, 1,000 rams, and 1,000 lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1890,11 +1890,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CH 29 22 ach6 0 a second time This means that they anointed him and declared him as king. The first time is described in [1 Chronicles 23:1](../23/01.md).
|
||||
1CH 29 22 n3m8 figs-explicit 0 anointed him with Yahweh’s authority to be ruler To do something with “Yahweh’s authority” means to do it on his behalf and with his approval. Alternate translation: “anointed him to rule over Israel on Yahweh’s behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CH 29 23 t3ul figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon sat on Yahweh’s throne as king instead of David his father Here the throne of Israel is referred to as “Yahweh’s throne,” to emphasize that the people of Israel are Yahweh’s people. Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: “So Solomon sat on the throne, instead of his father David, as king over Yahweh’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CH 29 24 v1k6 0 gave allegiance to King Solomon “told King Solomon that they would be faithful to him”
|
||||
1CH 29 24 v1k6 0 gave allegiance to King Solomon Alternate translation: “told King Solomon that they would be faithful to him”
|
||||
1CH 29 25 g2u5 figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh greatly honored Solomon before all Israel … bestowed on him greater power These two phrases emphasize that Solomon received special favor from Yahweh, which made him Israel’s greatest and most powerful king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CH 29 27 bt7n translate-numbers 0 forty years … thirty-three years “40 years…33 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CH 29 28 i3uj 0 at a good old age “as an old man”
|
||||
1CH 29 28 i3uj 0 at a good old age Alternate translation: “as an old man”
|
||||
1CH 29 29 vep9 0 written in the history of Samuel the prophet,…and in the history of Gad the prophet These are written accounts that no longer exist.
|
||||
1CH 29 30 k1k8 figs-activepassive 0 Recorded there are the deeds This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There men wrote down the deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CH 29 30 w3p7 0 the deeds of his rule “the things that happened while David was king”
|
||||
1CH 29 30 w3p7 0 the deeds of his rule Alternate translation: “the things that happened while David was king”
|
||||
1CH 29 30 x9a4 figs-explicit 0 the events that affected him, Israel, and all the kingdoms of the other lands “all the things that happened to him and to the people of Israel and in the kingdoms of other countries while he was ruling Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
500
en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
500
en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
|
|
@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 1 2 m8q8 0 to every prince Here “prince” means leaders in general. They are not necessarily the sons of the king. Alternate translation: “to every leader”
|
||||
2CH 1 2 c8jd figs-metaphor 0 the heads of the fathers’ houses Here “heads” is a metaphor for the most important part. And “houses” represents families. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the families in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 1 4 edb7 translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim A little town about 9 miles west of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 1 4 xhl3 0 pitched a tent “set up a tent”
|
||||
2CH 1 4 xhl3 0 pitched a tent Alternate translation: “set up a tent”
|
||||
2CH 1 5 bxk4 figs-activepassive 0 the bronze altar made by Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bronze altar that Bezalel son of Uri son Hur made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 1 5 hy9f translate-names 0 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 1 6 cal1 0 went up there “went up to the high place at Gibeon”
|
||||
2CH 1 6 cal1 0 went up there Alternate translation: “went up to the high place at Gibeon”
|
||||
2CH 1 6 ptf1 translate-numbers 0 one thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 1 7 jhc5 0 Ask! What should I give you? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Ask for whatever you want from me.”
|
||||
2CH 1 8 l8pa figs-abstractnouns 0 You have shown great covenant faithfulness to David The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “You have greatly and faithfully loved David” or “You have been very faithful to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 1 10 qqw2 figs-abstractnouns 0 give me wisdom and knowledge This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “knowledge.” Alternate translation: “cause me to be wise and to know many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 1 10 mqk9 figs-rquestion 0 who can judge your people, who are so many in number? Here “judge” means to govern or rule. Solomon uses a question to state that it is impossible to rule over so many people without God’s help. Alternate translation: “no one can judge all of your countless people without your help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 1 11 cs6i figs-metonymy 0 Because this was in your heart Here “heart” represents desire. Alternate translation: “Because this was your desire” or “Because this is what you wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 1 11 yf5z 0 nor for the life of those who hate you “nor to be able to defeat those who hate you” or “nor to be able to kill your enemies”
|
||||
2CH 1 11 yf5z 0 nor for the life of those who hate you Alternate translation: “nor to be able to defeat those who hate you” or “nor to be able to kill your enemies”
|
||||
2CH 1 12 nqh3 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will now give you wisdom and knowledge This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “knowledge.” Alternate translation: “I will now cause you to be wise and to know many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 1 13 zf79 figs-synecdoche 0 So Solomon came to Jerusalem Here “Solomon” represents all the people with him. Also “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “So Solomon and the people with him went to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
2CH 1 13 el5y 0 from before the tent of meeting “from the tent of meeting”
|
||||
2CH 1 13 el5y 0 from before the tent of meeting Alternate translation: “from the tent of meeting”
|
||||
2CH 1 14 wf53 translate-numbers 0 1,400 chariots “one thousand four hundred chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 1 14 z8vd translate-numbers 0 twelve thousand horsemen “12,000 horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 1 14 wyf9 0 in the chariot cities This is a reference to cities which stored his chariots.
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 1 15 uzq9 translate-unknown 0 the sycamore trees This is a tree that grows fruit that looks like figs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2CH 1 16 a9hx figs-abstractnouns 0 As for the importation of horses from Egypt and Kue for Solomon “Importation” is the act of bringing something into one country from another country. This can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “As for the horses Solomon imported from Egypt and Kue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 1 16 fn2v translate-names 0 Kue This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 1 16 hlw7 0 at a price “at a set price” or “for money”
|
||||
2CH 1 16 hlw7 0 at a price Alternate translation: “at a set price” or “for money”
|
||||
2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
|
||||
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
|
||||
2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
|
||||
2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
|
||||
2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom Alternate translation: “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
|
||||
2CH 2 2 x3et translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand men … eighty thousand men “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 2 2 h2i5 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 2 2 ur1y translate-numbers 0 3600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 2 8 er5m translate-unknown 0 cedar, cypress, and algum trees These are different types of tress. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2CH 2 10 nl87 translate-bvolume 0 twenty thousand cors A cor is 220 liters. Twenty thousand cors equals 4,400 kiloliters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
2CH 2 10 zj5r translate-numbers 0 twenty thousand “20,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 2 10 v169 0 ground wheat “wheat flour”
|
||||
2CH 2 10 v169 0 ground wheat Alternate translation: “wheat flour”
|
||||
2CH 2 10 wk75 translate-bvolume 0 twenty thousand baths A bath is 22 liters. Twenty thousand baths equals 440 kiloliters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
2CH 2 12 yb7r figs-abstractnouns 0 gifted with prudence and understanding This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “prudence” and “understanding.” Alternate translation: “who is very intelligent and understands many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 2 13 m162 figs-abstractnouns 0 gifted with understanding The abstract noun “understanding” can be stated as “understands” or “wise.” Alternate translation: “who understand many things” or “who is very wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 2 13 b5gt translate-names 0 Huram-Abi This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 2 14 w9mh 0 He is skilled at work in gold … crimson wool Translate many of these words as you did in [2 Chronicles 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
2CH 2 14 k19k 0 fine linen “high quality cloth” or “the best cloth”
|
||||
2CH 2 14 qr4y 0 He is the son of a woman of the daughters of Dan “His mother is from the tribe of Dan” or “His mother is a descendant of Dan”
|
||||
2CH 2 14 k19k 0 fine linen Alternate translation: “high quality cloth” or “the best cloth”
|
||||
2CH 2 14 qr4y 0 He is the son of a woman of the daughters of Dan Alternate translation: “His mother is from the tribe of Dan” or “His mother is a descendant of Dan”
|
||||
2CH 2 15 b7yq 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the message from Hiram, king of Tyre, to Solomon.
|
||||
2CH 2 15 ca7d figs-123person 0 of which my master has spoken, let him send these things to his servants Hiram refers to Solomon as “my master” and to himself and his own people as “his servants.” This is a way of showing respect. Alternate translation: “of which you, my master, have spoken, please send these things to us, your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2CH 2 16 q3lm figs-metonymy 0 you will carry it up to Jerusalem Here “you” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “you will command your people to take the wood to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 3 13 gkp3 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2CH 3 14 sq7c figs-metonymy 0 He made … he fashioned The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … they fashioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 3 14 a442 0 blue, purple, and crimson wool Translate these words as you did in [2 Chronicles 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
2CH 3 14 bws6 0 fine linen “high quality cloth” or “the best cloth”
|
||||
2CH 3 14 bws6 0 fine linen Alternate translation: “high quality cloth” or “the best cloth”
|
||||
2CH 3 15 kz56 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon also made The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers also made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 3 15 d9wd translate-numbers 0 thirty-five cubits … five cubits “35 cubits…5 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “16.1 meters…2.3 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2CH 3 15 r6eb 0 the capitals decorations on top of the pillars
|
||||
2CH 3 16 s6mv figs-metonymy 0 He made … he also made The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They made … they also made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 3 16 a7jg translate-numbers 0 one hundred pomegranates “100 pomegranates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 3 17 ll7a figs-metonymy 0 He set up The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 3 17 akb5 0 on the right hand … on the left “on the right side … on the left side” or “on the south side … on the north side”
|
||||
2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named “Solomon named”
|
||||
2CH 3 17 akb5 0 on the right hand … on the left Alternate translation: “on the right side … on the left side” or “on the south side … on the north side”
|
||||
2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named Alternate translation: “Solomon named”
|
||||
2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2CH 4 2 l3p4 0 the round sea This refers to a tank or basin that would hold water.
|
||||
2CH 4 2 u94d 0 cast metal This is metal that was melted then formed in a mold.
|
||||
2CH 4 2 a4ik 0 from brim to brim “from one edge to the other”
|
||||
2CH 4 2 a4ik 0 from brim to brim Alternate translation: “from one edge to the other”
|
||||
2CH 4 2 tp3t 0 in circumference Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
|
||||
2CH 4 3 kgb8 translate-bdistance 0 each cubit A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “every 46 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2CH 4 3 xbl2 0 ten to each cubit “ten per cubit”
|
||||
2CH 4 3 xbl2 0 ten to each cubit Alternate translation: “ten per cubit”
|
||||
2CH 4 3 ca7j figs-activepassive 0 when the sea itself was cast This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the workers cast the sea itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 4 4 cu1l 0 The Sea This refers to the tank or basin that held water for sacrifices.
|
||||
2CH 4 4 l6zg 0 was set upon twelve oxen “was on top of twelve oxen”
|
||||
2CH 4 4 l6zg 0 was set upon twelve oxen Alternate translation: “was on top of twelve oxen”
|
||||
2CH 4 4 pmp9 figs-explicit 0 twelve oxen These are images of oxen made of bronze. Alternate translation: “twelve large figures of bulls” or “twelve bronze oxen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 4 4 xfd8 figs-activepassive 0 “The Sea” was set on top of them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers set ‘The Sea’ on top of the oxen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 4 4 tk1h 0 hindquarters This is the back quarter of the body of an animal with four feet.
|
||||
|
|
@ -138,14 +138,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 4 6 bwn1 figs-activepassive 0 items used in performing the burnt offering were to be washed in them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people were to wash the items used in performing the burnt offering in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 4 7 kzu8 figs-metonymy 0 He made … he placed Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … they placed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 4 7 hxw7 figs-activepassive 0 that were made from the instructions for their design This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “according to the instructions for their design” or “according to how Solomon instructed his workers to design them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 4 7 f4xa 0 on the right hand … on the left “on the right side … on the left side” or “on the south side … on the north side”
|
||||
2CH 4 7 f4xa 0 on the right hand … on the left Alternate translation: “on the right side … on the left side” or “on the south side … on the north side”
|
||||
2CH 4 8 zf4p figs-metonymy 0 He made … He made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … They made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 4 8 jd4q translate-numbers 0 one hundred basins “100 basins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 4 8 gg3f 0 basins shallow bowls used for washing
|
||||
2CH 4 9 x7zs figs-metonymy 0 he made the courtyard … and overlaid Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made … they overlaid … They placed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 4 9 k869 0 the great court “the large court”
|
||||
2CH 4 9 k869 0 the great court Alternate translation: “the large court”
|
||||
2CH 4 10 rc79 figs-metonymy 0 He placed Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “They placed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 4 10 kz4q 0 on the east side of the temple, facing toward the south “next to the southeast corner of the temple”
|
||||
2CH 4 10 kz4q 0 on the east side of the temple, facing toward the south Alternate translation: “next to the southeast corner of the temple”
|
||||
2CH 4 11 q3j4 0 Huram See how you translated this name in [2 Chronicles 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
2CH 4 11 fj2i 0 the sprinkling bowls bowls that held blood that was used in the house of God for sprinkling the altar
|
||||
2CH 4 11 p9ze figs-synecdoche 0 Huram finished the work that he did Here Huram represents all who worked on the temple. Alternate translation: “Huram and the other workers finished the work that they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,10 +154,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 4 13 hup4 figs-synecdoche 0 He had made Here Huram represents all who worked on the temple. Alternate translation: “Huram and the other workers had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 4 13 xt19 translate-numbers 0 the four hundred pomegranates “the 400 pomegranates.” Translate “pomegranates” as you did in [2 Chronicles 3:16](../03/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 4 14 ze55 figs-synecdoche 0 He also made Here Huram, who is also called Huram-Abi, represents all those who worked with him. Alternate translation: “They also made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 4 14 g3ye 0 the basins “the bowls”
|
||||
2CH 4 14 g3ye 0 the basins Alternate translation: “the bowls”
|
||||
2CH 4 15 x7qe 0 one sea and the twelve bulls This is a large decorative washing container. Translate “sea” as you did in [2 Chronicles 4:2](../04/02.md) and “bulls” as you did in [2 Chronicles 4:3](./03.md).
|
||||
2CH 4 16 h3mz figs-synecdoche 0 Huram-Abi made Here Huram, who is also called Huram-Abi, represents all those who worked with him. Alternate translation: “Huram-Abi and his craftsmen made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 4 16 hd38 0 other implements “other tools” or “other objects used for the altar”
|
||||
2CH 4 16 hd38 0 other implements Alternate translation: “other tools” or “other objects used for the altar”
|
||||
2CH 4 16 lsj6 0 polished bronze Bronze that the workmen polished so that it would reflect light.
|
||||
2CH 4 17 qg5k figs-metonymy 0 The king had cast them The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “The king commanded his workers to cast them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 4 17 et7r translate-names 0 Zarethan This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,20 +175,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
|
||||
2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
|
||||
2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
|
||||
2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
|
||||
2CH 5 2 kxu7 figs-metaphor 0 all the heads of the tribes Here “heads” is a metaphor for the most important part of something. Alternate translation: “all the leaders of the tribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 5 3 cnf6 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 5:2 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 5 3 dpg6 translate-hebrewmonths 0 at the feast, which was in the seventh month This is the Festival of Shelters which is on the fifteenth day of the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. This is near the beginning of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 5 5 w2lc 0 furnishings This refers to all of the bowls and tools that were used in the house of God. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 4:19](../04/19.md)
|
||||
2CH 5 6 c9b1 figs-hyperbole 0 all the assembly of Israel Here “all” is a generalization meaning very many Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 5 6 k1ea figs-hyperbole 0 sacrificing sheep and oxen that could not be counted This is an exaggeration that emphasizes the great number of animals that were sacrificed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “sacrificing more sheep and oxen than anyone could count” or “sacrificing very many sheep and oxen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 5 7 ryr2 0 into the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under”
|
||||
2CH 5 7 ryr2 0 into the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under Alternate translation: “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under”
|
||||
2CH 5 8 l1ta figs-activepassive 0 poles by which it was carried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 5 9 e5zr 0 their ends were seen … they could not be seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them”
|
||||
2CH 5 9 nm1q 0 to this day This means the day on which the writer wrote.
|
||||
2CH 5 11 di3c 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 5 12 he4d translate-names 0 Asaph, Heman, Jeduthun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 5 12 gmt5 0 sons and brothers “sons and other relatives”
|
||||
2CH 5 12 gmt5 0 sons and brothers Alternate translation: “sons and other relatives”
|
||||
2CH 5 12 z7a5 translate-unknown 0 cymbals two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2CH 5 12 uu2u translate-numbers 0 120 priests “one hundred and twenty priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 5 13 hzq8 figs-activepassive 0 making one sound to be heard for praising and thanking Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “making one sound as they praised and thanked Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -214,14 +214,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 6 7 xz4b figs-metonymy 0 for the name of Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh’s name represents himself. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh … for me” or (2) Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 8 q89x figs-metaphor 0 it was in your heart … for it to be in your heart Here David’s heart is spoken of as if it were a container, and what he desired is spoken of as if it were an item in the container. Alternate translation: “you desired … to desire to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 8 rdt9 figs-metonymy 0 for my name This could mean: (1) Yahweh’s name represents himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or (2) Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “for my reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 8 a4hn 0 In that it was in your heart “Because it was in your heart” or “Because you wanted”
|
||||
2CH 6 9 d23q 0 one who will come from your loins “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father”
|
||||
2CH 6 8 a4hn 0 In that it was in your heart Alternate translation: “Because it was in your heart” or “Because you wanted”
|
||||
2CH 6 9 d23q 0 one who will come from your loins Alternate translation: “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father”
|
||||
2CH 6 10 vx39 figs-idiom 0 has carried out the word that he had said This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has done exactly what he said he would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 6 10 guj3 figs-metaphor 0 I have arisen in the place of David my father Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: “I have gained the power that David my father had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 10 k9b9 figs-metonymy 0 I sit on the throne of Israel The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “I rule over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 10 t3t5 figs-metonymy 0 for the name of Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh’s name represents himself. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh” or (2) Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “for the reputation of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 11 k9lc figs-metonymy 0 in which is Yahweh’s covenant, which The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “in which are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 12 t8dh 0 in the presence of all the assembly of Israel “in front of the people of Israel who had gathered there”
|
||||
2CH 6 12 t8dh 0 in the presence of all the assembly of Israel Alternate translation: “in front of the people of Israel who had gathered there”
|
||||
2CH 6 12 exs6 translate-symaction 0 spread out his hands “raised his hands.” This was to show that he was praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 6 13 f18j translate-bdistance 0 five cubits long, five cubits wide, and three cubits high You may convert these to modern measures. Alternate translation: “two and one-third meters long, two and one-third meters wide, and one and one-half meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2CH 6 13 uqi6 translate-symaction 0 he spread out his hands toward the heavens Solomon lifted up his hands and held them high as he knelt on the platform to pray. Spreading out his hands toward the heavens was a way of showing that he was praying to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -237,14 +237,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 6 16 cz27 figs-explicit 0 a man in my sight to sit on the throne of Israel The phrase “in my sight” here implies that God would choose the man and the man would want to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 6 16 y443 figs-metonymy 0 to sit on the throne of Israel The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 16 c2vt figs-metaphor 0 to walk in my law, as you have walked before me The way a person behaves is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “to obey my law, as you have obeyed me” or “to be faithful to my law as you have been faithful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 17 w2s2 0 let your word be confirmed, which you have spoken to your servant David “I want you to make come true the word that you have spoken to your servant David”
|
||||
2CH 6 17 w2s2 0 let your word be confirmed, which you have spoken to your servant David Alternate translation: “I want you to make come true the word that you have spoken to your servant David”
|
||||
2CH 6 17 p4ke figs-activepassive 0 let your word be confirmed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “confirm your word” or “make your word come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 6 17 vt96 0 your word “your promise”
|
||||
2CH 6 17 vt96 0 your word Alternate translation: “your promise”
|
||||
2CH 6 18 vj82 0 Connecting Statement: King Solomon continues praying.
|
||||
2CH 6 18 rnm5 figs-rquestion 0 But will God actually live with mankind on the earth? Possible meanings of this question are: (1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or (2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: “But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 6 18 svl5 figs-123person 0 But will God Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person to show his great respect for God. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “But will you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2CH 6 18 h52u 0 Look Here “Look” indicates that he is about to say something important.
|
||||
2CH 6 18 j36j 0 you—how much less can this temple that I have built “you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you”
|
||||
2CH 6 18 j36j 0 you—how much less can this temple that I have built Alternate translation: “you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you”
|
||||
2CH 6 18 q73z figs-synecdoche 0 this temple that I have built Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “this temple that your people have built under my leadership” or “this house that I and your people have built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 6 19 v3gp figs-doublet 0 respect this prayer of your servant and his request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “respect me, your servant, as I make this request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2CH 6 19 lvk6 figs-doublet 0 listen to the cry and prayer that your servant prays before you The words “cry” and “prayer” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he asks Yahweh to help him. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to me, your servant, as I call for you to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -254,15 +254,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 6 20 it7w figs-123person 0 the prayer your servant prays toward this place Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “the prayer that I, your servant, pray toward this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2CH 6 21 beg5 0 Connecting Statement: King Solomon continues praying.
|
||||
2CH 6 21 ae79 figs-123person 0 So listen to the requests of your servant and of your people Israel Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “So listen to my requests and the requests of your people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2CH 6 21 xyl6 0 when you listen, forgive “when you hear our prayers, please forgive our sins”
|
||||
2CH 6 21 xyl6 0 when you listen, forgive Alternate translation: “when you hear our prayers, please forgive our sins”
|
||||
2CH 6 22 ai46 0 Connecting Statement: King Solomon continues praying.
|
||||
2CH 6 22 t3rj figs-activepassive 0 is required to swear an oath This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone requires him to swear an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 6 22 f6z4 0 this house This refers to the temple.
|
||||
2CH 6 23 fp8t figs-metaphor 0 bringing what he has done upon his own head To bring someone’s conduct on him represents punishing him for his bad conduct. Alternate translation: “punishing him as he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 23 yss5 figs-synecdoche 0 upon his own head Here the “head” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 6 23 ci2t 0 give to him according to his righteousness “give him what he deserves because he is innocent”
|
||||
2CH 6 23 ci2t 0 give to him according to his righteousness Alternate translation: “give him what he deserves because he is innocent”
|
||||
2CH 6 24 jp9m figs-activepassive 0 When your people Israel are defeated by an enemy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When an enemy defeats your people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 6 24 mve8 0 because they have sinned against you “because your people Israel have sinned against you”
|
||||
2CH 6 24 mve8 0 because they have sinned against you Alternate translation: “because your people Israel have sinned against you”
|
||||
2CH 6 24 b8g1 figs-metaphor 0 if they turn back to you Here “turn back to you” represents submitting again to God. Alternate translation: “if they submit to you again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 24 lg98 0 confess your name This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.”
|
||||
2CH 6 24 tl3k figs-abstractnouns 0 request forgiveness before you The abstract noun “forgiveness” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “ask you to forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 6 32 ae93 figs-doublet 0 your mighty hand, and your outstretched arm These two phrases mean basically the same thing and refer to God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 32 e12s translate-symaction 0 prays toward this house Praying toward Yahweh’s temple shows that one is praying to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 6 33 gf6h figs-metonymy 0 may know your name Here God’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “may know your reputation” or “may know your greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 33 l76n 0 as do your own people Israel “as your own people Israel know your name and fear you”
|
||||
2CH 6 33 l76n 0 as do your own people Israel Alternate translation: “as your own people Israel know your name and fear you”
|
||||
2CH 6 33 t2by figs-activepassive 0 this house I have built is called by your name The phrase “is called by your name” shows that God possesses and owns the house. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you own this house that I have built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 6 33 d3nn figs-synecdoche 0 this house I have built Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 6:18](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “this house that your people have built under my leadership” or “this house that I and your people have built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 6 34 w95l 0 Connecting Statement: King Solomon continues praying.
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,13 +302,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 6 36 f2vd figs-metaphor 0 so that the enemy carries them away Here “carries them away” represents forcing them to leave their own country. Alternate translation: “so that the enemy forces them to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 37 r66r figs-hypo 0 suppose they realize … suppose that they repent … Suppose that they say When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
2CH 6 37 u1sh figs-activepassive 0 where they have been exiled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where their enemies have taken them as exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 6 37 bik7 0 seek favor from you “beg you to be merciful to them”
|
||||
2CH 6 37 bik7 0 seek favor from you Alternate translation: “beg you to be merciful to them”
|
||||
2CH 6 37 m1am figs-parallelism 0 We have acted perversely and sinned. We have behaved wickedly These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the people’s actions were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CH 6 37 n6sk figs-doublet 0 acted perversely and sinned The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CH 6 38 qm3l figs-hypo 0 Suppose that they return … suppose that they pray When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
2CH 6 38 etp7 figs-metaphor 0 they return to you Here “return to you” represents submitting to Yahweh again. Alternate translation: “they submit to you again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 38 n2d2 figs-idiom 0 with all their heart and with all their soul The idioms “with all their heart” means “completely” and “with all their soul” means “with all their being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CH 6 38 s114 0 where they took them as captives “where their enemies took them as captives”
|
||||
2CH 6 38 s114 0 where they took them as captives Alternate translation: “where their enemies took them as captives”
|
||||
2CH 6 38 z79f translate-symaction 0 that they pray toward their land This refers to Israel. Praying toward Israel would show that they were praying to Yahweh, the God of Israel. Alternate translation: “that they pray facing their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 6 38 u463 0 toward the city that you chose This refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CH 6 38 a8hp figs-synecdoche 0 the house that I have built Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “the house that your people have built under my leadership” or “the house that I and your people have built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,20 +319,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 6 40 r6fz figs-metonymy 0 let your ears be attentive to the prayer The ears being attentive is a metonym for listening attentively. Alternate translation: “please listen to the prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 6 40 a4re figs-activepassive 0 to the prayer that is made in this place This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “to the prayer that we make in this place” or “to us as we pray to you in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 6 41 w18l figs-metaphor 0 arise, Yahweh God, to your resting place This pictures God as if he were sitting on his throne, and asks that he will get up from his throne and come to this place. Alternate translation: “arise, Yahweh God, and come to your resting place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 41 wy6c 0 the ark of your strength “the ark, which is a symbol of your power”
|
||||
2CH 6 41 wy6c 0 the ark of your strength Alternate translation: “the ark, which is a symbol of your power”
|
||||
2CH 6 41 w8wp figs-metaphor 0 Let your priests … be clothed with salvation The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with the verb “to save.” This could mean: (1) being clothed with salvation is a metaphor for experiencing salvation. Alternate translation: “Let your priests … know that you have saved them” or (2) being clothed with salvation is a metaphor for demonstrating salvation. Alternate translation: “Let your priests … demonstrate how you save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 6 42 gdj1 figs-metaphor 0 do not turn the face of your anointed away from you Turning the face of someone away represents rejecting him. Alternate translation: “do not reject your anointed one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
|
||||
2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind “Remember”
|
||||
2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind Alternate translation: “Remember”
|
||||
2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
|
||||
2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
|
||||
2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be expressed with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 7 4 b3k1 figs-hyperbole 0 all the people This generalization refers either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [2 Chronicles 5:2](../05/02.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 7 5 sd7i translate-numbers 0 twenty-two thousand oxen “22,000 oxen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 7 5 lkm9 translate-numbers 0 120,000 sheep and goats “one hundred and twenty thousand sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 7 6 f3sl 0 each standing where they serve “each standing in their appointed place”
|
||||
2CH 7 6 f3sl 0 each standing where they serve Alternate translation: “each standing in their appointed place”
|
||||
2CH 7 6 k3sl figs-ellipsis 0 the Levites also with instruments of music of Yahweh The word “stood” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: the Levites also stood with instruments of music of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 7 6 j2mb figs-abstractnouns 0 For his covenant faithfulness endures for ever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated “covenant faithfulness” in [2 Chronicles 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will always be faithful to his covenant with us” or “God will always faithfully love us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 7 6 q9x6 figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This generalization refers to those who were at the feast in Jerusalem, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -345,13 +345,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 7 9 y5w5 figs-idiom 0 they kept the dedication of the altar Here “kept the dedication” is an idiom meaning “celebrated the dedication.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 7 10 zy7e translate-hebrewmonths 0 the twenty-third day of the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-third day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 7 10 m2nd figs-doublet 0 with glad and joyful hearts The words “glad” and “joyful” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “with very glad hearts” or “and they were very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CH 7 10 ds1m 0 because of the goodness that Yahweh had shown “because Yahweh had shown wonderful goodness” or “because Yahweh had been so good”
|
||||
2CH 7 10 ds1m 0 because of the goodness that Yahweh had shown Alternate translation: “because Yahweh had shown wonderful goodness” or “because Yahweh had been so good”
|
||||
2CH 7 10 um7y figs-distinguish 0 Israel, his people “Israel, God’s people.” The phrase “his people” emphasizes God’s faithfulness to Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2CH 7 11 zu9f figs-metonymy 0 Solomon finished the house of Yahweh and his own house The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “the workers whom Solomon commanded finished the house of Yahweh and Solomon’s own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 7 11 d5tn figs-metaphor 0 Everything that came into Solomon’s heart to make The heart is spoken of as if it were a container, and desires are spoken of as if they came into the heart. Alternate translation: “Everything that Solomon desired to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 7 11 w7x6 figs-idiom 0 he successfully carried out This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he successfully finished” or “he caused to be done successfully (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 7 12 gx18 0 by night “at night” or “one night”
|
||||
2CH 7 12 l54m 0 a house of sacrifice “the house where people will offer sacrifices to me”
|
||||
2CH 7 12 gx18 0 by night Alternate translation: “at night” or “one night”
|
||||
2CH 7 12 l54m 0 a house of sacrifice Alternate translation: “the house where people will offer sacrifices to me”
|
||||
2CH 7 13 hkn4 figs-metaphor 0 Suppose that I shut up the heavens so that there is no rain Here “heavens” refers to the sky, and is spoken of as if it were a building in which God stores the rain. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “Suppose that I do not allow the rain to fall from the skies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 7 13 w4j7 figs-metonymy 0 devour the land The word “land” represents the plants and crops on the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 7 13 tes9 figs-metaphor 0 if I send disease among my people Here “send disease” represents causing diseases. Alternate translation: “if I cause my people to have diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 7 17 whk5 0 As for you Here “you” refers to King Solomon.
|
||||
2CH 7 17 bqf8 figs-metaphor 0 if you walk before me as David your father walked Here walking is a metaphor for living. Walking before God represents living in obedience to him. Alternate translation: “If you obey me as David your father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 7 17 e4zs 0 David your father Solomon was one of David’s sons.
|
||||
2CH 7 17 xwu5 0 keeping my statutes and my decrees “obeying my statutes and my decrees”
|
||||
2CH 7 17 xwu5 0 keeping my statutes and my decrees Alternate translation: “obeying my statutes and my decrees”
|
||||
2CH 7 18 w8ci figs-metonymy 0 I will establish the throne of your kingdom Here the throne represents ruling. Establishing the throne of Solomon’s kingdom represents causing Solomon to have descendants who will rule over Israel. Alternate translation: “I will make descendants of yours rule over your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 7 18 bvj8 0 A descendant of yours will never fail to be ruler in Israel This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “One of your descendants will always be ruler in Israel” or “Descendants of yours will always rule in Israel”
|
||||
2CH 7 19 yuu1 figs-metaphor 0 But if you turn away Here “turn away” from God is a metaphor meaning to stop worshiping him. Alternate translation: “But if you stop worshiping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,10 +377,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 7 20 l3hd 0 This house This refers to the temple.
|
||||
2CH 7 20 dh8i figs-metonymy 0 that I have set apart for my name This could mean: (1) Yahweh’s name represents himself. Alternate translation: “that I have set apart for myself” or (2) Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “that I have set apart for my reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 7 20 wl1d figs-metaphor 0 I will cast away from before me God speaks of rejecting his temple as if he were to throw it far away from himself. Alternate translation: “I will reject it” or “I will ignore it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 7 20 fx4h 0 I will make it a proverb and a joke among all the peoples “I will cause all the peoples to make proverbs and jokes about it” or “because of what I do to it, all the nations will mock and ridicule it”
|
||||
2CH 7 21 d147 0 will be shocked “will be amazed”
|
||||
2CH 7 20 fx4h 0 I will make it a proverb and a joke among all the peoples Alternate translation: “I will cause all the peoples to make proverbs and jokes about it” or “because of what I do to it, all the nations will mock and ridicule it”
|
||||
2CH 7 21 d147 0 will be shocked Alternate translation: “will be amazed”
|
||||
2CH 7 21 r534 translate-symaction 0 will hiss This is how they would show that they are shocked by what happened to the temple (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 7 22 uvi7 0 they forsook Yahweh “they were unfaithful to Yahweh” or “they did not obey Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 7 22 uvi7 0 they forsook Yahweh Alternate translation: “they were unfaithful to Yahweh” or “they did not obey Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -396,26 +396,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 8 4 zgd9 0 store cities “storage cities” or “supply cities.” These are cities where the government stored food or supplies.
|
||||
2CH 8 5 my1i translate-names 0 Beth Horon the Upper and Beth Horon the Lower These were two cities in Judah. The upper city was on top of a hill and the lower city was in a valley. Alternate translation: “Higher Beth Horon and Lower Beth Horon” or “Beth Horon of the Hill and Beth Horon of the Valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 8 6 gm4v translate-names 0 Baalath This was a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 8 6 spm4 0 all the lands under his rule “all the lands that he ruled”
|
||||
2CH 8 8 mtj2 0 their descendants who were left after them in the land “after those people died, their descendants who remained in the land”
|
||||
2CH 8 8 fyz9 0 forced laborers “slaves”
|
||||
2CH 8 6 spm4 0 all the lands under his rule Alternate translation: “all the lands that he ruled”
|
||||
2CH 8 8 mtj2 0 their descendants who were left after them in the land Alternate translation: “after those people died, their descendants who remained in the land”
|
||||
2CH 8 8 fyz9 0 forced laborers Alternate translation: “slaves”
|
||||
2CH 8 8 h1zf figs-distinguish 0 which they are to this day This phrase adds information about the descendants of those that Solomon had made into forced laborers. Alternate translation: “and their descendants are still forced laborers even now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2CH 8 8 k72k 0 to this day This refers to the time when the book of 2 Chronicles was written. See how you translated it in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
2CH 8 9 wh3p 0 Solomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel “Solomon did not make any of the people of Israel become slaves”
|
||||
2CH 8 11 sxj8 0 the daughter of Pharaoh “his wife, the daughter of Paharaoh”
|
||||
2CH 8 9 wh3p 0 Solomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel Alternate translation: “Solomon did not make any of the people of Israel become slaves”
|
||||
2CH 8 11 sxj8 0 the daughter of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “his wife, the daughter of Paharaoh”
|
||||
2CH 8 11 x7lb figs-metonymy 0 to the house that he had built for her The author writes about Solomon having his workers build a house for his wife as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “the house that he had his workers build for her” or “to the house he had commanded his workers to build for her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 8 11 jua1 0 David king of Israel David was Solomon’s father and had been king before Solomon.
|
||||
2CH 8 11 j1um figs-explicit 0 because wherever the ark of Yahweh has come is holy It can be stated that the ark had been brought into King David’s house. Alternate translation: “because the ark of Yahweh was brought into that house, and wherever the ark of Yahweh has come is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 8 12 vuz1 figs-metonymy 0 his altar that he had built The author writes about Solomon having his workers build the altar as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “on Yahweh’s altar that Solomon had his workers build” or “the Yahweh’s altar that he had commanded his workers to build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 8 12 xh7w 0 his altar “Yahweh’s altar” or “the altar of Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 8 12 xh7w 0 his altar Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s altar” or “the altar of Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 8 12 j42q 0 the portico “the temple porch” or “the entrance to the temple.” This was a covered porch supported by columns, attached to the front of the temple.
|
||||
2CH 8 13 s9nl 0 the daily schedule required “as was required each day”
|
||||
2CH 8 13 s9nl 0 the daily schedule required Alternate translation: “as was required each day”
|
||||
2CH 8 13 z38l figs-metaphor 0 following the directions Here “following the directions” represents obeying them. Alternate translation: “obeying the directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 8 13 if47 0 the directions found in the commandment of Moses “what Moses had commanded them”
|
||||
2CH 8 13 hdd7 0 the set festivals three times every year “the three festivals that they were to celebrate every year”
|
||||
2CH 8 13 if47 0 the directions found in the commandment of Moses Alternate translation: “what Moses had commanded them”
|
||||
2CH 8 13 hdd7 0 the set festivals three times every year Alternate translation: “the three festivals that they were to celebrate every year”
|
||||
2CH 8 13 v4qj 0 the Festival of Shelters “the Festival of Tents.” This is a festival to celebrate God’s provision for his people. When the people of Israel wandered in the desert, they lived in temporary shelters. Each year when they harvested their crops, they stayed in temporary shelters in their gardens. In both situations, God provided for them.
|
||||
2CH 8 14 fwp6 0 In keeping with the decrees of his father David “According to the decrees of his father David” or “As his father David had decreed”
|
||||
2CH 8 14 gyk4 0 He also appointed the gatekeepers by their divisions to every gate “He also appointed groups of gatekeepers to each gate”
|
||||
2CH 8 14 fwp6 0 In keeping with the decrees of his father David Alternate translation: “According to the decrees of his father David” or “As his father David had decreed”
|
||||
2CH 8 14 gyk4 0 He also appointed the gatekeepers by their divisions to every gate Alternate translation: “He also appointed groups of gatekeepers to each gate”
|
||||
2CH 8 14 qpu7 0 gatekeepers These were Levites who guarded the gates and only let inside those who had permission to go inside.
|
||||
2CH 8 15 sa36 figs-metaphor 0 These people did not deviate from the commands Here “deviate from the commands” represents to do something different from what was commanded. It can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “These people carefully obeyed the commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 8 16 a7y1 figs-activepassive 0 All the work ordered by Solomon was completed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They completed all the work that Solomon had ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
|
||||
2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
|
||||
2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan Alternate translation: “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
|
||||
2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CH 9 3 cq4h figs-metaphor 0 When the queen of Sheba saw Solomon’s wisdom and the palace that he had built Here “saw Solomon’s wisdom” represents realizing that Solomon was very wise. Alternate translation: “When the queen of Sheba realized how wise Solomon was, and when she saw the palace that he had built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 9 4 ip9a 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) where his servants lived or (2) how his servants sat around the table.
|
||||
2CH 9 4 ahf3 0 his cupbearers “his wine servers.” These were servants who tasted the king’s wine to make sure that there was no poison in it. If it was safe to drink the wine, they would give it to the king.
|
||||
2CH 9 4 q52q figs-idiom 0 there was no more breath in her This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she was completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 9 5 b6j2 0 I heard in my own land “I heard while I was in my own land”
|
||||
2CH 9 5 b6j2 0 I heard in my own land Alternate translation: “I heard while I was in my own land”
|
||||
2CH 9 5 f717 figs-hendiadys 0 your words and your wisdom Here the word “wisdom” can describe the word “words.” Alternate translation: “your wise words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CH 9 6 wg5h figs-synecdoche 0 now my eyes have seen it The phrase “my eyes” emphasizes that she herself saw it. Alternate translation: “now I have seen it for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 9 6 e2b9 figs-activepassive 0 Not half was told me about your wisdom and wealth This can be stated it active form. Alternate translation: “They did not tell me about even half of your wisdom and wealth” or “You are much more wise and wealthy than what they told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 9 7 ka26 figs-exclamations 0 how blessed are your servants who constantly stand before you This is an exclamation that shows her amazement. Alternate translation: “your servants who constantly stand before you are greatly blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CH 9 7 s1ra figs-metonymy 0 they hear your wisdom Hear “wisdom” represents the wise things that he says. Alternate translation: “they hear the wise things that you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 9 8 dtb1 figs-distinguish 0 who has taken pleasure in you, who placed you on his throne These phrases tell why people should praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “because he has taken pleasure in you and placed you on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2CH 9 8 qdj4 0 who has taken pleasure in you “who is pleased with you”
|
||||
2CH 9 8 qdj4 0 who has taken pleasure in you Alternate translation: “who is pleased with you”
|
||||
2CH 9 8 r6ma figs-metonymy 0 who placed you on his throne, to be king for Yahweh your God The idea of being on Yahweh’s throne represents having the authority to rule as Yahweh does. Being king “for Yahweh” means to represent Yahweh as king. Alternate translation: “who gave you authority to rule as he does, to represent Yahweh your God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 9 8 szp3 figs-metaphor 0 in order to establish them forever This could mean: (1) “establish” represents helping them in general. Alternate translation: “in order to help them forever” or (2) “establish” represents making them strong as a nation. Alternate translation: “in order to make them a nation forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 9 8 h1p5 figs-abstractnouns 0 for you to do justice and righteousness The abstract nouns “justice” and “righteousness” can be expressed with the words “fairly” and “righteously.” Alternate translation: “for you to rule fairly and righteously” or “for you to do what is just and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 9 13 mi29 translate-bweight 0 666 talents of gold A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about twenty-two thousand kilograms of gold” or “about twenty-two metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 9 15 r2xr figs-metonymy 0 King Solomon made The author writes about Solomon having his workers make the shields as if he himself had made them. Alternate translation: “King Solomon had his workers make” or “King Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 9 15 llx6 translate-numbers 0 two hundred large shields “200 large shields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 9 15 z24b 0 beaten gold “gold that people had beaten into thin sheets”
|
||||
2CH 9 15 z24b 0 beaten gold Alternate translation: “gold that people had beaten into thin sheets”
|
||||
2CH 9 15 f7gd 0 Six hundred shekels of gold went into each one Here the phrase “went into” represents being made with. This could mean: (1) the shields were covered with sheets of gold. Alternate translation: “They covered each shield with six hundred shekels of gold” or (2) the shields were made of gold. Alternate translation: “They made each shield out of six hundred shekels of gold”
|
||||
2CH 9 15 v611 translate-bweight 0 Six hundred shekels of gold A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “Six and one half kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
2CH 9 15 dws6 0 Six hundred shekels The word “shekels” does not appear here in the Hebrew text. Some modern versions assume instead the unit called bekah, which was equivalent to only a half shekel. Any version making this assumption would signal a metric equivalent of about three kilograms.
|
||||
|
|
@ -468,14 +468,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 9 16 xhy9 figs-metonymy 0 the king put them The author writes about Solomon having his workers put the shields in the palace as if he himself had put them there. Alternate translation: “King Solomon had his workers put them” or “King Solomon’s workers put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 9 16 d7ui translate-names 0 the House of the Forest of Lebanon Solomon’s palace was built of trees from Lebanon. This could mean: (1) this was the name of a large room in the palace. Alternate translation: “the Hall of the Forest of Lebanon” or (2) this was the name of his whole palace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 9 17 b488 figs-metonymy 0 the king made a great throne The author speaks of commanding his workers to build the throne as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “the king had his workers make a great throne” or “the king’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 9 17 j15s 0 a great throne of ivory “a great throne decorated with ivory”
|
||||
2CH 9 17 j15s 0 a great throne of ivory Alternate translation: “a great throne decorated with ivory”
|
||||
2CH 9 17 lgr9 translate-unknown 0 ivory Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals, such as the elephant, walrus, or hippopotamus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2CH 9 18 v6bc figs-explicit 0 two lions These were statues. Alternate translation: “two statues of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 9 20 h9zg translate-names 0 the House of the Forest of Lebanon Solomon’s palace was built of trees from Lebanon. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:16](../09/16.md). This could mean: (1) this was the name of a large room in the palace. Alternate translation: “the Hall of the Forest of Lebanon” or (2) this was the name of his whole palace. Alternate translation: “the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 9 20 i115 figs-activepassive 0 silver was not considered valuable in Solomon’s days Silver was so common in Solomon’s days that if a king wanted to show his wealth, he would not do it by making things out of silver. Instead he would use gold, which was less common and more valuable. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people did not value silver so much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 9 20 d78i figs-explicit 0 in Solomon’s days Here “Solomon’s days” refers to the time when Solomon ruled. Alternate translation: “when Solomon ruled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 9 21 y4vx 0 a fleet of oceangoing ships “a group of ships that travel on the ocean”
|
||||
2CH 9 21 cbw6 0 along with the fleet of Hiram “along with Hiram’s fleet of ships”
|
||||
2CH 9 21 y4vx 0 a fleet of oceangoing ships Alternate translation: “a group of ships that travel on the ocean”
|
||||
2CH 9 21 cbw6 0 along with the fleet of Hiram Alternate translation: “along with Hiram’s fleet of ships”
|
||||
2CH 9 21 rah3 translate-unknown 0 apes and baboons It is not certain whether the word translated as “apes” here refers to apes, baboons, or monkeys. It is not certain whether the word translated as “baboons” here refers to baboons or peacocks. This can be translated more generally as “animals from far away” or “animals from Africa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2CH 9 23 mq7h figs-hyperbole 0 All the kings of the earth The word “all” here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “Kings from around the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 9 23 phf7 figs-metonymy 0 sought the presence of Solomon The presence of a person is a metonym for being able to speak and listen to the person. Alternate translation: “wanted to visit Solomon” or “came to visit Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -496,16 +496,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 10 1 e14t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 10 2 ihc3 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam”
|
||||
2CH 10 3 q2a7 0 Jeroboam and all Israel came “Jeroboam and all Israel came to Rehoboam”
|
||||
2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him Alternate translation: “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam”
|
||||
2CH 10 3 q2a7 0 Jeroboam and all Israel came Alternate translation: “Jeroboam and all Israel came to Rehoboam”
|
||||
2CH 10 3 d63f figs-metonymy 0 all Israel came Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 10 4 brc1 figs-metaphor 0 made our yoke difficult A difficult yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and cruel treatment. Alternate translation: “treated us cruelly” or “forced us to work very hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 10 4 kc8f figs-parallelism 0 make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us These two phrases mean the same thing. The yoke metaphor emphasizes the fact that Solomon had treated them harshly. Alternate translation: “make the hard work that your father gave us easier, and do not treat us as harshly as he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 10 5 g4lr translate-numbers 0 after three days “after 3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 10 6 g93s figs-idiom 0 the old men who had stood before Solomon To “stand before” is an idiom for serving the king in his presence. Alternate translation: “the old men who counseled Solomon” or “the old men who attended to Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 10 6 kax5 0 to bring an answer to these people “to answer these people” or “to reply to these people”
|
||||
2CH 10 8 i4cg 0 Rehoboam ignored the advice “Rehoboam did not follow the advice”
|
||||
2CH 10 8 t65a 0 who had grown up with him, who stood before him “who were his long-time friends, and who advised him”
|
||||
2CH 10 6 kax5 0 to bring an answer to these people Alternate translation: “to answer these people” or “to reply to these people”
|
||||
2CH 10 8 i4cg 0 Rehoboam ignored the advice Alternate translation: “Rehoboam did not follow the advice”
|
||||
2CH 10 8 t65a 0 who had grown up with him, who stood before him Alternate translation: “who were his long-time friends, and who advised him”
|
||||
2CH 10 9 fgi7 figs-metaphor 0 Lighten the yoke that your father put on us To “lighten the yoke” is a metaphor that represents easing the burden. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “Do not treat us as cruelly as your father did” or “Do not force us to work as hard as your father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 10 10 e864 figs-metaphor 0 made their yoke heavy A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and cruel treatment. This metaphor is continued in this verses. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “treated them cruelly” or “forced them to work very hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 10 10 g33p figs-metaphor 0 My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist This metaphor means that Rehoboam is more cruel and intimidating than his father. Alternate translation: “I rule much more harshly than my father ever did” or “I am much harsher than my father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 10 14 c4q1 figs-metaphor 0 I will punish you with scorpions Possible meanings are that: (1) “scorpions” is a metaphor for any kind of painful punishment. Alternate translation: “I will punish you much more harshly” or (2) “scorpions” is a metaphor for whips with sharp metal barbs at the end. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 10:11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish you with whips that have sharp pieces of metal at the ends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 10 15 h2dv figs-metonymy 0 So the king did not listen to the people Here “listen to the people” represents not care about what they said or about actually doing what they asked. Alternate translation: “So the king did not do what the people had asked him to do” or “So the king ignored the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 10 15 a44u figs-idiom 0 it was a turn in events brought about by God This is an idiom and can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God caused things to happen like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 10 15 w5m2 0 that Yahweh might carry out his word … Nebat “that Yahweh might do according to the message that he told Ahijah the Shilonite to tell Jeroboam son of Nebat” or “that Yahweh might do what he had said he would do when he told Ahijah the Shilonite to give a message to Jeroboam son of Nebat”
|
||||
2CH 10 15 w5m2 0 that Yahweh might carry out his word … Nebat Alternate translation: “that Yahweh might do according to the message that he told Ahijah the Shilonite to tell Jeroboam son of Nebat” or “that Yahweh might do what he had said he would do when he told Ahijah the Shilonite to give a message to Jeroboam son of Nebat”
|
||||
2CH 10 15 q9vz figs-idiom 0 that Yahweh might carry out his word The idiom “carry out his word” means to do what he had said he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 10 15 pap1 0 his word that Ahijah the Shilonite had spoken to Jeroboam son of Nebat This refers to the message that God gave Ahijah to tell Jeroboam.
|
||||
2CH 10 15 qrk3 translate-names 0 Ahijah the Shilonite … Jeroboam son of Nebat See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 10 16 xs8g figs-idiom 0 Now see to your own house, David Here “see to” is an idiom meaning to take care of something, and “house” is a metonym for David’s lineage of power and prestige. Alternate translation: “Now take care of your own kingdom, descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 10 18 bi1f translate-names 0 Adoniram Adoniram is the name of a man. In the Hebrew text of this sentence, his name was written as Adoram. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 10 18 sg73 figs-metaphor 0 who was over the forced laborers Being over people represents having authority to tell them what to do. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the forced laborers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
|
||||
2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones Alternate translation: “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
|
||||
2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
|
||||
2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
|
||||
|
|
@ -546,13 +546,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 11 6 ha8k translate-names 0 Etam, Tekoa These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 11 10 ad3u translate-names 0 Zorah, Aijalon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 11 11 x59w figs-explicit 0 He fortified the fortresses Here the word “fortresses” refers to fortified cities. That Rehoboam “fortified the fortresses” means that he built up and strengthened the defenses of these fortified cities. Alternate translation: “He strengthened the defenses of the fortified cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 11 12 d49t 0 made them very strong “made the cities very strong”
|
||||
2CH 11 12 d49t 0 made them very strong Alternate translation: “made the cities very strong”
|
||||
2CH 11 12 e62q 0 Judah and Benjamin belonged to him Rehoboam was in control of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin.
|
||||
2CH 11 13 fza2 0 The priests and the Levites … went over to him from within their borders This could mean: (1) “The priests and Levites … supported Rehoboam from within their borders” or (2) “The priests and Levites … traveled from within their borders to join Rehoboam.”
|
||||
2CH 11 14 dm8b 0 pasturelands lands used for animals
|
||||
2CH 11 14 x37j figs-idiom 0 Jeroboam and his sons had driven them away To “drive away” is an idiom that means to forcefully cause someone to leave. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam and his sons had forced them to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 11 15 duw5 figs-metonymy 0 the goat and calf idols he had made It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Jeroboam make these idols. Alternate translation: “the goat idols and calf idols that he had his craftsmen make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 11 16 gm4x 0 People … came after them “People … followed the Levites” or “People … came to Jerusalem after the Levites”
|
||||
2CH 11 16 gm4x 0 People … came after them Alternate translation: “People … followed the Levites” or “People … came to Jerusalem after the Levites”
|
||||
2CH 11 16 r688 figs-metonymy 0 those who set their hearts to seek Yahweh Here the word “hearts” represents the thoughts and desires. The idiom “set their hearts” means to determine to do something. Alternate translation: “those who had determined to seek Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 11 16 jk2k figs-metaphor 0 to seek Yahweh Worshiping Yahweh is spoken of as if the person were seeking Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 11 17 sf1g figs-metaphor 0 made Rehoboam son of Solomon strong The people supporting Rehoboam as king is spoken of as if they made Rehoboam strong. Alternate translation: “supported Rehoboam son of Solomon as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -564,8 +564,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 11 20 u4hc figs-idiom 0 Rehoboam took Maacah This idiom means that he married her. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam married Maacah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 11 20 g3uj translate-names 0 Abijah, Attai, Ziza, and Shelomith These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 11 21 m2ue translate-numbers 0 eighteen wives and sixty concubines … twenty-eight sons and sixty daughters “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king “he had thought of making Abijah king”
|
||||
2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
|
||||
2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king Alternate translation: “he had thought of making Abijah king”
|
||||
2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city Alternate translation: “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
|
||||
2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
|
||||
2CH 12 1 tjl2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 12 1 gxk5 figs-activepassive 0 when Rehoboam’s reign was established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Rehoboam had established his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 12 3 h9gy translate-names 0 Libyans, Sukkites, and Cushites These are people from Libya, Sukki, and Ethiopia. The location of Sukki is uncertain, but it may be a region in Libya. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2CH 12 5 z5kx translate-names 0 Shemaiah This is the name of a man. See how you translated this word in [2 Chronicles 11:2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 12 5 nb5s figs-metonymy 0 so I have also given you over into Shishak’s hand Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh speaks of enabling Shishak’s army to defeat the king and the others in Jerusalem as if he were placing them into Shishak’s hand. Alternate translation: “so I have enabled Shishak to defeat you” or “so I have given you to Shishak as captives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 12 7 gf96 0 they had humbled themselves “the princes of Israel and the king had humbled themselves”
|
||||
2CH 12 7 gf96 0 they had humbled themselves Alternate translation: “the princes of Israel and the king had humbled themselves”
|
||||
2CH 12 7 ltq3 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came … saying This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message … and he said” or “Yahweh spoke these words … and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 12 7 h5pb 0 I will rescue them to some extent This could mean: (1) Yahweh will permit Shishak to attack Jerusalem and cause trouble for the people, but he will rescue them from total destruction or (2) the words “to some extent” can be translated as soon, meaning that Yahweh will rescue the people of Jerusalem before Shishak can completely destroy the city.
|
||||
2CH 12 7 ixx1 figs-metaphor 0 my anger will not pour out on Jerusalem Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a liquid, and of expressing his anger as if he were to pour out that liquid. Alternate translation: “I will not express my anger against Jerusalem” or “Jerusalem will not suffer the effects of my anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -590,13 +590,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 12 9 fc5r figs-metonymy 0 the house of Yahweh Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 12 9 sgi4 figs-metonymy 0 the shields of gold that Solomon had made It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon make these shields. Alternate translation: “the shields of gold that Solomon had his craftsmen make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 12 10 h8q1 figs-metonymy 0 King Rehoboam made shields of bronze It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Rehoboam make these shields. Alternate translation: “King Rehoboam had his craftsmen make shields of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 12 10 xx5p 0 in their place “in place of the shields of gold”
|
||||
2CH 12 10 xx5p 0 in their place Alternate translation: “in place of the shields of gold”
|
||||
2CH 12 10 ssd3 figs-metonymy 0 entrusted them into the hands of the commanders Here the word “hands” represents care or responsibility. Alternate translation: “made them the responsibility of the commanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 12 10 aye5 figs-metonymy 0 who guarded the doors to the king’s house Here the word “doors” represents the entrance. Alternate translation: “who guarded the entrance to the king’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 12 11 zq9c 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 12 11 b2p9 0 the guards would carry them “the guards would carry the shields”
|
||||
2CH 12 11 b2p9 0 the guards would carry them Alternate translation: “the guards would carry the shields”
|
||||
2CH 12 12 mqq3 figs-personification 0 Yahweh’s anger turned away from him, so as not to destroy him completely Yahweh no longer being angry with Rehoboam is spoken of as if Yahweh’s anger were a person who turned away from Rehoboam. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was no longer angry with him and so did not destroy him completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CH 12 12 xw5h 0 besides, there was “in addition, there was”
|
||||
2CH 12 12 xw5h 0 besides, there was Alternate translation: “in addition, there was”
|
||||
2CH 12 13 i7a2 translate-numbers 0 forty-one years old … seventeen years “41 years old…17 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 12 13 q8fn figs-metonymy 0 so that he might put his name there Possible meanings for the phrase **put his name** are: (1) a metonym for “dwell.” Alternate translation: “so that he might dwell there” or (2) an idiom that refers to ownership. Alternate translation: “so that it might belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 12 13 iri3 translate-names 0 Naamah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -617,23 +617,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 13 3 crk5 translate-numbers 0 400,000 chosen men…800,000 chosen men “Four hundred thousand chosen men … eight hundred thousand chosen men.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “400,000 skilled men…800,000 skilled men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 13 4 ai78 translate-names 0 Mount Zemaraim (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 13 5 hj4c figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know … by a formal covenant? Abijah asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know very well … by a formal covenant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 13 7 xg3s 0 base fellows “wicked men” or “evil men”
|
||||
2CH 13 7 c3ni 0 gathered to him “joined with Jeroboam”
|
||||
2CH 13 7 xg3s 0 base fellows Alternate translation: “wicked men” or “evil men”
|
||||
2CH 13 7 c3ni 0 gathered to him Alternate translation: “joined with Jeroboam”
|
||||
2CH 13 8 pj8y figs-explicit 0 the kingdom of Yahweh This is a reference to a united Israel as it existed in the time of David and Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 13 8 bn3a figs-metonymy 0 that is held within the hand of the descendants of David Here the word “hand” represents authority and possession. Abijah is claiming that only the descendants of David have the rightful authority to rule Yahweh’s kingdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the descendants of David hold within their hand” or “which only the descendants of David have the authority to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 13 8 p2rg figs-metonymy 0 the golden calves that Jeroboam made It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that Jeroboam had others make the golden calves. Alternate translation: “the golden calves that Jeroboam had his craftsmen make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 13 9 pz1r figs-rquestion 0 But did you not drive out … as the people of other lands do? Abijah asks this rhetorical question to rebuke the people and to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “But you drive out … as the people of other lands do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 13 9 xm3a 0 Whoever comes to serve as a priest “Anyone who comes to serve as a priest”
|
||||
2CH 13 9 xm3a 0 Whoever comes to serve as a priest Alternate translation: “Anyone who comes to serve as a priest”
|
||||
2CH 13 9 a6pr figs-explicit 0 a priest of what are not gods The phrase “what are not gods” refers to the golden calves that Jeroboam had his craftsmen make. Although the priests served them as if they were gods, they were not really gods. Alternate translation: “a priest of idols that are not really gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 13 10 yv96 0 as for us The word “us” refers to the people of the southern kingdom of Judah.
|
||||
2CH 13 10 f935 figs-abstractnouns 0 who are at their work The word “work” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “who are working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 13 11 lzs5 0 the bread of the presence The “bread of the presence” refers to twelve loaves of bread that the priests placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God and as a symbol of God’s presence.
|
||||
2CH 13 11 pr24 0 they also tend the lampstand “they also take care of the lampstand”
|
||||
2CH 13 11 me29 0 for them to burn every evening “so that the lamps burn every evening” or “and light the lamps every evening”
|
||||
2CH 13 11 pr24 0 they also tend the lampstand Alternate translation: “they also take care of the lampstand”
|
||||
2CH 13 11 me29 0 for them to burn every evening Alternate translation: “so that the lamps burn every evening” or “and light the lamps every evening”
|
||||
2CH 13 12 p3l2 figs-metaphor 0 God is with us at our head Here the front of the army is spoken of as if it were the head. Abijah is saying that God is the one who is leading the army of Judah in battle. Alternate translation: “God is with us as our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 13 12 wtg9 figs-explicit 0 do not fight against Yahweh Since Yahweh is leading the army of Judah, Abijah speaks of the army of Israel fighting against the army of Judah as if they were fighting against Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 13 13 h2zd 0 an ambush behind them “a surprise attack behind the army of Judah”
|
||||
2CH 13 13 jt7s 0 the ambush was behind them “the soldiers who were to attack them by surprise were behind them”
|
||||
2CH 13 13 h2zd 0 an ambush behind them Alternate translation: “a surprise attack behind the army of Judah”
|
||||
2CH 13 13 jt7s 0 the ambush was behind them Alternate translation: “the soldiers who were to attack them by surprise were behind them”
|
||||
2CH 13 14 ry5d figs-metonymy 0 When Judah looked back Here “Judah” represents the soldiers in the army of Judah. Alternate translation: “When the soldiers of Judah looked back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 13 14 g1pc 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that the soldiers were surprised by what they saw.
|
||||
2CH 13 14 uq2d figs-abstractnouns 0 the fighting was both in front of them and behind them The word “fighting” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the army of Israel was fighting them from the front and from the back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -644,18 +644,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 13 17 hk62 figs-idiom 0 killed them with great slaughter This idiom means that they thoroughly defeated them, or that they killed very many of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “thoroughly defeated them” or “slaughtered many of their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 13 17 s3zl translate-numbers 0 500,000 chosen men “five hundred thousand chosen men.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “500,000 of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 13 18 df71 figs-activepassive 0 the people of Israel were subdued This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the army of Judah subdued the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 13 19 upd4 0 Abijah pursued “Abijah chased after”
|
||||
2CH 13 19 upd4 0 Abijah pursued Alternate translation: “Abijah chased after”
|
||||
2CH 13 19 hz7n translate-names 0 Jeshanah … Ephron These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 13 20 lgm4 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh struck him, and he died Yahweh causing Jeroboam to die is spoken of as if Yahweh struck Jeroboam. It is possible that this refers to Yahweh causing Jeroboam to become ill. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused Jeroboam to die” or “Yahweh caused Jeroboam to become ill, and he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 13 21 hp32 figs-idiom 0 he took fourteen wives for himself The idiom “took … wives” means that he married. Alternate translation: “he married fourteen women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives … twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
|
||||
2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words Alternate translation: “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
|
||||
2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him “people buried him”
|
||||
2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
|
||||
2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 14 1 gf4f 0 In his days “During his reign”
|
||||
2CH 14 1 gf4f 0 In his days Alternate translation: “During his reign”
|
||||
2CH 14 1 ef3x figs-metaphor 0 the land was quiet ten years There being no war is spoken of as if the land were quiet. Alternate translation: “there was peace in the land for ten years” or “there was no war in the land for ten years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 14 2 mmh7 figs-metaphor 0 what was good and right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Asa’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be good and right” or “what Yahweh considered to be good and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 14 3 gdx8 figs-metonymy 0 He broke down the stone pillars and cut down the Asherah poles Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to do these things. Alternate translation: “He had his people break down the stone pillars and cut down the Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 15 3 ib3i figs-metonymy 0 Israel was without the true God Here “Israel” refers to the people of Israel. This refers to a time when the people of Israel did not worship the true God. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel did not worship the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 15 3 xg58 0 without a teaching priest “without a priest who taught them”
|
||||
2CH 15 3 xg58 0 without a teaching priest Alternate translation: “without a priest who taught them”
|
||||
2CH 15 4 wj8s figs-activepassive 0 he was found by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they found him” or “he permitted them to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 15 5 t3lc figs-idiom 0 for him who traveled away, nor for him who traveled to here This phrase is an idiom that refers to a person who travels anywhere away from home. Alternate translation: “for the person who traveled anywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 15 5 u53c figs-metaphor 0 great troubles were on all the inhabitants of the lands The people experiencing great troubles is spoken of as if those troubles were objects that were on the people. Alternate translation: “all the inhabitants of the lands experienced great troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -694,11 +694,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 15 6 euu5 figs-metonymy 0 They were broken in pieces, nation against nation, and city against city Here “nation” and “city” are metonyms for the people who live there. You may also supply a connecting word to clarify the relationship between these two phrases. Alternate translation: “Nations and cities destroyed each other, as the people of one nation fought against the people of another nation, and the people of one city fought against the people of another city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2CH 15 7 n4m5 figs-synecdoche 0 do not let your hands be weak Here the word “hands” represents the people who work. Alternate translation: “do not become weak as you work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 15 7 p5hz figs-activepassive 0 for your work will be rewarded This can be stated in active form. Yahweh is the implied subject. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh will reward your work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 15 8 tm1w 0 When Asa heard these words, the prophecy of Oded the prophet “When Asa heard the words that Oded the prophet spoke” or “When Asa heard the prophecy of Oded the prophet.” The phrase “the prophecy of Oded the prophet” defines “these words.”
|
||||
2CH 15 8 tm1w 0 When Asa heard these words, the prophecy of Oded the prophet The phrase “the prophecy of Oded the prophet” defines “these words.” Alternate translation: “When Asa heard the words that Oded the prophet spoke” or “When Asa heard the prophecy of Oded the prophet”
|
||||
2CH 15 8 wj7w 0 the prophecy of Oded the prophet Many versions, including the UST, make this passage read, “the prophecy of Azariah, the son of Oded the prophet.” They do this in order to make the sense agree with [2 Chronicles 15:1](../15/01.md). Translators will probably want to do the same in their versions.
|
||||
2CH 15 8 z9ty figs-explicit 0 drove away the disgusting things The words “the disgusting things” refers to idols. Having his people remove or destroy the idols is spoken of as if it were driving them away. Alternate translation: “got rid of the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 15 9 yy8d figs-hyperbole 0 He gathered all Judah and Benjamin Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase means that David assembled people from all over Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “He gathered together people from all over Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 15 9 h9ua 0 For they came from Israel “For people from of Ephraim, Manasseh, and Simeon came from Israel”
|
||||
2CH 15 9 h9ua 0 For they came from Israel Alternate translation: “For people from of Ephraim, Manasseh, and Simeon came from Israel”
|
||||
2CH 15 10 tn9n 0 So they gathered together “They” here refers to the tribes of Judah and Israel that were with Asa.
|
||||
2CH 15 10 j6xk translate-hebrewmonths 0 the third month This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of May and the first part of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
2CH 15 10 nt3u translate-ordinal 0 third … fifteenth (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -720,12 +720,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to “so that no one could”
|
||||
2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to Alternate translation: “so that no one could”
|
||||
2CH 16 2 b4gn figs-metonymy 0 Then Asa brought the silver … of the king’s house, and sent it Asa would have had his workers gather the gold and silver for him. Alternate translation: “Then Asa told his workers to take the silver … of the king’s house, and to take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 16 2 vs22 translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 16 2 bc6a figs-metonymy 0 He said This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad” or “Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 16 3 n4x5 figs-metaphor 0 Let there be a covenant between me and you … between my father and your father A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other … with my father and your father” or “Let us make a peace treaty … with my father and your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 16 3 lf3m 0 Look, I have sent “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I have sent”
|
||||
2CH 16 3 lf3m 0 Look, I have sent Alternate translation: “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I have sent”
|
||||
2CH 16 3 z3er figs-metaphor 0 Break your covenant with Baasha, king of Israel Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: “Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel” or “Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 16 3 yzx9 figs-explicit 0 Break your covenant with Baasha, king of Israel Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Break your covenant with Baasha, king of Israel, and attack Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 16 3 ne2u figs-idiom 0 leave me alone This is an idiom. Here Asa speaks of himself to represent himself along with his army. Alternate translation: “not attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -733,11 +733,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 16 4 t3pz translate-names 0 Ijon, Dan, Abel Maim These are the names of cities in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 16 5 e7nh 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 16 5 v568 figs-synecdoche 0 he stopped building up Ramah, and let his work cease Here Asa represents himself and his army. “his work” refers to other work that his workers were doing in Ramah. Alternate translation: “he commanded his army to stop fortifying Ramah and doing other work there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 16 5 m9si 0 building up “fortifying”
|
||||
2CH 16 5 m9si 0 building up Alternate translation: “fortifying”
|
||||
2CH 16 6 h38u figs-metonymy 0 took all Judah This refers to all the men who live in Judah. Alternate translation: “took all the men of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 16 6 tb71 0 timbers Timbers are large pieces of wood used to build houses or walls.
|
||||
2CH 16 6 zs4e figs-metonymy 0 Baasha had been Here “Baasha” refers to his workers. Alternate translation: “Baasha’s workers had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 16 6 y6th 0 building up … to build up “fortifying … to fortify”
|
||||
2CH 16 6 y6th 0 building up … to build up Alternate translation: “fortifying … to fortify”
|
||||
2CH 16 6 kxf2 figs-metonymy 0 Then King Asa used Here “King Asa” represents his workers. Alternate translation: “Then King Asa had his workers use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 16 6 iv87 translate-names 0 Geba This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 16 7 dxr4 translate-names 0 Hanani This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -759,9 +759,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place “after his father”
|
||||
2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place Alternate translation: “after his father”
|
||||
2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces “He places soldiers”
|
||||
2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces Alternate translation: “He places soldiers”
|
||||
2CH 17 2 bl8k 0 garrisons military encampments set up to protect the people
|
||||
2CH 17 3 d2di figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was with Jehoshaphat Here “was with” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 17 3 u7ts figs-idiom 0 walked in the first ways of his father Here the way a person lives and conducts himself is spoken of as if it were walking. For most of David’s life he lived righteously and followed Yahweh closely. Alternate translation: “lived in the first ways of his father David” or “lived righteously as has father David had done in his earlier years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -790,10 +790,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 17 17 wz6q translate-numbers 0 200000 “two hundred thousand men” or “200,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 17 18 gt7s translate-names 0 Jehozabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 17 18 tzr5 translate-numbers 0 180000 “one hundred and eighty thousand men” or “180,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those “in addition to”
|
||||
2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those Alternate translation: “in addition to”
|
||||
2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
|
||||
2CH 18 1 r6yh writing-background 0 Now Jehoshaphat had great riches and honor; he allied himself with Ahab The word “now” is used here to mark background information. This happened before Ahab went down to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab”
|
||||
2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab Alternate translation: “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab”
|
||||
2CH 18 2 brr6 figs-explicit 0 Ahab killed many sheep and oxen for him and the people This means that he had these animals slaughtered to prepare a feast for the people. Also, Ahab himself would not have prepared the animals, but rather would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Ahab commanded his workers to slaughter many sheep and oxen for a feast for Jehoshaphat and the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 18 3 bg9q figs-explicit 0 Will you go with me to Ramoth Gilead Here Ahab is requesting for Jehoshaphat to join him with his army to make war against Ramoth Gilead. This can be written explicitly. Also, in this question each of the kings represents themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: “Will you and your army go with my army to attack the city of Ramoth in the region of Gilead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 18 3 bcw3 figs-idiom 0 I am like you, and my people are like your people Jehoshaphat is stating his allegiance to Ahab. Alternate translation: “I offer myself and my soldiers to you to use in any way you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -808,9 +808,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 18 10 qlz5 figs-activepassive 0 until they are consumed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until you consume them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 18 11 rl4i figs-metonymy 0 has given it into the hand of the king Here the king’s “hand” refers to his control. This means that God will enable them to defeat the people at Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “has allowed the king to capture it” or “will allow your armies to capture it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 18 12 g3xq translate-names 0 Micaiah Translate this man’s name the same as in [2 Chronicles 17:7](../17/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 18 12 xu45 0 Look “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
2CH 18 12 xu45 0 Look Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
2CH 18 12 xup6 figs-metaphor 0 the words of the prophets with one mouth are favorable to the king The prophets all saying the same thing is spoken of as if they all spoke with the same mouth. The phrase “the words of the prophets” represents the message that the prophets declare. Alternate translation: “the prophets all declare that good things will happen to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 18 12 yq5d 0 your words “what you say”
|
||||
2CH 18 12 yq5d 0 your words Alternate translation: “what you say”
|
||||
2CH 18 13 cq4p figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “as surely as Yahweh is alive.” The people use this expression to show that what they say next is certainly true. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly swear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 18 14 dgu8 figs-ellipsis 0 or not The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “or should we not go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 18 14 kak6 figs-exclusive 0 should we go The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -826,22 +826,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 18 19 iw9f figs-metaphor 0 fall at Ramoth Gilead Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 18 19 r2fp 0 One said this and another that This indicates that there was more than one opinion. The words “One … and another” refer to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse.
|
||||
2CH 18 21 yl99 figs-metonymy 0 become a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 18 22 y3iw 0 Now see, Yahweh “Now pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 18 22 y3iw 0 Now see, Yahweh Alternate translation: “Now pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 18 22 xn2w figs-metonymy 0 has put a lying spirit in the mouth of these prophets of yours Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused your prophets to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 18 23 er46 translate-names 0 Kenaanah Translate this man’s name the same as in [2 Chronicles 18:10](../18/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 18 23 e3sa figs-rquestion 0 Which way did the Spirit of Yahweh take to go from me to speak to you? Zedekiah asks this sarcastic question to insult and rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Do not think that Yahweh’s Spirit left me to speak to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 18 24 fwf8 0 Look “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
2CH 18 24 fwf8 0 Look Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
2CH 18 24 si6m figs-explicit 0 you will know that “you will know the answer to your question.” If Zedekiah’s rhetorical question is translated as a statement, this phrase may be translated to supply implicit information. Alternate translation: “you will know that the Spirit of Yahweh has spoken to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 18 25 g3n4 0 king of Israel This refers to Ahab.
|
||||
2CH 18 25 z32s translate-names 0 Amon This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 18 27 pml5 figs-hypo 0 If you return safely This describes something that would not happen. Yahweh had already told Micaiah that the king would not return safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
2CH 18 28 jki5 figs-synecdoche 0 Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, went up against Here the kings represent themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: “Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah led their armies up against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 18 28 hit9 0 went up against “fought against”
|
||||
2CH 18 28 hit9 0 went up against Alternate translation: “fought against”
|
||||
2CH 18 28 d2xt translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this place as you did in [2 Chronicles 18:2](../18/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 18 29 r3ja 0 disguise This means to change the usual appearance so as not to be identified.
|
||||
2CH 18 30 z3hx figs-merism 0 Do not attack the unimportant or the important soldiers By mentioning both “the unimportant” and “the important soldiers,” the king meant all soldiers. Alternate translation: “Do not attack any of the soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CH 18 31 sww1 0 That is the king of Israel Jehoshaphat was wrongly identified as the king of Israel because Ahab had insisted that he wear kingly robes.
|
||||
2CH 18 31 c71a 0 God turned them away from him “God caused them to stop pursuing him”
|
||||
2CH 18 31 c71a 0 God turned them away from him Alternate translation: “God caused them to stop pursuing him”
|
||||
2CH 18 31 w122 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
|
||||
2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
|
||||
|
|
@ -859,16 +859,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 19 3 s5b2 figs-metaphor 0 seek God Wanting to do what pleases God is spoken of as if Jehoshaphat were seeking him. Alternate translation: “do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 19 4 am3y figs-merism 0 from Beersheba to the hill country of Ephraim This is a merism that means the whole land over which Jehoshaphat reigned, from the most southern part to the most northern part, and is intended to include the whole land in between. Alternate translation: “of all the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CH 19 4 w9hg figs-metaphor 0 brought them back to Yahweh The author speaks of Jehoshaphat’s leading the people back to serving Yahweh as if he were carrying them back to where they were at an earlier time. Alternate translation: “convinced them to return to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 19 4 m9qv 0 their fathers “their ancestors” or “their forefathers”
|
||||
2CH 19 4 m9qv 0 their fathers Alternate translation: “their ancestors” or “their forefathers”
|
||||
2CH 19 5 x63t 0 fortified cities cities with walls around them for protection
|
||||
2CH 19 5 z8j6 0 city by city “for every city”
|
||||
2CH 19 6 gxr5 0 He said to the judges “Jehoshaphat said to the judges”
|
||||
2CH 19 5 z8j6 0 city by city Alternate translation: “for every city”
|
||||
2CH 19 6 gxr5 0 He said to the judges Alternate translation: “Jehoshaphat said to the judges”
|
||||
2CH 19 6 fys3 figs-idiom 0 he is with you This could mean: (1) Yahweh was aware of what the judges decided or (2) Yahweh would hold the judges accountable for their decisions or (3) Yahweh would help and guide them in their decisions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 19 7 zrc9 0 let the fear of Yahweh be upon you This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “you should remember to fear Yahweh when you judge”
|
||||
2CH 19 7 k52c figs-abstractnouns 0 there is no iniquity with Yahweh our God, nor is there any favoritism or bribe taking The abstract nouns “iniquity,” “favoritism,” and “bribe” can be translated using the verbs “sin,” “favor,” and “bribe.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God will not sin or favor one person over another in judgment or be bribed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 19 8 mdr1 figs-metaphor 0 heads of the ancestral houses Here “heads” is a metaphor for the most important part, and “houses” represents families. Alternate translation: “leaders of the ancient families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 19 8 z2bw figs-abstractnouns 0 for carrying out judgment for Yahweh The abstract noun “judgment” can be translated using the verb “to judge.” Alternate translation: “for judging the people for Yahweh” or “for judging on Yahweh’s behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 19 8 j9ry 0 for the sake of disputes “for settling disputes” or “for resolving arguments”
|
||||
2CH 19 8 j9ry 0 for the sake of disputes Alternate translation: “for settling disputes” or “for resolving arguments”
|
||||
2CH 19 9 v6vw figs-abstractnouns 0 You must serve in reverence for Yahweh The abstract noun “reverence” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “You must serve while fearing Yahweh” or “You must serve while respecting Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 19 9 a5tt figs-metonymy 0 with your whole heart Here “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 19 10 x1yh 0 General Information: The words “you” and “your” in this verse refers to those persons Jehoshaphat appointed to be judges.
|
||||
|
|
@ -879,9 +879,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 19 10 ur11 figs-abstractnouns 0 anger will come toward you and toward your brothers The abstract noun “anger” can be expressed as the adjective “angry.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will be angry with you and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 19 11 xw19 0 General Information: The words “you” and “your” in this verse refers to those persons Jehoshaphat appointed to be judges.
|
||||
2CH 19 11 pi87 0 Connecting Statement: Jehoshaphat continues to instruct some of the Levites and the priests, and some of the heads of the ancestral houses of Israel, who he appointed to be judges.
|
||||
2CH 19 11 d1sw 0 See, Amariah “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Amariah”
|
||||
2CH 19 11 d1sw 0 See, Amariah Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Amariah”
|
||||
2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah … Zebadiah … Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you “is in charge of you”
|
||||
2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you Alternate translation: “is in charge of you”
|
||||
2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
|
||||
2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 20 15 r1m2 figs-metonymy 0 all Judah and you inhabitants of Jerusalem Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “all you who live in Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 20 15 e5m5 0 for the battle does not belong to you, but to God This means that God is in control of the battle and of what happens.
|
||||
2CH 20 16 d6g8 figs-idiom 0 go down against This is an idiom that means to go and meet the enemy army for battle. Alternate translation: “march against” or “go to battle against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 20 16 aj6j 0 See “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
|
||||
2CH 20 16 aj6j 0 See Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
|
||||
2CH 20 16 w1v8 translate-names 0 pass of Ziz This is a narrow valley between two mountains southeast of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 20 17 n8ky figs-idiom 0 Go out against This is an idiom that means to go and meet the enemy army for battle. Alternate translation: “March out against” or “Go to battle against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 20 17 vm5c figs-abstractnouns 0 the rescue of Yahweh with you The word “rescue” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 20 19 u3ar figs-metaphor 0 with a very loud voice This speaks of all the people praising Yahweh as if they together had one voice. Alternate translation: “with very loud voices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 20 20 kt3f translate-names 0 Tekoa Translate the name of this city the same as in [2 Chronicles 11:6](../11/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 20 20 d9i5 figs-activepassive 0 you will be supported This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will support you” or “he will help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 20 20 hu6r 0 Trust in his prophets, and you will succeed “If you trust in Yahweh’s prophets, then you will succeed”
|
||||
2CH 20 20 hu6r 0 Trust in his prophets, and you will succeed Alternate translation: “If you trust in Yahweh’s prophets, then you will succeed”
|
||||
2CH 20 21 tx3k figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated “covenant faithfulness” in [2 Chronicles 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “he faithfully loves us forever” or “he is always faithful to his covenant with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 20 22 v52l figs-ellipsis 0 to sing and to praise They were singing to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to sing and to praise Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 20 22 pe93 figs-explicit 0 Yahweh set men This means that Yahweh caused some of the enemy soldiers to ambush other enemy soldiers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh set some enemy soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 20 27 cs1u figs-idiom 0 Jehoshaphat in their lead “with Jehoshaphat leading them.” The phrase “in their lead” is an idiom. King Jehoshaphat was in front of the whole army as they went back to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 20 27 ae8e figs-explicit 0 rejoice over their enemies They rejoiced because their enemies had been defeated. Alternate translation: “rejoice over their enemies’ defeat” or “rejoice because their enemies had been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 20 29 t8nz 0 The terror of God was on all the kingdoms of the nations The word “terror” can be expressed with the verb “feared.” Alternate translation: “All the kingdoms of the nations greatly feared God”
|
||||
2CH 20 29 adf4 0 kingdoms of the nations “kingdoms in the nearby nations”
|
||||
2CH 20 29 adf4 0 kingdoms of the nations Alternate translation: “kingdoms in the nearby nations”
|
||||
2CH 20 30 k3wa 0 Jehoshaphat’s kingdom was quiet This speaks of the kingdom having peace as the kingdom being quiet. Alternate translation: “Jehoshaphat’s kingdom was at peace”
|
||||
2CH 20 31 cp73 translate-numbers 0 thirty-five years old … twenty-five years “35 years old…25 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 20 31 ath8 translate-names 0 Azubah, the daughter of Shilhi “Azubah” was the name of Jehoshaphat’s mother. Shilhi was the name of Azubah’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -961,66 +961,66 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 20 37 j4tx translate-names 0 Eliezer … Dodavahu These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail “no one was able to sail them”
|
||||
2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail Alternate translation: “no one was able to sail them”
|
||||
2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
|
||||
2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 21 2 u491 0 Jehoshaphat, king of Israel The southern kingdom was technically called “Judah,” but the writer of this book apparently wanted to make the point that the southern kingdom was, in its obedience to God, the true Israel.
|
||||
2CH 21 3 w3r9 0 large gifts “gifts of large amounts”
|
||||
2CH 21 3 w3r9 0 large gifts Alternate translation: “gifts of large amounts”
|
||||
2CH 21 3 ax17 figs-metaphor 0 he gave the kingdom to Jehoram The kingdom is spoken of as if it were a physical object that Jehoshaphat gave to Jehoram. Alternate translation: “he made Jehoram king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 21 4 j2rm figs-idiom 0 risen up over his father’s kingdom To “rise up over” something is an idiom that means to control it. Alternate translation: “taken complete control over his father’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 21 4 tsx8 figs-metonymy 0 he killed all his brothers with the sword Jehoram probably did not kill them personally, but had other people do it for him. Alternate translation: “he caused all of his younger brothers to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 21 6 edw2 figs-idiom 0 walked in the ways This is an idiom that means he followed their example. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 20:32](../20/32.md). Alternate translation: “followed the example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 21 6 lv5w figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahab was doing The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the descendants of Ahab. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ahab were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 21 6 r1hh 0 he had Ahab’s daughter as his wife “he had married a daughter of Ahab”
|
||||
2CH 21 6 r1hh 0 he had Ahab’s daughter as his wife Alternate translation: “he had married a daughter of Ahab”
|
||||
2CH 21 6 iu9t figs-metaphor 0 in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents his judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 21 7 g8my figs-metonymy 0 the house of David The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the kingdom of Judah. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 10:19](../10/19.md). Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Judah” or “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 21 7 s297 0 he had promised that he would always give life to him and his descendants “he had promised that David’s descendants would always be the ones who ruled Judah.” This was the covenant that Yahweh made with David.
|
||||
2CH 21 7 qi2v 0 always give life to him and his descendants “always cause him and his descendants to live” or “never destroy him and his descendants”
|
||||
2CH 21 8 eye5 0 In Jehoram’s days “While Jehoram was king”
|
||||
2CH 21 8 s1a6 0 from the control of Judah “against Judah’s control”
|
||||
2CH 21 7 qi2v 0 always give life to him and his descendants Alternate translation: “always cause him and his descendants to live” or “never destroy him and his descendants”
|
||||
2CH 21 8 eye5 0 In Jehoram’s days Alternate translation: “While Jehoram was king”
|
||||
2CH 21 8 s1a6 0 from the control of Judah Alternate translation: “against Judah’s control”
|
||||
2CH 21 8 tp66 figs-rpronouns 0 set a king over themselves The word “set” is a metonym for choosing, and the words “over themselves” is a metonym for “to rule them.” Alternate translation: “chose a king to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2CH 21 9 t8zx 0 crossed over “crossed the border into Edom” or “went to Edom”
|
||||
2CH 21 9 t8zx 0 crossed over Alternate translation: “crossed the border into Edom” or “went to Edom”
|
||||
2CH 21 9 vqi3 figs-explicit 0 It was night when he rose up … surrounded him and his chariot commanders It may be helpful to reorder this sentence and to add implicit information. Alternate translation: “The Edomites surrounded him and his chariot commanders, but Jehoram and his army fought against them and escaped during the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 21 10 b7r2 0 to this present day This refers to the time when the book of 2 Chronicles was written. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
2CH 21 10 p7fc translate-names 0 Libnah This was a town in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 21 11 s6tg figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoram had also built high places Other people helped Jehoram build these high places all over the mountains of Judah. Alternate translation: “Jehoram and the people had also built high places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 21 11 k5h6 figs-metaphor 0 he made the inhabitants of Jerusalem to live like prostitutes Jehoram caused the people to serve idols instead of Yahweh. People who serve other gods in order to receive something from them are spoken of as spiritual prostitutes. Alternate translation: “he caused the people of Jerusalem to leave Yahweh and serve other gods, as prostitutes serve men who are not their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 21 11 x1xr figs-metaphor 0 he led Judah astray Not following Yahweh is spoken of as not following the correct path. Alternate translation: “he caused Judah to no longer follow Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 21 12 jc38 0 A letter from the prophet Elijah came to Jehoram “Jehoram received a letter from the prophet Elijah” or “The prophet Elijah sent a letter to Jehoram”
|
||||
2CH 21 12 jc38 0 A letter from the prophet Elijah came to Jehoram Alternate translation: “Jehoram received a letter from the prophet Elijah” or “The prophet Elijah sent a letter to Jehoram”
|
||||
2CH 21 12 tk8j figs-idiom 0 walked in the ways This is an idiom that means he followed their example. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 20:32](../20/32.md). Alternate translation: “followed the example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 21 13 wpw7 figs-metaphor 0 act like a prostitute Jehoram caused the people to serve idols instead of Yahweh. People who serve other gods in order to receive something from them are spoken of as spiritual prostitutes. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 21:11](../21/11.md). Alternate translation: “leave Yahweh and serve other gods, as a prostitute serves men who are not her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 21 13 uu95 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahab The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the descendants of Ahab. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 21:6](../21/06.md). Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ahab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 21 14 g535 0 see This tells Jehoram to pay attention to the message that follows.
|
||||
2CH 21 14 j454 0 strike with a great plague “cause a great plague to happen to”
|
||||
2CH 21 14 j454 0 strike with a great plague Alternate translation: “cause a great plague to happen to”
|
||||
2CH 21 15 q6nu figs-rpronouns 0 You yourself The use of the reflexive “yourself” emphasizes that this is a personal judgment on Jehoram. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2CH 21 15 gg3z figs-metaphor 0 until your intestines fall out because of the sickness This could mean: (1) his intestines will literally fall out or (2) this is a metaphor that describes intestinal problems that will result in his death. Alternate translation: “until this disease causes your death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 21 16 fzg5 figs-metonymy 0 stirred up against Jehoram the spirit of the Philistines and of the Arabians Stirring the spirit is a metonym for making someone want to act. Here “spirit” is singular and refers to the Philistines as a group and to the Arabians as a group. Alternate translation: “provoked against Jehoram the Philistines and the Arabians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 21 16 f277 figs-synecdoche 0 against Jehoram Here Jehoram refers to Jehoram and the people of Judah that he ruled. Alternate translation: “against Jehoram and the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 21 16 uu9q figs-explicit 0 the spirit of the Philistines and of the Arabians who were near the Cushites The Philistines and the Arabians were two different nations. The Arabians lived southeast of Judah near the Cushites, and the Philistines lived west of Judah. These nations were stirred up separately. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the spirit of the Philistines and the spirit of the Arabians who were near the Cushites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 21 17 a8yf 0 No son was left to him except Jehoahaz, his youngest son “They took away all of his sons except Jehoahaz, his youngest son” or “The only son they left to him was Jehoahaz, his youngest son”
|
||||
2CH 21 17 a8yf 0 No son was left to him except Jehoahaz, his youngest son Alternate translation: “They took away all of his sons except Jehoahaz, his youngest son” or “The only son they left to him was Jehoahaz, his youngest son”
|
||||
2CH 21 17 wn67 0 Jehoahaz, his youngest son This same son is called “Ahaziah” in [2 Chronicles 22:1](../22/01.md).
|
||||
2CH 21 18 c22n figs-idiom 0 Yahweh struck him in his intestines with an incurable disease Here “struck” is an idiom that means Yahweh caused him to be sick. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused him to suffer from an incurable disease in his intestines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 21 19 qah6 0 It came about This phrase marks an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 21 19 b2kq figs-idiom 0 in due time This is an idiom that refers to a set or appointed time. Alternate translation: “in the proper time” or “when the time was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 21 19 d8dk figs-explicit 0 made no fire in his honor as they had done for his ancestors The custom of the Israelites was to make a bonfire to honor the king who had died. They did not do this for Jehoram to express their contempt for him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not make a bonfire to honor him as they normally did to honor kings when they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him “no one was sad that he died”
|
||||
2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him Alternate translation: “no one was sad that he died”
|
||||
2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
|
||||
2CH 22 1 mmm8 writing-background 0 for the band of men … had killed all his older sons This is background information about the events of [2 Chronicles 21:16](../21/16.md) and [2 Chronicles 21:17](../21/17.md). Ahaziah was called “Jehoahaz” in that earlier account. It is possible he changed his name when he became king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons “all Jehoram’s older sons”
|
||||
2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons Alternate translation: “all Jehoram’s older sons”
|
||||
2CH 22 2 nym9 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 22 2 bmd3 translate-names 0 Athaliah This is the name of Ahaziah’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 22 3 ah1n figs-idiom 0 He also walked in the ways Here “walked in the ways” is an idiom that means he followed Ahab’s example. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 20:32](../20/32.md). Alternate translation: “He also followed the example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 22 3 wg9r figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahab The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the descendants of Ahab. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 21:6](../21/06.md). Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ahab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 22 4 nw7m figs-metaphor 0 in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents his judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 22 4 uk11 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahab was doing The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to the descendants of Ahab. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 21:6](../21/06.md). Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ahab were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 22 4 pl6a 0 they were his advisors “descendants of Ahab advised him”
|
||||
2CH 22 4 ku75 0 to his destruction “and this caused his destruction”
|
||||
2CH 22 5 ben7 0 He also followed their advice; he went “He also followed their advice and went” or “He also followed their advice to go”
|
||||
2CH 22 4 pl6a 0 they were his advisors Alternate translation: “descendants of Ahab advised him”
|
||||
2CH 22 4 ku75 0 to his destruction Alternate translation: “and this caused his destruction”
|
||||
2CH 22 5 ben7 0 He also followed their advice; he went Alternate translation: “He also followed their advice and went” or “He also followed their advice to go”
|
||||
2CH 22 5 r68c figs-synecdoche 0 to fight against Hazael, king of Aram The reader should understand that Hazael did not fight alone, but that he took his army with him. Alternate translation: “to fight against Hazael, king of Aram, and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 22 5 q19z translate-names 0 Hazael This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 22 6 f5en 0 of the wounds that they had given him “from the wounds that he received at the battle”
|
||||
2CH 22 6 f5en 0 of the wounds that they had given him Alternate translation: “from the wounds that he received at the battle”
|
||||
2CH 22 6 a51c 0 went down to Jezreel Jezreel was lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CH 22 7 es6p figs-abstractnouns 0 Now the destruction of Ahaziah was brought about by God The abstract noun “destruction” can be stated as an action. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God caused Ahaziah to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 22 7 py2x 0 visit to Joram … went with Jehoram “Joram” and “Jehoram” are two names for the same person.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 22 8 nil2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 22 8 f4j8 0 carrying out God’s judgment on the house of Ahab This refers to killing the descendants of Ahab. Alternate translation: “killing all the descendants of Ahab as God had commanded”
|
||||
2CH 22 8 y16a 0 the sons of Ahaziah’s brothers This could mean: (1) Ahaziah’s nephews or (2) the sons of Ahaziah’s relatives .
|
||||
2CH 22 9 w5uj 0 they caught him … killed him “they caught Ahaziah … killed Ahaziah”
|
||||
2CH 22 9 w5uj 0 they caught him … killed him Alternate translation: “they caught Ahaziah … killed Ahaziah”
|
||||
2CH 22 9 pvb7 figs-explicit 0 they buried him, for they said, “He is a son of Jehoshaphat, who sought Yahweh with all his heart.” They honored him enough to bury his body because he was the descendant of Jehoshaphat, who was a good king. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: they buried his corpse, because they said, “He deserves to be buried, because he was a descendant of Jehoshaphat, who tried hard to please Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 22 9 kaw8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahaziah had no more power to rule the kingdom Here “house of Ahaziah” is a metonym that refers to Ahaziah’s descendants. Here “power to rule” is a metonym for a king. Since all the adult descendants of Ahaziah were dead, there was no one left to rule Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 22 10 bkc3 figs-metonymy 0 she arose and killed all the royal children Here the writer speaks of Athaliah as if she killed the children herself, but the reader should understand that she would have ordered her servants to kill them. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the royal children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1039,39 +1039,39 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 22 11 lrh9 0 his nurse This refers to a person who cares for a child, not to a medical person.
|
||||
2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
|
||||
2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
|
||||
2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them Alternate translation: “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
|
||||
2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
|
||||
2CH 23 1 qa9v translate-numbers 0 the commanders of hundreds The phrase “commander of hundreds” is probably an official title for a military officer. This could mean: (1) the word “hundreds” represents the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the word translated as “hundreds” does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a military division. Alternate translation: “the commanders of military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 23 1 nsc1 0 entered into a covenant “made an agreement”
|
||||
2CH 23 1 nsc1 0 entered into a covenant Alternate translation: “made an agreement”
|
||||
2CH 23 1 hg6w translate-names 0 Azariah … Ishmael … Azariah … Maaseiah … Elishaphat These five men were the commanders of hundreds of soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 23 1 h188 translate-names 0 Jeroham … Jehohanan … Obed … Adaiah … Zichri These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 23 2 c922 figs-metaphor 0 the heads of the ancestral houses of Israel Here “heads” is a metaphor for the most important part. And “houses” represents the families. Alternate translation: “leaders of the founding families of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 23 3 j5pz 0 the king’s son Here, “king” refers to Joash’s father. Alternate translation: “Joash, the son of the king”
|
||||
2CH 23 4 n3aj translate-ordinal 0 A third “One-third” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 23 4 rn7m 0 will be guards at the doors “will be guards at the temple doors”
|
||||
2CH 23 4 rn7m 0 will be guards at the doors Alternate translation: “will be guards at the temple doors”
|
||||
2CH 23 5 zz9r translate-ordinal 0 Another third … the other third “Another one-third … the other one-third” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 23 5 j257 0 the Foundation Gate This gate may have also been called the “Middle Gate” or the “Sur Gate.” It was apparently an inner gate that was near the king’s palace.
|
||||
2CH 23 5 udn7 figs-hyperbole 0 All the people This is a generalization that refers to all the people who are present. Alternate translation: “All the other people who are present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 23 6 rc8l 0 Allow no one to come into the house of Yahweh “Do not allow anyone to come into the house of Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 23 6 rc8l 0 Allow no one to come into the house of Yahweh Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone to come into the house of Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 23 6 x8vj figs-explicit 0 But all the other people must obey the commands of Yahweh It may be helpful to state that command. Alternate translation: “All the others must remain in the courtyard, obeying what Yahweh has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 23 7 h1ia 0 The Levites must surround the king on all sides “The Levites must surround the king on all sides in order to protect him”
|
||||
2CH 23 7 qr4l 0 all sides, every man with his weapons in his hand “all sides, and every temple guard should have his weapons and be ready to fight”
|
||||
2CH 23 7 h1ia 0 The Levites must surround the king on all sides Alternate translation: “The Levites must surround the king on all sides in order to protect him”
|
||||
2CH 23 7 qr4l 0 all sides, every man with his weapons in his hand Alternate translation: “all sides, and every temple guard should have his weapons and be ready to fight”
|
||||
2CH 23 7 zl56 figs-explicit 0 Whoever comes into the house, let him be killed This did not include the temple guards and the priests. This can be stated explicitly and in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone except the temple guards and the priests who come into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 23 7 w2bd figs-idiom 0 when he comes in and when he goes out This could mean: (1) “at all times” or (2) “wherever he goes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 23 8 xqu4 figs-hyperbole 0 all Judah This is a generalization to refer to all the people of Judah who were present in the courtyard that day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 23 8 m6jh 0 served in every way in the manner in which Jehoiada the priest commanded “did exactly what Jehoiada the priest commanded” or “obeyed everything that Jehoiada the priest commanded”
|
||||
2CH 23 8 m6jh 0 served in every way in the manner in which Jehoiada the priest commanded Alternate translation: “did exactly what Jehoiada the priest commanded” or “obeyed everything that Jehoiada the priest commanded”
|
||||
2CH 23 8 u5l3 0 Each one took his men … any of their divisions The priests and guards served in divisions, with each group working for two weeks. This refers to the point in time when two divisions were present—the one ending their service and the one starting their service. Thus there were twice as many men as usual.
|
||||
2CH 23 8 m5am 0 were to leave off serving on the Sabbath “were finishing their work on that Sabbath day”
|
||||
2CH 23 8 m5am 0 were to leave off serving on the Sabbath Alternate translation: “were finishing their work on that Sabbath day”
|
||||
2CH 23 10 j4wa figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 23 10 gx81 0 with his weapon in his hand This means they were ready to fight. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 23:7](../23/07.md).
|
||||
2CH 23 11 e4xm 0 the king’s son Here “king” refers to Joash’s father. Alternate translation: “Joash, the son of the king”
|
||||
2CH 23 11 fy1f translate-symaction 0 put the crown on him This is a symbolic act to show that they are making him king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 23 11 h6ip translate-symaction 0 gave him the covenant decrees The symbolic act of giving him a scroll with the decrees shows that they expect him to obey them. It is unclear if these decrees were a portion of the law of Moses, or a separate set of rules for kings to obey. Alternate translation: “presented to him the covenant decrees that he should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 23 11 k2ht translate-symaction 0 anointed him This was a symbolic act to show that he was chosen by God to be the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 23 11 rd94 0 Long live the king “May the king live a long life”
|
||||
2CH 23 11 rd94 0 Long live the king Alternate translation: “May the king live a long life”
|
||||
2CH 23 13 ig4e 0 behold This alerts the reader that the following information is very important.
|
||||
2CH 23 13 hny9 0 standing by his pillar at the entrance The relationship between the king and this particular pillar at the temple entrance is unclear.
|
||||
2CH 23 13 u4ly figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of the land This is a generalization to show that many people participated in the event. Alternate translation: “A very large number of the people of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1079,12 +1079,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 23 13 ut9m 0 Treason! Treason! Treason is acting to overthrow the government. Athaliah had killed the legitimate heirs of the king and made herself ruler in [2 Chronicles 22:10](../22/10.md). She was angry that Joash became king in her place. The exclamation is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are committing treason!”
|
||||
2CH 23 14 v54k translate-names 0 Jehoiada Translate this man’s name as in [2 Chronicles 22:11](../22/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 23 14 ec86 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of hundreds The phrase “commander of hundreds” is probably an official title for a military officer. This could mean: (1) the word “hundreds” represents the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the word translated as “hundreds” does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a military division. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 23:1](../23/01.md). Alternate translation: “the commanders of military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 23 14 m46m 0 who were over the army “who were leaders in the army”
|
||||
2CH 23 14 m46m 0 who were over the army Alternate translation: “who were leaders in the army”
|
||||
2CH 23 14 vug9 0 Bring her out between the ranks This could mean: (1) “Surround her and bring her out of the temple courtyard” or (2) “Remove her from the people in the temple courtyard”
|
||||
2CH 23 14 s2az figs-activepassive 0 anyone who follows her, let him be killed with the sword This can be stated in active form. It is implied that people who followed her would be trying to help her. Alternate translation: “Use your sword to kill anyone who comes to help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 23 14 l9pu 0 For the priest had said “For Jehoiada the priest had said”
|
||||
2CH 23 14 l9pu 0 For the priest had said Alternate translation: “For Jehoiada the priest had said”
|
||||
2CH 23 15 fpq7 0 as she went into the entrance of the Horse Gate of the king’s house Some versions have “and took her to the Horse Gate near the entrance of the kings’ house”
|
||||
2CH 23 15 lf4w 0 the king’s house “the royal palace”
|
||||
2CH 23 15 lf4w 0 the king’s house Alternate translation: “the royal palace”
|
||||
2CH 23 16 fdk2 figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 23 17 z8a3 figs-hyperbole 0 all the people went to the house of Baal This is a generalization that means a large group of the people did this. Alternate translation: “a very large group of the people went to the temple of Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 23 17 byi1 translate-names 0 Mattan This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1094,30 +1094,30 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 23 20 kvk5 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of hundreds The phrase “commander of hundreds” is probably an official title for a military officer. This could mean: (1) the word “hundreds” represents the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the word translated as “hundreds” does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a military division. Alternate translation: “the commanders of military divisions” See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 23:1](../23/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 23 20 a2v6 figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land This is a generalization that means he took very many people with him. Alternate translation: “a very large group of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 23 20 zax5 0 He brought down the king from the house of Yahweh The temple was built on the highest hill in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “He brought the king down from the temple to the palace”
|
||||
2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom “the royal throne”
|
||||
2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the royal throne”
|
||||
2CH 23 21 cu4z figs-hyperbole 0 So all the people of the land This is generalization to say that most of the people rejoiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 23 21 yrp6 figs-metonymy 0 the city was quiet Here “the city” represents the people of the city, and “quiet” represents peace, since no one opposed Joash after Athaliah died. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were at peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign “became king of Judah”
|
||||
2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign Alternate translation: “became king of Judah”
|
||||
2CH 24 1 qs6q translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 24 1 rsd4 translate-names 0 Zibiah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 24 2 b7hy figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Joash’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 24 2 xy4s figs-idiom 0 all the days of Jehoiada, the priest This idiom means “as long as Jehoiada, the priest, was alive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 24 3 huh8 0 Jehoiada took for him two wives “Jehoiada chose two wives for Joash”
|
||||
2CH 24 3 huh8 0 Jehoiada took for him two wives Alternate translation: “Jehoiada chose two wives for Joash”
|
||||
2CH 24 4 c35n 0 It came about after this This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 24 5 vg6g 0 right away “immediately”
|
||||
2CH 24 5 vg6g 0 right away Alternate translation: “immediately”
|
||||
2CH 24 5 msj1 0 The Levites did nothing at first It may be helpful to add “but” to show that the Levites did not obey. Alternate translation: “But the Levites did not do it immediately”
|
||||
2CH 24 6 q8pa figs-rquestion 0 Why have you not required the Levites … covenant decrees? King Joash asks this rhetorical question to accuse Jehoiada of not doing his duty. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have neglected your duty. I told you to require the Levites … covenant decrees, but you have not done it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 24 6 c4cm 0 for the tent of the covenant decrees Although it refers to the temple that Solomon built, it is a reminder that this tax has been collected since the time of Moses and the “tent of meeting.”
|
||||
2CH 24 7 smr6 0 holy things This refers to the items used for worship in the temple.
|
||||
2CH 24 7 mtk1 0 to the Baals “to people to use for the worship of idols of Baal”
|
||||
2CH 24 7 mtk1 0 to the Baals Alternate translation: “to people to use for the worship of idols of Baal”
|
||||
2CH 24 8 m6j5 0 a chest a large wooden box
|
||||
2CH 24 9 pag1 0 they made a proclamation “they proclaimed” or “they announced”
|
||||
2CH 24 9 pag1 0 they made a proclamation Alternate translation: “they proclaimed” or “they announced”
|
||||
2CH 24 10 ijk6 figs-hyperbole 0 All the leaders and all the people This is a generalization. Some people probably did not respond this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 24 11 zm3q 0 It happened that whenever This phrase introduces a new, recurring action. If your language has a way to note this, you may use it here.
|
||||
2CH 24 11 u4ua 0 take it and carry it back to its place “take the chest and carry it back to its place”
|
||||
2CH 24 12 w2me 0 stonemasons and carpenters “men who built with stone and men who built with wood”
|
||||
2CH 24 12 j1av 0 those who worked in iron and bronze “men who made things from iron and bronze”
|
||||
2CH 24 11 u4ua 0 take it and carry it back to its place Alternate translation: “take the chest and carry it back to its place”
|
||||
2CH 24 12 w2me 0 stonemasons and carpenters Alternate translation: “men who built with stone and men who built with wood”
|
||||
2CH 24 12 j1av 0 those who worked in iron and bronze Alternate translation: “men who made things from iron and bronze”
|
||||
2CH 24 13 knc6 figs-metonymy 0 went forward in their hands Here the word “forward” represents progress, and the word “hands” represents their control. Alternate translation: “made progress under their supervision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 24 14 p262 0 the rest of the money This is money that was collected in the chest but not needed for repairs.
|
||||
2CH 24 14 u7dp 0 furnishings This refers to the “utensils” and “spoons” listed later in the verse.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1125,31 +1125,31 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 24 15 lu8j figs-doublet 0 grew old and was full of days These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how long he lived. Alternate translation: “became very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CH 24 15 lat2 figs-idiom 0 was full of days This idiom means he lived a long time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 24 15 m6c8 translate-numbers 0 130 years old “one hundred and thirty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 24 16 gf58 0 among the kings “among the tombs of the kings” or “among the graves of the kings”
|
||||
2CH 24 16 gf58 0 among the kings Alternate translation: “among the tombs of the kings” or “among the graves of the kings”
|
||||
2CH 24 16 czu8 figs-nominaladj 0 because he had done good in Israel, toward God, and to God’s house The nominal adjective “good” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “because he had done good things in Judah for God and for God’s temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2CH 24 17 gu6r 0 did honor to the king “gave honor to King Joash” or “honored the king”
|
||||
2CH 24 17 gu6r 0 did honor to the king Alternate translation: “gave honor to King Joash” or “honored the king”
|
||||
2CH 24 17 u53g figs-explicit 0 Then the king listened to them The following verse indicates that they wanted the king to serve idols instead of Yahweh, and he agreed. Alternate translation: “Then they persuaded the king to do what they wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 24 18 agr4 figs-metaphor 0 God’s anger came on Judah and Jerusalem God’s anger is spoken of as something that covered over Judah and Jerusalem. Here the words “Judah” and “Jerusalem” are metonyms for the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God became very angry with the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 24 18 g9pd 0 this wrongdoing of theirs “their sin”
|
||||
2CH 24 18 g9pd 0 this wrongdoing of theirs Alternate translation: “their sin”
|
||||
2CH 24 19 p9wn 0 Yet he sent Here the word “yet” indicates a contrast between God’s anger and his sending of the prophets to give them a chance to repent and avoid judgment.
|
||||
2CH 24 19 cd9x figs-rpronouns 0 to himself, Yahweh The reflexive pronoun emphasizes that Yahweh was the one to whom they should turn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2CH 24 19 rc12 0 they refused to listen “the people refused to obey”
|
||||
2CH 24 19 rc12 0 they refused to listen Alternate translation: “the people refused to obey”
|
||||
2CH 24 20 k16w figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Zechariah This is an idiom which means that the Spirit of God influenced Zechariah and enabled him to prophesy. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 15:1](../15/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 24 20 g8xd 0 Zechariah son of Jehoiada This was not the same man as Zechariah son of Berechiah who wrote the Book of Zechariah.
|
||||
2CH 24 20 axs6 figs-rquestion 0 Why do you transgress the commandments of Yahweh, so that you cannot prosper? Zechariah asked this rhetorical question to rebuke the people. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are transgressing the commandments of Yahweh, so that is why you cannot prosper.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 24 22 idx8 0 ignored the kindness that Jehoiada, Zechariah’s father, had done to him Joash did not pay attention to the way that Jehoiada, Zechariah’s father, had been kind to Joash.
|
||||
2CH 24 22 s4f7 0 call you to account “make you pay for the wrong you have done”
|
||||
2CH 24 22 s4f7 0 call you to account Alternate translation: “make you pay for the wrong you have done”
|
||||
2CH 24 23 nqr5 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 24 23 tz31 0 sent all the plunder from them “sent all the plunder from Judah and Jerusalem”
|
||||
2CH 24 24 lka5 0 victory over a very great army “victory over the much larger army of Judah”
|
||||
2CH 24 23 tz31 0 sent all the plunder from them Alternate translation: “sent all the plunder from Judah and Jerusalem”
|
||||
2CH 24 24 lka5 0 victory over a very great army Alternate translation: “victory over the much larger army of Judah”
|
||||
2CH 24 24 p9mp figs-abstractnouns 0 In this way the Arameans brought judgment on Joash This refers to God’s judgment. This can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “In this way God used the Arameans to judge Joash” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 24 25 u6at figs-activepassive 0 Joash had been severely wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they had severely wounded Joash” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 24 25 bm42 0 because of the murder of the sons of Jehoiada “because he had murdered the sons of Jehoiada”
|
||||
2CH 24 25 a4s2 0 They killed him in his bed “The servants killed Joash in his bed”
|
||||
2CH 24 25 bm42 0 because of the murder of the sons of Jehoiada Alternate translation: “because he had murdered the sons of Jehoiada”
|
||||
2CH 24 25 a4s2 0 They killed him in his bed Alternate translation: “The servants killed Joash in his bed”
|
||||
2CH 24 26 b7vr translate-names 0 Zabad … Jehozabad These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 24 26 fk8e translate-names 0 Shimeath, an Ammonite woman … Shimrith, a Moabite woman “Shimeath, from the country of Ammon … Shimrith, from the country of Moab.” These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 24 27 f9u5 0 the accounts about his sons “the record of what his sons did”
|
||||
2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
|
||||
2CH 24 27 f9u5 0 the accounts about his sons Alternate translation: “the record of what his sons did”
|
||||
2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him Alternate translation: “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
|
||||
2CH 24 27 j35b 0 see, they are written Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows.
|
||||
2CH 24 27 sg2c 0 the commentary on the book of the kings This is a book which no longer exists.
|
||||
2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1165,31 +1165,31 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 25 5 yu4d translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and commanders of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “commanders of 1,000 soldiers and commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “commanders of large military divisions and commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 25 5 y5vt figs-metonymy 0 all of Judah and Benjamin Here “Judah” and “Benjamin” refer to the people who lived in the wider kingdom of Judah. Alternate translation: “all the people of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 25 5 l7tc figs-metaphor 0 twenty years old and upward Here numbers that were larger than twenty are spoken of as if they were higher. Alternate translation: “20 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 25 5 cp1c 0 found them to be “learned that there were”
|
||||
2CH 25 5 cp1c 0 found them to be Alternate translation: “learned that there were”
|
||||
2CH 25 5 ytr4 translate-numbers 0 300000 “three hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 25 5 jxl3 0 chosen men “capable soldiers” or “skilled warriors”
|
||||
2CH 25 5 jxl3 0 chosen men Alternate translation: “capable soldiers” or “skilled warriors”
|
||||
2CH 25 6 l94u translate-numbers 0 100000 “one hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 25 6 az6k translate-numbers 0 one hundred talents of silver “100 talents of silver.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about thirty-three hundred kilograms of silver” or “about 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
2CH 25 7 h9k1 0 a man of God “a prophet of God”
|
||||
2CH 25 7 h9k1 0 a man of God Alternate translation: “a prophet of God”
|
||||
2CH 25 7 t5c9 0 Israel … the people of Ephraim These are two names for the same group people.
|
||||
2CH 25 8 mix2 figs-metaphor 0 throw you down before the enemy … throw down Here the prophet speaks of military defeat as if the king would be thrown down on the ground. Alternate translation: “enable your enemy to defeat you … defeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 25 9 l6di translate-bweight 0 about the one hundred talents You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about the thirty-three hundred kilograms of silver” or “about the 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 25 10 zbw4 0 the army that had come to him from Ephraim These words refer to “the army of Israel” (verse 9).
|
||||
2CH 25 10 rrn6 figs-metaphor 0 So their anger was greatly kindled Here the increase in their anger is spoken of as if it were a growing fire inside them. Alternate translation: “So their anger began to burn within them like a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 25 10 n12s 0 in fierce anger “very angry”
|
||||
2CH 25 11 h9pc 0 took courage “became brave”
|
||||
2CH 25 10 n12s 0 in fierce anger Alternate translation: “very angry”
|
||||
2CH 25 11 h9pc 0 took courage Alternate translation: “became brave”
|
||||
2CH 25 11 muu4 0 Valley of Salt This is an area near the Dead Sea.
|
||||
2CH 25 11 cng5 translate-numbers 0 ten thousand men “10,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 25 12 hp52 translate-numbers 0 another ten thousand “another 10,000 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 25 12 aw12 figs-hyperbole 0 so that they were all broken in pieces This is an exaggeration to emphasize the thoroughness of the slaughter. Alternate translation: “so that they were all completely destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 25 13 s5jm 0 the men of the army which Amaziah sent back “the men of the army of Israel which Amaziah sent back to Israel”
|
||||
2CH 25 13 s5jm 0 the men of the army which Amaziah sent back Alternate translation: “the men of the army of Israel which Amaziah sent back to Israel”
|
||||
2CH 25 13 va6s translate-names 0 Beth Horon This was a village near Jerusalem in Ephraim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 25 13 e4dk figs-idiom 0 struck down Here “struck down” is an idiom that means they killed them. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 25 13 nxj3 0 three thousand of the people “3,000 people”
|
||||
2CH 25 13 fr63 0 took much plunder “took away a great amount of valuable things”
|
||||
2CH 25 13 nxj3 0 three thousand of the people Alternate translation: “3,000 people”
|
||||
2CH 25 13 fr63 0 took much plunder Alternate translation: “took away a great amount of valuable things”
|
||||
2CH 25 14 gik5 0 Now it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
2CH 25 14 w592 0 the slaughter of the Edomites “slaughtering the Edomites” or “killing the Edomites”
|
||||
2CH 25 14 fnj7 0 the gods of the people of Seir “the gods that the people of Seir worshiped”
|
||||
2CH 25 14 w592 0 the slaughter of the Edomites Alternate translation: “slaughtering the Edomites” or “killing the Edomites”
|
||||
2CH 25 14 fnj7 0 the gods of the people of Seir Alternate translation: “the gods that the people of Seir worshiped”
|
||||
2CH 25 14 sik5 translate-symaction 0 bowed down … burned incense These are symbolic acts of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 25 14 lab4 0 the gods This expresses the popular opinion of the day that the gods determined who won battles.
|
||||
2CH 25 15 d9rl figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s anger was kindled against Amaziah Here the increase in Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if it were a growing fire. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger grew like a fire against Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 25 19 ya9h figs-idiom 0 your heart has lifted you up This is an idiom that means he had become proud. Alternate translation: “you have become proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 25 19 vr44 figs-rquestion 0 why should you cause yourself trouble and fall, both you and Judah with you? Jehoash used this rhetorical question to warn Amaziah not to fight with him. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you should not cause yourself trouble and fall, both you and Judah with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 25 19 ku98 figs-euphemism 0 fall Here “fall” is a euphemism for “die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 25 20 e45f 0 this event was from God “God wanted this event to happen”
|
||||
2CH 25 20 e45f 0 this event was from God Alternate translation: “God wanted this event to happen”
|
||||
2CH 25 20 l6pv figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of their enemies Here “hand” refers to power to defeat. Alternate translation: “into the power of their enemies” or “so their enemies could defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 25 21 fxt6 figs-idiom 0 met each other face to face This idiom means they were both at the battle in person, rather than only sending other people to fight. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 25:17](../25/17.md). Alternate translation: “met each other in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 25 21 j45y 0 Beth Shemesh, which belongs to Judah The city of Beth Shemesh was located in Judah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 25 22 j1ht figs-hyperbole 0 every man This is a generalization that refers to the soldiers of Judah who survived the battle. Alternate translation: “the surviving soldiers of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 25 23 um1e translate-numbers 0 four hundred cubits in distance A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “400 cubits in distance” or “a length of 180 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2CH 25 24 r42n figs-metonymy 0 with Obed Edom Here “Obed Edom” refers to this man’s descendants. Alternate translation: “under the care of the descendants of Obed Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 25 24 hz4e 0 the king’s house “the royal palace”
|
||||
2CH 25 24 hz4e 0 the king’s house Alternate translation: “the royal palace”
|
||||
2CH 25 26 v1zc figs-rquestion 0 As for the other matters … are they not written in the book of the kings of Judah and Israel? This rhetorical question is used to remind the reader that what happened to Amaziah is well-known. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “All of the matters concerning Amaziah, behold, are written in the book of the kings of Judah and Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 25 26 nrg2 figs-merism 0 the other matters concerning Amaziah, first and last Here the phrase “first and last” refers to those extremes and everything in between. Alternate translation: “all the matters concerning Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CH 25 26 rvg3 0 behold This alerts the reader to pay special attention to the truth of what follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 25 27 v2jh figs-abstractnouns 0 make a conspiracy against him The abstract noun “conspiracy” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “conspire against him” or “plot against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 25 27 ndw6 translate-names 0 Lachish a city in Judah (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
|
||||
2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back “brought back his body”
|
||||
2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back Alternate translation: “brought back his body”
|
||||
2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
|
||||
2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
|
||||
2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1240,12 +1240,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 26 4 n9jl figs-hyperbole 0 in everything This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 26 5 kur1 figs-metaphor 0 He set himself to seek God Here “set himself” is a metaphor for being determined to do something. Seeking God represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “He was determined to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 26 5 in8k figs-metonymy 0 in the days of Zechariah Here “the days of Zechariah” is a metonym referring to the time period during which Zechariah was priest. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah was priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 26 5 sbp3 0 As long as he sought Yahweh “During the whole time that he sought Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 26 5 sbp3 0 As long as he sought Yahweh Alternate translation: “During the whole time that he sought Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 26 5 qw6y figs-metaphor 0 sought Yahweh Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “chose to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 26 6 gy99 figs-synecdoche 0 Uzziah went out and fought against the Philistines Here “Uzziah” represents himself and his army that he led. Alternate translation: “Uzziah led his army out to fight against the Philistines” or “Uzziah and his army went out and fought against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 26 6 n43d figs-synecdoche 0 He broke down … he built cities Here the pronouns “He” and “him” represent Uzziah and his army. Alternate translation: “Uzziah and his army broke down … they built cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 26 6 cb74 translate-names 0 Jabneh This was a town in northern Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 26 6 y92w 0 the country of Ashdod “the country surrounding Ashdod” or “near Ashdod”
|
||||
2CH 26 6 y92w 0 the country of Ashdod Alternate translation: “the country surrounding Ashdod” or “near Ashdod”
|
||||
2CH 26 7 y3fp figs-synecdoche 0 God helped him Here the pronouns “He” and “him” represent Uzziah and his army. Alternate translation: “God helped them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 26 7 wtt3 translate-names 0 Gurbaal This was a town in Arabia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 26 7 d4p8 translate-names 0 Meunites This is likely people who moved to that area from the kingdom of Maon near Mount Seir. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 26 10 x9rp figs-metonymy 0 He built watchtowers … and dug many cisterns Uzziah commanded his workers, and they did these things. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build watchtowers … and dig many cisterns” or “They built watchtowers … and dug many cisterns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 26 10 r2ui 0 he had much cattle … He had farmers … he loved farming The word “he” refers to Uzziah.
|
||||
2CH 26 11 qp1l translate-names 0 Jeiel … Maaseiah, the officer … Hananiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 26 12 nbd6 0 the leaders of the families who led the mighty men “the family leaders who led the mighty men”
|
||||
2CH 26 12 nbd6 0 the leaders of the families who led the mighty men Alternate translation: “the family leaders who led the mighty men”
|
||||
2CH 26 12 fal4 translate-numbers 0 2600 “two thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 26 13 d9dk translate-numbers 0 307500 “three hundred seven thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 26 13 s5w3 figs-metonymy 0 Under their hand was an army Here “their hand” represents their authority. Alternate translation: “Under their authority was an army” or “They commanded an army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1265,14 +1265,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 26 15 ebk4 figs-activepassive 0 he was greatly helped This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God greatly helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 26 16 zy82 figs-metaphor 0 his heart was lifted up Here the heart being lifted up represents pride. Alternate translation: “he became proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 26 17 xl4y figs-ellipsis 0 with him eighty priests of Yahweh, who were brave men The verb “went” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “with him went eighty priests of Yahweh, who were brave men” or “eighty priests of Yahweh, who were brave men, went with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 26 18 t341 0 It is not for you, Uzziah, to burn incense to Yahweh “It is not right for you, Uzziah, to burn incense to Yahweh” or “Uzziah, you do not have the right to burn incense to Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 26 18 t341 0 It is not for you, Uzziah, to burn incense to Yahweh Alternate translation: “It is not right for you, Uzziah, to burn incense to Yahweh” or “Uzziah, you do not have the right to burn incense to Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 26 18 u1ys figs-metonymy 0 the sons of Aaron Here “sons” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 26 18 ac29 0 who are consecrated to burn incense This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has consecrated to burn incense” or “whom God has chosen to burn incense”
|
||||
2CH 26 19 djz3 0 censer This is a special pan or bowl used for burning incense.
|
||||
2CH 26 20 s567 0 behold, he had become leprous The word “behold” here shows that the priests were surprised by what they saw.
|
||||
2CH 26 20 skz9 0 They quickly drove him out of there “They quickly forced him out of there” or “They quickly made him leave”
|
||||
2CH 26 20 skz9 0 They quickly drove him out of there Alternate translation: “They quickly forced him out of there” or “They quickly made him leave”
|
||||
2CH 26 20 etu2 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh had struck him This speaks of Yahweh making him sick as if Yahweh had hit him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had made him ill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 26 21 k64s 0 to the day of his death “until he died” or “the rest of his life”
|
||||
2CH 26 21 k64s 0 to the day of his death Alternate translation: “until he died” or “the rest of his life”
|
||||
2CH 26 21 bs57 0 lived in a separate house This indicates that he lived away from other houses and other people.
|
||||
2CH 26 21 xrv6 figs-metaphor 0 he was cut off from the house of Yahweh Here being “cut off” from Yahweh’s house represents being excluded from the temple. Alternate translation: “he was excluded from the house of Yahweh” or “he was not allowed to go to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 26 21 h2ru figs-metaphor 0 Jotham, his son, was over the king’s house Here being over something represents having responsibility or authority for it. Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, was responsible for the king’s house” or “Jotham, his son, was in charge of the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1281,13 +1281,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 26 22 vur5 figs-merism 0 from first to last This phrase represents the whole time of Uzziah’s reign. Alternate translation: “from the beginning of his reign to the end of his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CH 26 22 qw2a translate-names 0 Amoz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
|
||||
2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
|
||||
2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors Alternate translation: “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
|
||||
2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
|
||||
2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 27 2 f1pd 0 in everything “in everything he did”
|
||||
2CH 27 2 f1pd 0 in everything Alternate translation: “in everything he did”
|
||||
2CH 27 3 b1c8 figs-metonymy 0 He built the upper gate … he built much Since Jotham was king, he may have had his workers build these things. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build the upper gate … he had his workers build many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 27 3 in4k translate-names 0 the hill of Ophel This is a hill in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 27 4 iz7g figs-metonymy 0 he built cities … he built castles and towers Since Jotham was king, he may have had his workers build these things. Alternate translation: “he had his workers build cities … he had his workers build castles and towers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1296,15 +1296,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 27 5 r28d translate-bweight 0 one hundred talents of silver You may convert this to a modern measure. A “talent” is equivalent to 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents of silver” or “3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 27 5 f83s translate-bvolume 0 ten thousand measures of wheat You may convert this to a modern measure. The word translated here as “measure” is “cor” and is equivalent to 220 liters. Alternate translation: “10,000 measures of wheat” or “2,200 kiloliters of wheat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 27 5 re7f translate-bvolume 0 ten thousand measures of barley You may convert this to a modern measure. The word translated here as “measure” is “cor” and is equivalent to 220 liters. Alternate translation: “10,000 measures of barley” or “2,200 kiloliters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 27 5 vp4e 0 in the second and third years “in the second and third years after he defeated them”
|
||||
2CH 27 5 vp4e 0 in the second and third years Alternate translation: “in the second and third years after he defeated them”
|
||||
2CH 27 6 i1x7 figs-metaphor 0 he walked firmly before Yahweh his God Jotham’s actions and lifestyle are spoken of as if they were a path upon which he walked. That he walked firmly means that he was devoted to living in this way. Alternate translation: “he faithfully obeyed Yahweh his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 27 7 mla9 figs-metaphor 0 his ways Jotham’s actions are spoken of as if they were a path upon which he walked. Alternate translation: “the things that he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 27 7 w1yz 0 see, they are written in the book … Judah “anyone can look in the book … Judah and see that they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 27 7 w1yz 0 see, they are written in the book … Judah Alternate translation: “anyone can look in the book … Judah and see that they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 27 7 xa62 figs-activepassive 0 they are written in the book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are in the book” or “you can read of them in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 27 7 r9h4 0 the book of the kings of Israel and Judah This is a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
2CH 27 8 j4c2 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 27 9 rz6e figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him “people buried him”
|
||||
2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
|
||||
2CH 27 9 mbl8 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
|
||||
2CH 28 1 q5fy translate-numbers 0 twenty years old … sixteen years “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1335,14 +1335,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 28 13 r3ms figs-explicit 0 there is fierce wrath against Israel This phrase implies that it is Yahweh’s fierce wrath that is against Israel. The words “fierce wrath” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is extremely angry with the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 28 15 j5cm figs-activepassive 0 The men who were assigned by name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The men whom the leaders assigned by name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 28 15 hm45 0 sandals This is a type of shoe.
|
||||
2CH 28 15 z4u7 0 put the weak ones on donkeys “put the weak ones who were too weak to walk on donkeys”
|
||||
2CH 28 15 z4u7 0 put the weak ones on donkeys Alternate translation: “put the weak ones who were too weak to walk on donkeys”
|
||||
2CH 28 18 pbe6 figs-idiom 0 They took Beth Shemesh Taking a city is an idiom that means to conquer or to capture the city. Alternate translation: “The Philistines captured Beth Shemesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 28 18 jx3g translate-names 0 Beth Shemesh, Aijalon, Gederoth, Soko … Timnah … Gimzo These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 28 19 ets5 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh brought Judah low because of Ahaz The metonym “Judah” represents the people of Judah. Yahweh humiliating the people is spoken of as if he physically brought Judah low to the ground. Alternate translation: “Yahweh humiliated the people of Judah because of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 28 19 e6ya figs-metaphor 0 sinned against Yahweh very heavily Ahaz sinning very much is spoken of as if sin were a very heavy object. Alternate translation: “sinned very greatly against Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 28 20 bg3j translate-names 0 Tiglath-Pileser This is Tiglath-Pileser III, also known as Pul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 28 20 wv9p figs-metaphor 0 troubled him instead of strengthening him Helping Ahaz against his enemies is spoken of as if it were strengthening Ahaz. Alternate translation: “caused him trouble instead of helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 28 22 vu6s 0 in his time of suffering “when he was suffering”
|
||||
2CH 28 22 vu6s 0 in his time of suffering Alternate translation: “when he was suffering”
|
||||
2CH 28 23 g194 figs-explicit 0 the gods of Damascus The Syrians believed Damascus to be the city where their gods dwelt, much like Yahweh dwelt in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the gods whom the Syrians worshiped in Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 28 23 j2la figs-explicit 0 gods that had defeated him This expresses Ahaz’s opinion. Because the Syrians had defeated him and his army, Ahaz attributed his defeat to the gods whom the Syrians worshiped. Alternate translation: “gods whom he believed had enabled the Syrian army to defeat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 28 23 dud5 figs-abstractnouns 0 they were the ruin of him and of all Israel The word “ruin” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “those gods ruined him and all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1352,11 +1352,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 28 24 a6t1 figs-metonymy 0 he made for himself altars Since Ahaz was king, he may have had his workers make these high places. Alternate translation: “he had his workers make altars for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 28 25 hu6h figs-metonymy 0 he made high places to burn sacrifices Since Ahaz was king, he may have had his workers make these high places. Alternate translation: “he had his workers make high places to burn sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 28 26 q9h8 figs-metaphor 0 all his ways, first and last Ahaz’s actions are spoken of as if they were a path upon which he walked. The phrase “first and last” refers to those extremes and everything in between. Alternate translation: “all that he did from the beginning of his reign to the end of his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CH 28 26 x2wa 0 see, they are written in the book … Israel “anyone can look at the book … Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 28 26 x2wa 0 see, they are written in the book … Israel Alternate translation: “anyone can look at the book … Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 28 26 b6cl figs-activepassive 0 they are written in the book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written them in the book” or “you can read of them in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 28 26 al5i 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
2CH 28 27 ik3s figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him “people buried him”
|
||||
2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
|
||||
2CH 28 27 i4nk figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
|
||||
2CH 29 1 at93 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … twenty-nine years “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1391,10 +1391,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 29 17 v2qz figs-metonymy 0 they reached the porch of Yahweh The phrase “the porch of Yahweh” refers to the porch of the temple. “They reached” means that they began to cleanse this section. Alternate translation: “they had begun to cleanse the porch of Yahweh’s temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 29 17 fe4g translate-hebrewmonths 0 sixteenth day of the first month This is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 29 18 r51d 0 the bread of the presence This is a reference to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed in front of the altar. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
2CH 29 19 kdv1 0 See, they are “Look at them. You can see for yourself that they are”
|
||||
2CH 29 19 kdv1 0 See, they are Alternate translation: “Look at them. You can see for yourself that they are”
|
||||
2CH 29 20 xxe1 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Yahweh The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 29 22 j4qa 0 they killed the bulls, and the priests received the blood “the priests killed the bulls and took the blood”
|
||||
2CH 29 23 av6c 0 they laid their hands on them “the king and people in the assembly laid their hands on them”
|
||||
2CH 29 22 j4qa 0 they killed the bulls, and the priests received the blood Alternate translation: “the priests killed the bulls and took the blood”
|
||||
2CH 29 23 av6c 0 they laid their hands on them Alternate translation: “the king and people in the assembly laid their hands on them”
|
||||
2CH 29 24 nbp8 figs-activepassive 0 that a burnt offering and a sin offering should be made for all Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests should make a burnt offering and a sin offering for all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 29 25 s2i9 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Yahweh The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 29 25 rcg9 translate-unknown 0 cymbals two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1402,14 +1402,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 29 25 a5k2 figs-abstractnouns 0 for the command was from Yahweh by means of his prophets The word “command” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had commanded this through his prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 29 27 hv7d 0 the song of Yahweh began also The phrase “the song of Yahweh” refers to people singing a song to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the people began to sing a song to Yahweh also”
|
||||
2CH 29 28 yb2j figs-activepassive 0 until the burnt offering was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the priests finished offering the burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 29 29 h6j2 0 When they had finished the offerings “When the priests had finished the offerings”
|
||||
2CH 29 29 h6j2 0 When they had finished the offerings Alternate translation: “When the priests had finished the offerings”
|
||||
2CH 29 29 sja7 figs-explicit 0 bowed and worshiped The object of worship may be supplied in translation. Alternate translation: “bowed and worshiped Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 29 31 hy9j 0 thank offerings These were offerings of thanksgiving.
|
||||
2CH 29 31 d9p4 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Yahweh The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 29 31 qnr4 figs-synecdoche 0 who had a willing heart Here the word “heart” represents the person who was willing. Alternate translation: “who were willing” or “who desired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 29 32 c9xl translate-numbers 0 seventy bulls, one hundred rams, and two hundred male lambs “70 bulls, 100 rams, and 200 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 29 33 i96i translate-numbers 0 six hundred oxen and three thousand sheep “600 oxen and 3,000 sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 29 34 jg19 0 to skin all the burnt offerings “to remove the skins from all the burn offerings”
|
||||
2CH 29 34 jg19 0 to skin all the burnt offerings Alternate translation: “to remove the skins from all the burn offerings”
|
||||
2CH 29 34 lw3b figs-activepassive 0 until the work was done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they had finished the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 29 34 t5q7 figs-explicit 0 until the priests could consecrate themselves Since there were some priests who were already consecrated, this implies that more priests consecrated themselves. Alternate translation: “until more of the priests could consecrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 29 34 m9p9 0 had been more careful to consecrate themselves There were enough Levites to do this work because they had been careful to consecrate themselves. This implies that the reason that there were not enough priests was because the priests were not careful to consecrate themselves.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 30 14 e3np 0 the altars that were in Jerusalem, and all the altars for incense These two phrases refer to altars that people had built to false gods.
|
||||
2CH 30 14 hm9x translate-names 0 the brook Kidron This was a small stream of water in the Kidron Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 30 15 z59l translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the second month This is near the beginning of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 30 16 il5m 0 They stood in their place by their divisions “They stood in their appointed places”
|
||||
2CH 30 16 il5m 0 They stood in their place by their divisions Alternate translation: “They stood in their appointed places”
|
||||
2CH 30 16 eq13 figs-explicit 0 the blood that they received from the hand of the Levites This refers to the blood of the lambs that the Levites killed. Here “received from the hand of the Levites” is a metonym for the Levites giving the blood to the priests. Alternate translation: “the blood that they received from the Levites” or “the lambs’ blood that the Levites gave to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 30 17 tqj2 0 the Passover lambs “the lambs for the Passover”
|
||||
2CH 30 17 tqj2 0 the Passover lambs Alternate translation: “the lambs for the Passover”
|
||||
2CH 30 18 ya9g translate-names 0 Ephraim and Manasseh, Issachar and Zebulun These are the names of some of the tribes that lived in the northern part of Israel. See how you translated “Zebulun” in [2 Chronicles 30:10](../30/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 30 18 mq24 figs-explicit 0 against the written instructions To do something “against” instructions means to do something that is not in obedience to the instructions. If needed, the instructions can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “even though the written instructions said that they must purify themselves first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 30 18 l747 figs-distinguish 0 the good Yahweh The word “good” here is a reminder to the people that Yahweh is kind. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, who is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 30 20 c7at figs-explicit 0 So Yahweh listened to Hezekiah This implies that Yahweh responded favorably to Hezekiah. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh responded favorably to Hezekiah” or “So Yahweh did what Hezekiah asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 30 20 r6ld figs-metaphor 0 healed the people Here “healed the people” is a metaphor for forgiving the people and not punishing them. Alternate translation: “forgave the people” or “did not punish the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 30 21 ry68 figs-idiom 0 kept the Festival of Unleavened Bread Here “kept the festival” is a idiom meaning to participate in the festival or celebrate the festival. Alternate translation: “celebrate the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 30 21 wlu2 0 singing with loud instruments to Yahweh “singing and playing loud musical instruments to Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 30 21 wlu2 0 singing with loud instruments to Yahweh Alternate translation: “singing and playing loud musical instruments to Yahweh”
|
||||
2CH 30 22 i564 figs-distinguish 0 who understood the service of Yahweh This was the reason that he spoke encouragingly to them. Alternate translation: “because they understood the service of Yahweh” or “because they served Yahweh skillfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2CH 30 22 d2rq 0 So they ate throughout the festival The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
2CH 30 22 qnw4 0 making confession to Yahweh This could mean: (1) “confession” here refers to saying that God is great. Alternate translation: “praising Yahweh” or (2) “confession” here refers to admitting their sins. Alternate translation: “confessing their sins to Yahweh”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1472,13 +1472,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 30 25 wa91 0 All the assembly of Judah Here “Judah” probably refers to the southern tribes of Israel.
|
||||
2CH 30 25 tkm9 figs-explicit 0 all the people who came together from Israel Here “Israel” probably refers to the northern tribes of Israel. The people are members of those tribes. They came to Jerusalem, which is in Judah. Alternate translation: “all the people who came together from Israel in the north” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 30 25 zr6u figs-explicit 0 the foreigners who came from the land of Israel Here “the land of Israel” probably refers to the land owned by the northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the foreigners who came from the land of Israel in the north” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 30 26 gw4f 0 since the time of Solomon son of David, king of Israel “since the time when Solomon son of David ruled as king of Israel” or “since the Passover Festival that the people held when Solomon son of David was king of Israel”
|
||||
2CH 30 26 cm8s 0 there had not been anything like it in Jerusalem “there had not been any Passover Festival in Jerusalem like this Passover Festival”
|
||||
2CH 30 26 gw4f 0 since the time of Solomon son of David, king of Israel Alternate translation: “since the time when Solomon son of David ruled as king of Israel” or “since the Passover Festival that the people held when Solomon son of David was king of Israel”
|
||||
2CH 30 26 cm8s 0 there had not been anything like it in Jerusalem Alternate translation: “there had not been any Passover Festival in Jerusalem like this Passover Festival”
|
||||
2CH 30 27 mi6e figs-parallelism 0 Their voice was heard … their prayer went up to heaven, the holy place where God lives These two phrases mean the same thing and imply that God responded favorably to their prayer. Alternate translation: “God responded favorably to their prayer, which he heard in heaven, the holy place where he lives” or “God, who lives in the holy heaven, heard their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CH 30 27 wny8 figs-activepassive 0 Their voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard their voice” or “God heard what they said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 30 27 pdh5 figs-metaphor 0 their prayer went up to heaven Their prayer going up to heaven represents God in heaven paying attention to them praying on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there “who were in Jerusalem”
|
||||
2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there Alternate translation: “who were in Jerusalem”
|
||||
2CH 31 1 wb97 figs-genericnoun 0 to his own possession Here “possession” means possessions in general. Alternate translation: “to his own property” or “to his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2CH 31 2 rdy8 figs-activepassive 0 Hezekiah assigned the divisions of the priests and the Levites organized by their divisions, each man assigned to his work, both the priests and the Levites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah organized the priests and the Levites into groups. He assigned each priest and Levite to their duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 31 3 a44p 0 assigned the king’s portion for the burnt offerings from his own possessions Hezekiah took the meat and grain used for the burnt offerings out of his own possessions.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 31 3 svt6 0 the fixed festivals This refers to festivals which occur on specific dates.
|
||||
2CH 31 3 y96z figs-activepassive 0 as it was written in the law of Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as Moses wrote in the law of Yahweh” or “just as Yahweh commanded in his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 31 5 i7r6 figs-activepassive 0 As soon as the command was sent out This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As soon as the people heard the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 31 5 sds3 0 a tithe of everything “a tenth of all their crops”
|
||||
2CH 31 5 sds3 0 a tithe of everything Alternate translation: “a tenth of all their crops”
|
||||
2CH 31 7 c9r3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 third month This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. It is at the end of the harvest season and the beginning of the dry season. It is during the last part of May and the first part of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 31 7 qec1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. This is during the early rain season, which would soften the land for sowing. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 31 10 nl5j figs-metonymy 0 of the house of Zadok Here “house” represents a family or descendants. Alternate translation: “a descendant of Zadok” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1497,16 +1497,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 31 13 h6kt figs-metonymy 0 were managers under the hand of Konaniah and Shimei his brother Here “hand” represents power or control. The phrase “under the hand” is an idiom that means to be under someone’s authority. Alternate translation: “were managers whom Konaniah and Shimei his brother supervised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 31 13 tw2r figs-idiom 0 the official over the house of God Here “over” is an idiom that means to be in charge of. Alternate translation: “the official in charge of everyone who served in the house of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 31 14 xr91 translate-names 0 Kore … Imnah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 31 14 hww2 0 the porter at the east gate “the gatekeeper at the east gate of the temple”
|
||||
2CH 31 14 hww2 0 the porter at the east gate Alternate translation: “the gatekeeper at the east gate of the temple”
|
||||
2CH 31 15 bdn1 translate-names 0 Eden, Miniamin, Jeshua, Shemaiah, Amariah, and Shecaniah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 31 15 swk8 figs-idiom 0 Under him were Eden … in the cities of the priests Here “under” is an idiom that means to be under someone’s authority. Alternate translation: “Eden … assisted Kore in the cities of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 31 15 db3d 0 They filled offices of trust, in order to give “Their duty was to give” or “They faithfully gave”
|
||||
2CH 31 15 db3d 0 They filled offices of trust, in order to give Alternate translation: “Their duty was to give” or “They faithfully gave”
|
||||
2CH 31 15 pt73 figs-metaphor 0 to their brothers Here “brothers” is a metaphor for “fellow priests.” Alternate translation: “to their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 31 15 mc4d 0 division by division “group by group”
|
||||
2CH 31 15 mc4d 0 division by division Alternate translation: “group by group”
|
||||
2CH 31 15 g3vc figs-merism 0 to both the important and the unimportant Here “important” and “unimportant” are used together to mean “everyone.” Alternate translation: “to everyone, including the important and the unimportant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CH 31 15 xmh6 figs-explicit 0 the important and the unimportant This seems to imply the old and the young. This can be restated to removed the nominal adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are old and those who are young” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2CH 31 16 c7vv figs-ellipsis 0 They also gave It is understood that they gave the freewill offerings. Alternate translation: “They also gave freewill offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 31 16 bde4 0 three years old and up “three years old and older”
|
||||
2CH 31 16 bde4 0 three years old and up Alternate translation: “three years old and older”
|
||||
2CH 31 16 fj9z figs-activepassive 0 who were listed in the records This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 31 16 h3va figs-activepassive 0 as required by the daily schedule, to do the work in their offices and their divisions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to do the daily work that they were supposed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 31 17 j5sp figs-ellipsis 0 They distributed It is understood they distributed the freewill offerings. Alternate translation: “They distributed freewill offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1528,13 +1528,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 32 5 m33q grammar-connect-words-phrases 0 Hezekiah took courage and built up This could mean: (1) Hezekiah strengthened his position by commanding the people to repair the walls of the city. You can make this clear by using the connecting word “by.” Alternate translation: “Hezekiah strengthened the city by building up” or (2) he became encouraged. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah became encouraged and built up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2CH 32 5 k73i 0 the Millo This is a part of the wall on the north side of Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CH 32 6 hs5z figs-idiom 0 He placed military commanders over the people The idiom “place over” means to put in charge of. “He put military commanders in charge of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 32 7 u7m5 0 for someone is with us who is greater than those with him “for our God is with us and is more powerful than those with the king of Assyria”
|
||||
2CH 32 7 u7m5 0 for someone is with us who is greater than those with him Alternate translation: “for our God is with us and is more powerful than those with the king of Assyria”
|
||||
2CH 32 8 w79p figs-metonymy 0 is only an arm of flesh Here “arm” represents strength, and “flesh” represents humanity. Alternate translation: “are only those with human power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 32 9 p11g writing-background 0 now he was … with him The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells background information about the location of Sennacherib and his army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2CH 32 9 z923 translate-names 0 Lachish This was a city in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 32 10 a1ag figs-rquestion 0 What are you relying on in order to endure a siege in Jerusalem? Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people to think about their situation. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not able to endure a siege in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 32 11 lv26 figs-rquestion 0 Is not Hezekiah misleading you … king of Assyria’? Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah is misleading you … king of Assyria.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 32 11 he12 0 that he may give you over to die by famine and by thirst “so that you will die from lack of food and water”
|
||||
2CH 32 11 he12 0 that he may give you over to die by famine and by thirst Alternate translation: “so that you will die from lack of food and water”
|
||||
2CH 32 11 wh6w figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of the king of Assyria Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from the power of the king of Assyria” or “from the king of Assyria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 32 12 k45m 0 Has not this same Hezekiah taken away … sacrifices’? Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the same Hezekiah who has taken away … sacrifices.’” or “Hezekiah has taken away … sacrifices.’”
|
||||
2CH 32 12 ksx4 figs-metonymy 0 commanded Judah and Jerusalem Here “Judah” and “Jerusalem” represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “commanded the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1546,14 +1546,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 32 15 t69x 0 Now Here the word “now” is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
2CH 32 15 xfh2 figs-rquestion 0 How much less will your God rescue you from my hand? Sennacherib uses a rhetorical question to cause the people of Jerusalem to think about their situation. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your God will certainly not be able to rescue you from my hand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CH 32 17 a3w9 figs-metonymy 0 out of my hand Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from my power” or “from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 32 18 m1vc 0 They cried out “Sennacherib’s servants shouted loudly”
|
||||
2CH 32 18 m1vc 0 They cried out Alternate translation: “Sennacherib’s servants shouted loudly”
|
||||
2CH 32 18 j3py figs-doublet 0 to frighten them and trouble them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “to make them very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CH 32 18 a4xg 0 they might capture “the Assyrian army might capture”
|
||||
2CH 32 19 t94h 0 They spoke of the God of Jerusalem as they had spoken of the gods of the other peoples of the earth “They mocked the God of Jerusalem as they had mocked the gods of the other peoples of the earth”
|
||||
2CH 32 18 a4xg 0 they might capture Alternate translation: “the Assyrian army might capture”
|
||||
2CH 32 19 t94h 0 They spoke of the God of Jerusalem as they had spoken of the gods of the other peoples of the earth Alternate translation: “They mocked the God of Jerusalem as they had mocked the gods of the other peoples of the earth”
|
||||
2CH 32 19 gsf3 figs-metonymy 0 which are merely the work of men’s hands This emphasizes that humans made these idols with their own hands and are therefore worthless. Alternate translation: “which are merely idols that men have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 32 20 y9b9 figs-metonymy 0 cried out to heaven Here “heaven” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “cried to Yahweh for help” or “pleaded to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 32 21 d5z2 0 with shame on his face “embarrassed” or “ashamed”
|
||||
2CH 32 21 vc32 0 the house of his god “the temple of his god”
|
||||
2CH 32 21 d5z2 0 with shame on his face Alternate translation: “embarrassed” or “ashamed”
|
||||
2CH 32 21 vc32 0 the house of his god Alternate translation: “the temple of his god”
|
||||
2CH 32 22 aiw4 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of Sennacherib … from the hand of all others Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “from the power of Sennacherib … from the power of all others” or “from Sennacherib … from all others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 32 22 s1f2 figs-abstractnouns 0 gave them rest on every side The abstract noun “rest” can be translated as “peacefully.” Alternate translation: “caused them to live peacefully with all the people of the nations around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 32 23 bw24 figs-idiom 0 he was lifted up in the eyes of all nations Here “lifted up” is an idiom that means to honor. Also, “in the eyes” is a metaphor that represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations honored him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 32 25 y1pq figs-activepassive 0 But Hezekiah did not pay back Yahweh for the help given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Hezekiah did not act in a grateful way after Yahweh helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 32 25 rqn5 figs-metonymy 0 his heart was lifted up Here “heart” is a metonym that represents a person’s inner being. Here “heart was lifted up” is an idiom that means to become proud. Alternate translation: “he became proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 32 25 mt46 figs-metaphor 0 So anger came on him, and on Judah and Jerusalem Yahweh becoming angry and punishing the people is spoken of as if “anger came on” them. “Judah” and “Jerusalem” are metonyms that represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh became angry and punished him and the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 32 26 auz1 0 during Hezekiah’s days “during Hezekiah’s lifetime” or “during Hezekiah’s reign as king”
|
||||
2CH 32 26 auz1 0 during Hezekiah’s days Alternate translation: “during Hezekiah’s lifetime” or “during Hezekiah’s reign as king”
|
||||
2CH 32 28 nb7k 0 stalls This is a small enclosure where horses are kept. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:25](../09/25.md)
|
||||
2CH 32 28 kqd4 0 pens a storage place for small animals
|
||||
2CH 32 30 bhn5 figs-metonymy 0 Hezekiah who also stopped up … and who brought them straight down The readers should understand that Hezekiah probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah who ordered his workers to stop up … and to build a tunnel so that the water would flow down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1577,13 +1577,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 33 5 er9h figs-explicit 0 He built altars for all the stars of heaven in the two courtyards of the house of Yahweh It is implied that he built these altars so people could make sacrifices and worship the stars. Also, he would not have built these altars himself, rather he would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “He had his workers build altars in the two courtyards of the house of Yahweh so that the people could worship the stars and offer them sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 6 u61w translate-names 0 Valley of Ben Hinnom This is the name of a place near Jerusalem that is also known as Gehenna. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 33 6 hx7i figs-explicit 0 he caused his sons to pass through the fire You may need to make explicit why he put his son in the fire and what happened after he did so. Alternate translation: “he burned his sons to death as an offering to his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 33 6 ub3g 0 consulted with “asked for information from”
|
||||
2CH 33 6 ub3g 0 consulted with Alternate translation: “asked for information from”
|
||||
2CH 33 6 wve2 figs-nominaladj 0 the dead This refers to dead people. Alternate translation: “dead people” or “those who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2CH 33 6 hn33 figs-metaphor 0 Manasseh did much evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “Manasseh did many things that Yahweh said were evil” or “He practiced the things that Yahweh considered evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 33 6 veg7 0 he provoked him to anger “Manasseh made Yahweh very angry”
|
||||
2CH 33 6 veg7 0 he provoked him to anger Alternate translation: “Manasseh made Yahweh very angry”
|
||||
2CH 33 7 x5zn figs-metonymy 0 he had made Manasseh probably did not do the work. His servants would have done the work. Alternate translation: “Manasseh had ordered his servants to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 7 ee91 figs-metonymy 0 that I will put my name forever Here God is represented by his “name.” Alternate translation: “where I want people to worship me forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 8 vm4i 0 that I assigned to their ancestors “that I gave to their ancestors”
|
||||
2CH 33 8 vm4i 0 that I assigned to their ancestors Alternate translation: “that I gave to their ancestors”
|
||||
2CH 33 9 rdl9 figs-synecdoche 0 Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem Here “Jerusalem” is a part of “Judah.” Alternate translation: “the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 33 9 xtj4 figs-metonymy 0 even more than the nations that Yahweh had destroyed before the people of Israel Here “nations” refers to the people who had lived in the land of Canaan before the Israelites had arrived. Alternate translation: “even more than the people whom Yahweh had destroyed as the people of Israel advanced through the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 11 kq9t figs-explicit 0 brought on them Yahweh sent the army to attack Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “brought about an attack on them by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1591,32 +1591,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 33 11 ny48 figs-metonymy 0 took Manasseh in chains, bound him with fetters, and took him off to Babylon Here Manasseh being taken as a prisoner is represented by him being bound by chains and fetters. Fetters were chains placed around the feet. Alternate translation: “seized Manasseh, bound him in chains, and took him as a prisoner to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 12 la3u 0 implored to beg for help
|
||||
2CH 33 13 xd6y figs-doublet 0 He prayed to him; and God was begged by him The second phrase intensifies the first phrase and emphasizes the earnestness of Manasseh’s prayer. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He prayed to God and begged him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 33 13 sc6t 0 into his kingship “to rule again as king”
|
||||
2CH 33 13 sc6t 0 into his kingship Alternate translation: “to rule again as king”
|
||||
2CH 33 14 sqx2 translate-names 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]
|
||||
2CH 33 14 w5tn figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh built … He surrounded … and raised … He put Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself, rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Manasseh commanded his workers to build … They surrounded … and raised … He commanded his workers to put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 14 v94d translate-names 0 Gihon This was the name of a spring and a stream. See how you translated the “waters of Gihon” in [2 Chronicles 32:30](../32/30.md). Alternate translation: “the waters of Gihon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 33 14 fly1 translate-names 0 the hill of Ophel Translate the name of this hill as you did in [2 Chronicles 27:3](../27/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 33 14 x6vz 0 raised the wall up “built the wall up”
|
||||
2CH 33 14 x6vz 0 raised the wall up Alternate translation: “built the wall up”
|
||||
2CH 33 14 bz5w 0 the fortified cities This refers to cities with walls around them.
|
||||
2CH 33 15 kb2j figs-metonymy 0 He took away … he had built … and threw Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself; rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Manasseh commanded his workers to take away … they had previously built … and to throw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 15 ybx7 0 the foreign gods “the false gods from other countries”
|
||||
2CH 33 15 ybx7 0 the foreign gods Alternate translation: “the false gods from other countries”
|
||||
2CH 33 16 lv5y figs-metonymy 0 He rebuilt Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself, rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 16 zu45 figs-metonymy 0 he commanded Judah Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “he commanded the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 18 q7ja 0 behold, they are written among the deeds … of Israel “anyone can look among the deeds … Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 33 18 q7ja 0 behold, they are written among the deeds … of Israel Alternate translation: “anyone can look among the deeds … Israel and see that they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 33 18 g2x7 figs-activepassive 0 they are written These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “men have written them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 33 18 cek8 0 the deeds of the kings of Israel This in account of the history of Israel that no longer exists.
|
||||
2CH 33 19 pvp6 figs-metonymy 0 the places where he had built high places and set up the Asherah poles and the carved figures Manasseh did not do the building and construction himself, rather, he commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “the place where he had the high places built and the Asherah poles and the carved figures set up” or “the places where he commanded his workers to build the high places and to set up the Asherah poles and carved figures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 33 19 pdw7 0 the Chronicles of the Seers This is a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
2CH 33 19 ea55 figs-activepassive 0 they are written about These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “men have written about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 33 20 kbb2 figs-euphemism 0 So Manasseh slept with his ancestors This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “So Manasseh died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2CH 33 20 vbb4 0 in his own house “in his palace”
|
||||
2CH 33 20 vbb4 0 in his own house Alternate translation: “in his palace”
|
||||
2CH 33 20 cm3s translate-names 0 Amon This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 33 20 wtg7 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 33 21 q33h translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 33 22 n97k figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 33 23 wf8p 0 this same Amon trespassed more and more “Amon sinned again and again” or “Amon continued to sin”
|
||||
2CH 33 23 wf8p 0 this same Amon trespassed more and more Alternate translation: “Amon sinned again and again” or “Amon continued to sin”
|
||||
2CH 33 24 d226 figs-idiom 0 put him to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him “planned in secret to kill him”
|
||||
2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him Alternate translation: “planned in secret to kill him”
|
||||
2CH 33 25 i411 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
|
||||
2CH 34 1 ek19 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 34 2 a1un figs-metaphor 0 did not turn away either to the right or to the left To fully obey Yahweh is spoken of as if a person were on the correct road and never turned from it. Alternate translation: “did not do anything that would displease Yahweh” or “fully obeyed the laws of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 34 3 fqk4 translate-ordinal 0 the eighth year … the twelfth year “year 8…year 12.” See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 34 3 kyb1 figs-metaphor 0 he began to cleanse Judah and Jerusalem from … the cast metal figures This speaks of Josiah getting rid of the things that were used for worshiping false gods from Judah and Jerusalem as if he were making the places physically clean. Josiah would have commanded his workers to remove these things. Alternate translation: “he began to make Judah and Jerusalem acceptable again to Yahweh by having his workers remove from them the high places, the Asherah poles, the craved figures, and the cast metal figures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 34 4 e96b 0 in his presence “in Josiah’s presence”
|
||||
2CH 34 4 e96b 0 in his presence Alternate translation: “in Josiah’s presence”
|
||||
2CH 34 4 ml1e figs-metonymy 0 he cut apart … He broke … He scattered Josiah probably commanded his workers to do much or all of this work. Alternate translation: “he had them cut apart … He commanded them to break … He had them scatter” or “he and his workers cut apart … He and his workers broke … He and his workers scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 34 4 g9ae 0 dust very small pieces that could be carried away by the wind
|
||||
2CH 34 5 m1ai figs-metonymy 0 He burned Josiah probably commanded his workers to do much or all of this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to burn” or “He and his workers burned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1637,13 +1637,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 34 8 f2r9 figs-metaphor 0 Josiah had cleansed the land and the temple This speaks of Josiah causing Judah and Jerusalem to be acceptable to Yahweh as if he made them physically clean. Alternate translation: “Josiah had caused the land and the temple to become acceptable again to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 34 8 k15u translate-names 0 Shaphan … Azaliah … Maaseiah … Joah … Joahaz These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 34 9 ip5d translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 34 9 de7v 0 entrusted to him “gave to him the responsibility of using the money”
|
||||
2CH 34 9 de7v 0 entrusted to him Alternate translation: “gave to him the responsibility of using the money”
|
||||
2CH 34 9 mzp5 figs-activepassive 0 that had been brought into the house of God, that the Levites, the guards of the doors, had gathered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Levites who guarded the doors had brought into the house of God all that they had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 34 10 t1fk figs-metonymy 0 They entrusted The word “they” refers to the men that Josiah had sent to Hilkiah the high priest. They first gave the money to him and then he distributed it to the men who supervised the building. Alternate translation: “Then Hilkiah entrusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 34 10 ha5t figs-synecdoche 0 the money This refers to some on the money that was entrusted to Hilkiah. Alternate translation: “some of the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 34 11 yl3v 0 carpenters workers who build with wood
|
||||
2CH 34 11 ipp7 0 braces pieces used to connect large beams
|
||||
2CH 34 11 lj49 0 had let fall apart “had allowed to rot”
|
||||
2CH 34 11 lj49 0 had let fall apart Alternate translation: “had allowed to rot”
|
||||
2CH 34 12 zvy2 translate-names 0 Jahath … Meshullam These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 34 12 wu15 translate-names 0 Merari Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 29:12](../29/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 34 12 s18r translate-names 0 Kohathites Translate the name of the clan as you did in [2 Chronicles 20:19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 34 19 bzb3 translate-symaction 0 he tore his clothes This is a symbolic action that indicates intense grief or sadness. Alternate translation: “he tore his clothes because he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 34 20 npc9 translate-names 0 Ahikam son of Shaphan, Abdon son of Micah, Shaphan … Asaiah These are the names of men. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 34 21 c1nu figs-abstractnouns 0 ask Yahweh’s will for me The word “will” can be translated as a verb. Also, it is made clear in [2 Chronicles 34:22](../34/22.md) that the king means for the men to go to the prophetess of Yahweh to determine Yahweh’s will. Alternate translation: “Ask Yahweh what he wants me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CH 34 21 z4ue 0 because of the words “concerning the words”
|
||||
2CH 34 21 z4ue 0 because of the words Alternate translation: “concerning the words”
|
||||
2CH 34 21 r1s7 figs-metonymy 0 the words of the book that has been found Here “words” represents the laws. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the laws in the book that Hilkiah has found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 34 21 y4ud figs-metaphor 0 For it is great, the anger of Yahweh that has been poured out on us. It is great Emotions such as anger are often spoken of in Scripture as if they were liquids. Alternate translation: “For Yahweh’s anger towards us is great, like water that could totally wash us away” or “For great is Yahweh’s anger with which he has punished us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 34 21 e2m2 figs-activepassive 0 all that was written in it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all that is written in it” or “all that is in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1669,17 +1669,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 34 22 ak1d translate-names 0 Shallum … Tokhath … Hasrah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 34 22 vd7l 0 keeper of the wardrobe This refers to Shallum. This could mean: (1) the person who took care of the clothing that priests wore in the temple or (2) the person who took care of the king’s clothing.
|
||||
2CH 34 22 yp5b translate-ordinal 0 the Second District This was a cerain part of Jerusalem. It may have been a newer part. Alternate translation: “The Second Part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2CH 34 22 f1d3 0 they spoke with her in this way “they had the following conversation with her”
|
||||
2CH 34 22 f1d3 0 they spoke with her in this way Alternate translation: “they had the following conversation with her”
|
||||
2CH 34 23 k4fz 0 the man who sent you to me Here “the man” refers to King Josiah.
|
||||
2CH 34 24 tiy2 figs-idiom 0 See The word is used here as an idiom to draw the listener’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 34 24 rv8h figs-metaphor 0 I am about to bring disaster on this place and on its inhabitants Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that he could bring to a place. Alternate translation: “I will soon cause terrible things to happen to this place and to those who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 34 24 t1c6 figs-synecdoche 0 on this place “to Jerusalem” This refers to the city of Jerusalem which represents the whole land of Judah. Alternate translation: “on Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 34 24 je34 figs-activepassive 0 all the curses that have been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the curses written” or “all the curses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 34 24 tx4r figs-metonymy 0 on this place Here “this place” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “on these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 34 25 xy3h 0 they have provoked me to anger “they have made me angry”
|
||||
2CH 34 25 xy3h 0 they have provoked me to anger Alternate translation: “they have made me angry”
|
||||
2CH 34 25 vij3 figs-metaphor 0 therefore, my anger will be poured out on this place, and it will not be extinguished Emotions such as anger are often spoken of in Scripture as if they were liquids. Alternate translation: “therefore, my anger against this place is like a fire, and nothing will stop it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 34 25 z4ci figs-activepassive 0 my anger will be poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will pour out my anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 34 26 ga8y 0 About the words that you heard “About the message that you heard”
|
||||
2CH 34 26 ga8y 0 About the words that you heard Alternate translation: “About the message that you heard”
|
||||
2CH 34 27 bhc3 figs-metonymy 0 because your heart was tender Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Feeling sorry is spoken of as if the heart were tender. Alternate translation: “because you felt sorry” or “because you repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 34 27 mcd9 translate-symaction 0 torn your clothes This is a symbolic action that indicates intense grief or sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2CH 34 28 qy8e figs-parallelism 0 see, I will gather you to your ancestors. You will be gathered to your grave in peace Both statements mean basically the same thing. They are polite ways of saying he will die. Alternate translation: “so I will allow you to die and be buried peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 34 28 z8yz figs-metaphor 0 the disaster I will bring on this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen to this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 34 30 cn8m figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 34 30 kfz7 figs-merism 0 from great to small This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the most important to the least important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CH 34 30 gpn8 0 He then read in their hearing “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
|
||||
2CH 34 30 gpn8 0 He then read in their hearing Alternate translation: “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
|
||||
2CH 34 30 vd5f figs-activepassive 0 that had been found This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Hilkiah had found” or “that they had found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 34 31 xn9m figs-explicit 0 stood in his place This refers to the place where the king stood at the temple. Alternate translation: “stood where he was supposed to stand at the entrance to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CH 34 31 zvj5 figs-metaphor 0 walk after Yahweh The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path, and “to walk after” someone is a metonym for doing what that other person does or wants others to do. Alternate translation: “live obeying Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1710,8 +1710,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 35 4 hep3 0 by the name of your ancestral houses and your divisions The word “name” is a collective noun, referring to each name of each ancestral house and each division. Your language may need to say “according to the names of your ancestral houses and your divisions.”
|
||||
2CH 35 4 ir2z figs-metonymy 0 your ancestral houses The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Alternate translation: “the families that are descendants of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 35 4 p441 0 divisions groups into which the people had divided the priests and Levites
|
||||
2CH 35 4 b7vi 0 the written instructions of David … and those of Solomon, his son “the instructions that David … and Solomon, his son, wrote”
|
||||
2CH 35 5 rg1m 0 Stand in the holy place, taking your position “Take your positions in the temple area”
|
||||
2CH 35 4 b7vi 0 the written instructions of David … and those of Solomon, his son Alternate translation: “the instructions that David … and Solomon, his son, wrote”
|
||||
2CH 35 5 rg1m 0 Stand in the holy place, taking your position Alternate translation: “Take your positions in the temple area”
|
||||
2CH 35 5 mir3 0 your divisions This refers to the work group to which the people had assigned each Levite. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 35:4](../35/04.md).
|
||||
2CH 35 5 k1kc 0 the ancestral houses This refers to the various clans among the Levites. It seems that Levites were assigned to different work groups on the basis of the kind of work assigned to each clan or ancestral house. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 35:4](../35/04.md).
|
||||
2CH 35 6 n3xl 0 consecrate yourselves This probably refers to the priests and Levites washing themselves before they did work in the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 35 7 cw1e translate-numbers 0 thirty thousand lambs “30,000 lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 35 7 cnd4 0 kids baby goats
|
||||
2CH 35 7 d9lj translate-numbers 0 three thousand bulls “3,000 bulls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 35 7 xj1b 0 these were from the king’s possessions “all these lambs, kids, and bulls that he gave were ones that he himself owned”
|
||||
2CH 35 7 xj1b 0 these were from the king’s possessions Alternate translation: “all these lambs, kids, and bulls that he gave were ones that he himself owned”
|
||||
2CH 35 8 int8 translate-numbers 0 2,600 small cattle “two thousand six hundred small cattle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 35 8 qk5t translate-numbers 0 three hundred oxen “300 oxen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 35 8 a9y3 translate-names 0 Hilkiah … Zechariah … Jehiel These are all the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1732,9 +1732,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 35 11 l69c figs-synecdoche 0 the blood that they received from the Levites’ hand Here the word “hand” refers to the Levites. Alternate translation: “the blood that the Levites gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 35 12 xbw5 figs-metonymy 0 ancestral houses of the people The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Alternate translation: “the families that were the descendants of their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 35 13 p33m 0 General Information: All instances of “they” and “themselves” refer to the Levites ([2 Chronicles 35:10](../35/10.md)).
|
||||
2CH 35 13 ti43 0 They roasted the Passover lambs with fire “They cooked the Passover lambs over fires”
|
||||
2CH 35 13 t8x9 0 they boiled them in pots, cauldrons, and pans “they cooked them in water in containers of different sizes”
|
||||
2CH 35 14 v9dj 0 They … prepared offerings for themselves and for the priests “They … prepared the offerings that they would eat and the offerings that the priests would eat”
|
||||
2CH 35 13 ti43 0 They roasted the Passover lambs with fire Alternate translation: “They cooked the Passover lambs over fires”
|
||||
2CH 35 13 t8x9 0 they boiled them in pots, cauldrons, and pans Alternate translation: “they cooked them in water in containers of different sizes”
|
||||
2CH 35 14 v9dj 0 They … prepared offerings for themselves and for the priests Alternate translation: “They … prepared the offerings that they would eat and the offerings that the priests would eat”
|
||||
2CH 35 15 pr5g figs-activepassive 0 as directed by David, Asaph, Heman, and Jeduthun the king’s seer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as David, Asaph, Heman, and Jeduthun the king’s seer had directed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 35 15 ku14 translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CH 35 16 lv9t figs-abstractnouns 0 the entire service of Yahweh was carried out This refers to everything associated with the preparation, the sacrifice, and the worship of Yahweh during the Passover. The word “service” can be expressed as a verb and this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they did everything that needed to be done to serve Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 35 17 ctu9 figs-ellipsis 0 then the Festival of Unleavened Bread This refers to celebrating the festival. Alternate translation: “then kept the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “then celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CH 35 18 iyr9 figs-activepassive 0 Such a Passover celebration had never been held in Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There had never been such a Passover celebration in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 35 18 pkd3 0 held in Israel This refers specifically to the nation of Israel as a whole, as it was before the northern kingdom and southern king split.
|
||||
2CH 35 18 eu9p 0 from the days “from the time”
|
||||
2CH 35 18 eu9p 0 from the days Alternate translation: “from the time”
|
||||
2CH 35 18 m98d 0 the other kings of Israel Here “Israel” refers specifically to the northern kingdom of Israel.
|
||||
2CH 35 19 ud2l figs-activepassive 0 This Passover was kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They observed this Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 35 19 xsz8 figs-idiom 0 was kept This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was observed” or “was celebrated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1783,15 +1783,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 36 7 sg83 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Yahweh Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 36 8 w715 0 the disgusting things that he did This usually refers to worshiping false gods, which Yahweh hated.
|
||||
2CH 36 8 k6hw figs-idiom 0 what was found against him This idiom refers to things that he did for which people could accuse him of wrong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what people found against him” or “things that he did for which people could accuse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 36 8 nj1u 0 behold, they are written “anyone can look in the book … Israel and see they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 36 8 nj1u 0 behold, they are written Alternate translation: “anyone can look in the book … Israel and see they are written there”
|
||||
2CH 36 8 yex6 figs-activepassive 0 they are written in the book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written them in the book” or “you can read of them in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CH 36 8 btm6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 35:27](../35/27.md).
|
||||
2CH 36 8 kk9u figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jehoiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 36 9 a92l translate-numbers 0 eight years old … three months and ten days “8 years old…3 months and 10 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 36 9 cdx8 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here “sight” here represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Jehoiachin’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be evil” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 36 10 py1t 0 brought him to Babylon “brought Jehoiachin to Babylon”
|
||||
2CH 36 10 py1t 0 brought him to Babylon Alternate translation: “brought Jehoiachin to Babylon”
|
||||
2CH 36 10 rqc3 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Yahweh Here “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 36 10 sa28 0 his relative “Jehoiachin’s relative”
|
||||
2CH 36 10 sa28 0 his relative Alternate translation: “Jehoiachin’s relative”
|
||||
2CH 36 11 k62g translate-numbers 0 twenty-one years old … eleven years “21 years old…11 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2CH 36 12 r9zr figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh his God Here “sight” represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Zedekiah’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh his God judged to be evil” or “what Yahweh his God considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 36 12 ww6k figs-metonymy 0 who spoke from the mouth of Yahweh Here the word “mouth” represents the words that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “who spoke the words that Yahweh spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 36 14 e8cz figs-idiom 0 they followed the disgusting practices of the nations The idiom “followed the … practices” means to do those things. Alternate translation: “they did the disgusting things that the nations did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 36 14 y9gj 0 disgusting practices This phrase refers to worshiping other gods.
|
||||
2CH 36 14 hr9a figs-metaphor 0 They polluted the house of Yahweh A place that is unfit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “They polluted the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 36 15 q85q 0 again and again “many times”
|
||||
2CH 36 15 q85q 0 again and again Alternate translation: “many times”
|
||||
2CH 36 15 ktr4 0 the place where he lives This refers to the temple.
|
||||
2CH 36 16 u5uq figs-metaphor 0 the wrath of Yahweh arose against his people Here the word “arose” refers to beginning an action. Yahweh punishing his people in his anger is spoken of as if his wrath were a person who acted against them. Alternate translation: “in his wrath, Yahweh began to punish his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CH 36 16 wl7h figs-idiom 0 there was no help for it This idiom means that nobody could do anything to prevent what happened. Alternate translation: “there was no way to avoid it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 36 18 r168 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God … the house of Yahweh The word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God … the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 36 19 j8uc 0 They burned down “They” refers to the Babylonian soldiers.
|
||||
2CH 36 20 z2vu figs-metonymy 0 The king carried away to Babylon Here “the king” refers to his soldiers whom he ordered to do the work. The phrase “carried away” is an idiom that means to forcefully bring them to Babylon. Alternate translation: “The king had his army forcefully take to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CH 36 20 mmk1 0 until the rule of the kingdom of Persia “until the kingdom of Persia came to power”
|
||||
2CH 36 20 mmk1 0 until the rule of the kingdom of Persia Alternate translation: “until the kingdom of Persia came to power”
|
||||
2CH 36 21 ki7q figs-synecdoche 0 the word of Yahweh by the mouth of Jeremiah Here the noun “word” can be translated with the verb “spoke.” The word “mouth” represents Jeremiah. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh spoke through Jeremiah” or “the word from Yahweh that Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 36 21 h5z4 figs-personification 0 until the land should have enjoyed its Sabbath rests The people were supposed to obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year. This phrase speaks about this as if the land were a person that would obey the Sabbath law and rest. Alternate translation: “until the land had rested according to the Sabbath law” or “until, as required by the Sabbath law, no one had farmed the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CH 36 21 ix41 figs-personification 0 It observed its Sabbath for as long as it lay abandoned The word “it” refers to the land. The land is spoken of as if it were a person who observed the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “The requirements of the Sabbath law were fulfilled as long as the land lay abandoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1819,5 +1819,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CH 36 22 gkj2 figs-synecdoche 0 Yahweh motivated the spirit of Cyrus, king of Persia Motivating the spirit is a synecdoche for making someone want to act. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus, king of Persia, want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CH 36 23 uai3 figs-hyperbole 0 all the kingdoms of the earth This is an exaggeration, as there were kingdoms over which Cyrus did not rule. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CH 36 23 w678 figs-metonymy 0 to build a house for him Here the word “house” represents a temple. Alternate translation: “to build a temple for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CH 36 23 vx9n 0 his people “Yahweh’s people”
|
||||
2CH 36 23 r9m2 0 Let him go up to the land “Let that person go up to the land of Judah”
|
||||
2CH 36 23 vx9n 0 his people Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s people”
|
||||
2CH 36 23 r9m2 0 Let him go up to the land Alternate translation: “Let that person go up to the land of Judah”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁ
|
|||
EZR 1 8 wb5a translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called **Sheshbazzar** here and in [1:11](../01/11.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [5:16](../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. There are examples in the Bible of Jews having both a Persian name and a Hebrew name. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference, but you could add this possible explanation in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 qsti הַנָּשִׂ֖יא לִיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 The book says in [5:14](../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “whom Cyrus had appointed to be the governor of the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 1 9 hu9c figs-idiom וְאֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑ם 1 General Information: This expression means that what follows is the number of each kind of utensil that Cyrus is returning (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 9 noww מַחֲלָפִ֖ים 1 General Information: This word occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible, and there is some disagreement about its meaning. It is probably a borrowed term from a related language that means<br>“knife,”<br>but the ancient Greek translation took its meaning to be “replacements,”<br>that is, basins to replace others that became unusable. You may see translations that follow the ancient Greek, but we recommend following the Hebrew.
|
||||
EZR 1 9 noww מַחֲלָפִ֖ים 1 General Information: This word occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible, and there is some disagreement about its meaning. It is probably a borrowed term from a related language that means “knife,” but the ancient Greek translation took its meaning to be “replacements,” that is, basins to replace others that became unusable. You may see translations that follow the ancient Greek, but we recommend following the Hebrew.
|
||||
EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים 1 bowls This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. This could also mean that they were second in rank of status or honor behind the gold bowls. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in [1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 This expression means that the total number of these gold and silver objects was **5,400**. Verses [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items because the last item on the list itself is other vessels. It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
|
||||
EZR 1 11 i30r figs-idiom הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Like the similar expression in [1:3](../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,15 +113,15 @@ EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 General Information:
|
|||
EZR 2 19 j9nm translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum **Hashum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Gibbar Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 20 g26q translate-names גִבָּ֖ר 1 ninety-five **Gibbar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 21 iu4s figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 The sons of Bethlehem The list speaks here of the **sons of Bethlehem**. This is an idiom that means that<br>these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 21 iu4s figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 The sons of Bethlehem The list speaks here of the **sons of Bethlehem**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 21 j7z9 translate-names בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם 1 **Bethlehem** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 22 v2ky translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁשָּֽׁה׃ 1 Netophah **Netophah** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Netophah, 56 returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 23 l29x translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה 1 Anathoth **Anathoth** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Anathoth, 128 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 24 qlw7 figs-idiom בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 forty-two The list speaks here of the **sons of Azmaveth**. This is an idiom that means that<br>these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Azmaveth, 42 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 24 qlw7 figs-idiom בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 forty-two The list speaks here of the **sons of Azmaveth**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Azmaveth, 42 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 24 d37s translate-names עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Azmaveth **Azmaveth** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 25 y9xa figs-idiom בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Kiriath Arim … Kephirah … Beeroth The list speaks here of the **sons of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth**.<br>This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 25 y9xa figs-idiom בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Kiriath Arim … Kephirah … Beeroth The list speaks here of the **sons of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 25 rw2o translate-names קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת 1 **Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah**, and **Beeroth** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 26 iyhq figs-idiom בְּנֵ֤י הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע 1 The list speaks here of the **sons of Ramah and Geba**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns.<br>Alternate translation: “From the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 26 iyhq figs-idiom בְּנֵ֤י הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע 1 The list speaks here of the **sons of Ramah and Geba**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 26 k69y translate-names הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע 1 Geba **Ramah** and **Geba** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 27 m82a translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם 1 Michmas **Michmas** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Michmas, 122 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 28 g96s translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְהָעָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 **Bethel** and **Ai** are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Bethel and Ai, 223 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ EZR 2 61 d6en אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְז
|
|||
EZR 2 61 bwy5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 Here, **daughters** figuratively means female descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 cxge וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם 1 Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
|
||||
EZR 2 62 yiq1 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים 1 the records of their ancestry If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They searched for a mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 2 62 epi8 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ 1 the records of their ancestry There are two possible meanings for what these people **sought** in the **record**. (1) They were seeking their own names from among a list of descendants from Israelite clan leaders. See the UST. (2) They were seeking the names of the clan leaders listed in verse 61 from among a list of names of Israelite clan leaders. Alternate translation: “The people in that group searched in the documents that had the names of the ancestors of all the clans, but they did not find the names of these men”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>
|
||||
EZR 2 62 epi8 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ 1 the records of their ancestry There are two possible meanings for what these people **sought** in the **record**. (1) They were seeking their own names from among a list of descendants from Israelite clan leaders. See the UST. (2) They were seeking the names of the clan leaders listed in verse 61 from among a list of names of Israelite clan leaders. Alternate translation: “The people in that group searched in the documents that had the names of the ancestors of all the clans, but they did not find the names of these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 2 62 lls0 figs-activepassive וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ 1 the records of their ancestry If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “but they were not able to find any mention of their names there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 2 62 r2wi figs-activepassive וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה 1 the records of their ancestry If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “So the Jewish officials did not allow them to be priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 2 62 qt2w figs-abstractnouns וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “And so they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ EZR 2 66 t7kb סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹ
|
|||
EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים 1 Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys”
|
||||
EZR 2 68 aaer writing-newevent וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. Use the most natural way in your language to introduce this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 Here, **heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression “house of their fathers” was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And<br>…leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And …leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively refer to the same temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 fi3w figs-personification לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ 1 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 69 v744 לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 sixty-one thousand … five thousand … one hundred **The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
|
|
@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ EZR 3 9 r3rx translate-names קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל 1 Kadmiel **Kadmiel** is is
|
|||
EZR 3 9 sc2u וּבָנָ֤יו 1 Here as well, the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as men who helped supervise the temple construction.
|
||||
EZR 3 9 w4q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Here, **sons** does figuratively mean “descendants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 mrij translate-names בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 **Judah** is the name of a man. According to [2:40](../02/40.md), Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. It is possible that this is an alternate spelling of that same name. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 xr9e figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed<br>the duties of his office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 xr9e figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of his office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 myu1 figs-idiom כְּאֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person. That is, they all did the same thing; they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 mgw2 עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [2:69](../02/69.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “of the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
EZR 3 9 ihtd figs-explicit בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. There are 2 possibilities. (1) This is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. Alternate translation: “Those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites” (2) The people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. Alternate translation: “The sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ EZR 4 9 vvp8 translate-names רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Erech
|
|||
EZR 4 9 shnl translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 **Shimshai** is is the name of a man and **the scribe** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “and their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 w9xp figs-123person וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 Rehum and Shimshai speak of themselves here in the third person by saying **their companions**. This was normal in their culture. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “and our colleagues, who are judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 ggq4 וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 The difference between these two terms is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can combine them, as in the UST.<br>
|
||||
EZR 4 9 ggq4 וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 The difference between these two terms is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can combine them, as in the UST.
|
||||
EZR 4 9 t8pa translate-names אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 yz8m figs-explicit אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 k64z וּשְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣א וְיַקִּירָ֔א וְהוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּקִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two different sets of people groups: (a) **the rest of the nations**, which would be some further groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) **the rest of Beyond-the-River**, which would be all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. or (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups in addition to the groups that they belong to personally.
|
||||
|
|
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ EZR 4 12 tbqv figs-go סְלִ֨קוּ֙ 1 If it is more natural in your langua
|
|||
EZR 4 12 ns5b עֲלֶ֥ינָא אֲת֖וֹ לִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem”
|
||||
EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 the rebellious and evil city Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **city** where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 **Rebellious and evil** mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that, because the people of Jerusalem are so evil or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְאֻשַּׁיָּ֖א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations Here, **completing** is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **repairing** and **completing** together to mean<br>“building,” or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” [5:11](../05/11.md), and “to build this house and to complete this structure,” [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **completing** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of “building.” **Repairing** here could also mean “digging out.” Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translations: “they are working throughout the city to restore it” or “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְאֻשַּׁיָּ֖א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations Here, **completing** is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **repairing** and **completing** together to mean “building,” or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” [5:11](../05/11.md), and “to build this house and to complete this structure,” [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **completing** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of “building.” **Repairing** here could also mean “digging out.” Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translations: “they are working throughout the city to restore it” or “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 The word **now** is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here, **now** introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
|
||||
EZR 4 13 vkk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 As in [4:12](../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 cd84 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ EZR 4 15 iw58 figs-metonymy וּמְדִנָ֔ן 1 Here, **provinces** refer
|
|||
EZR 4 15 au5i figs-activepassive עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת 1 this city was destroyed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 cr21 הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed See how you translated this expression in [4:13](../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.)
|
||||
EZR 4 16 n9kz figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 you will have no control The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates.<br>The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. Alternate translation: “then those people will lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you and to stop paying tribute.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 n9kz figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 you will have no control The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. Alternate translation: “then those people will lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you and to stop paying tribute.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum **Rehum** is the name of a man and **a lord of decree** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and **scribe** is his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai who live in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְ
|
|||
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 1 General Information: The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 1 General Information: The implication is that he came here, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
|
||||
EZR 5 16 e4ml figs-explicit יְהַ֧ב אֻשַּׁיָּ֛א 1 General Information: Sheshbazzar did not do the work himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can refer to others who did the work, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 General Information: In several places the book uses the terms **built and complete** together to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different here. Because there is a<br>**not** before the second verb, here the expression means that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. Be sure that your translation shows this difference. Alternate translation: “And ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
|
||||
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 General Information: In several places the book uses the terms **built and complete** together to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different here. Because there is a **not** before the second verb, here the expression means that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. Be sure that your translation shows this difference. Alternate translation: “And ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
|
||||
EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 f4m4 grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעַ֞ן 1 General Information: As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), **and now** translates an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָה
|
|||
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן תַּ֠תְּנַי 1 General Information: Here the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Rather than repeating the same information from the scroll, but now as a letter to the officials, it jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana and into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned from the scroll and then warned them, “Now Tattenai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 wtim grammar-connect-words-phrases כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), **now** introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, instead of<br>**their companions**, in the third person, we would expect him to say “your companions,” in the second person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/07.md), the full letter probably said something like “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning “Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, instead of **their companions**, in the third person, we would expect him to say “your companions,” in the second person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/07.md), the full letter probably said something like “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning “Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “and their associates” or “and your associates”
|
||||
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ EZR 6 10 it87 grammar-connect-logic-goal דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַק
|
|||
EZR 6 10 b2zw figs-metaphor נִיחוֹחִ֖ין 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River The primary idea is that these sacrifices will be pleasing to God, regardless of how they actually smell. Alternate translation: “pleasing sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 mchh לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||
EZR 6 10 xq28 figs-123person לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 ej11 figs-synecdoche לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River The king is speaking figuratively of the quality of his life and that of his sons, not just that they will live. Alternate translation: “that all will be well for me and my sons”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 ej11 figs-synecdoche לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River The king is speaking figuratively of the quality of his life and that of his sons, not just that they will live. Alternate translation: “that all will be well for me and my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 a820 figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Here, **sons** could mean one of two things. (1) It could be literal and mean the biological sons of King Darius. (2) It could be figurative and mean descendants, specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their “fathers,” so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their “sons.” Alternate translation: “his successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה 1 General Information: The phrase **any man who changes this edict** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something against what his edict commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing the edict means destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “if anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ EZR 6 16 ajjz figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 the rest of t
|
|||
EZR 6 16 cq1q figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗א 1 the rest of the children of the exile As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “and the Jews who had returned from exile” or “and the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 z1u1 figs-abstractnouns וַעֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה 1 the rest of the children of the exile The abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony the Israelites conducted to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “consecrate.” Alternate translation: “joyfully consecrated this temple for the worship of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 i1qx figs-abstractnouns וַעֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה 1 the rest of the children of the exile If your language does not use abstract nouns such as **joy**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adverb such as “joyfully.” Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 iel9 figs-abstractnouns וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ לַחֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָה֒ 1 one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs As in the previous sentence, the abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony that the Israelites conducted. Once again you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate” or “consecrate” Alternate translation: “As they dedicated this temple, they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 6 17 iel9 figs-abstractnouns וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ לַחֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָה֒ 1 one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs As in the previous sentence, the abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony that the Israelites conducted. Once again you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate” or “consecrate” Alternate translation: “As they dedicated this temple, they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 r49v figs-explicit וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין לחטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר 1 one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 j5b6 figs-idiom וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין 1 one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **bucks of goats**, means the same thing as male goats in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 quwd figs-explicit וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 one hundred bulls … four hundred lambs The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -750,9 +750,9 @@ EZR 7 7 tt66 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְאַ
|
|||
EZR 7 8 jr10 writing-pronouns וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 the fifth month Here, **he** refers to Ezra, but the statement also applies to all the others described in [7:7](../07/07.md) who were traveling with him. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 cr7y translate-hebrewmonths וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month The **fifth month** means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 vee2 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in month five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 co12 translate-ordinal הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes,” or, since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 co12 translate-ordinal הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes” or since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 fsqw writing-background כִּ֗י 1 the first day of the first month The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will help readers appreciate what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 wl5l figs-idiom בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה מִבָּבֶ֑ל 1 the first day of the first month The book says **ascent** to characterize the journey once again as involving a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “the group began its uphill trip<br>from Babylon on the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 wl5l figs-idiom בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה מִבָּבֶ֑ל 1 the first day of the first month The book says **ascent** to characterize the journey once again as involving a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “the group began its uphill trip from Babylon on the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 f68n translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the first day of the first month The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 s9by translate-ordinal בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the first day of the fifth month Alternate translation: “on day one of month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 khid grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְאֶחָ֞ד 1 the first day of the fifth month This word **and** might indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -774,19 +774,19 @@ EZR 7 12 y33a figs-explicit אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶ
|
|||
EZR 7 12 afcw writing-background לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 gwt9 אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||
EZR 7 12 al0q גְּמִ֖יר 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As in [4:17](../04/17.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
|
||||
EZR 7 12 bf52 grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 7 12 bf52 grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 7 13 d9b4 figs-activepassive מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 I am issuing a decree that all those … who desire to go up to Jerusalem If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am issuing a decree that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you עִמָּ֖ךְ 1 may go with you The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** is singular and refers to Ezra here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 may go with you Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “from the people known as ‘Israel’” or<br>“from your people who are called ‘Israel’”
|
||||
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 may go with you Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “from the people known as ‘Israel’” or “from your people who are called ‘Israel’”
|
||||
EZR 7 14 ahgx grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 Connecting Statement: Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. The first part ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) provides the reasons for the second part (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several smaller sentences. To begin with, you could make this verse a sentence of its own. To do that, you can leave off the word **Because** and express the meaning later in verse 17 with a word such as “so” or “therefore.” Alternate translation: “The king and his seven counselors are sending you to inquire about Judah and about Jerusalem by the law of your God which is in your hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Connecting Statement: The word **Because** indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). If you have decided to keep the long sentence, you can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that introduces a reason. However, also consider breaking up this long sentence If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 h7cx figs-activepassive מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cx02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you from my court” or “I and my seven counselors are<br>sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you from my court” or “I and my seven counselors are sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 u9he translate-unknown וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ 1 the king, and his seven counselors As in [4:5](../04/05.md), **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 dnqr figs-metonymy לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who are in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 v44t figs-explicit לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just to find out about. It also implies to do something about. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 bwvo figs-metaphor דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God Most likely, the word **hand** here means possession, indicating that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. The phrase **in your hand** could mean that Ezra literally carried a scroll of the law in his hands or that he personally owned a written copy of the law. However, the phrase **in your hand** could also imply that Ezra will use the law as he performs his responsibilities in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that you carry with you” or “that you have with you” or “that you will use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 7 14 bwvo figs-metaphor דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God Most likely, the word **hand** here means possession, indicating that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. The phrase **in your hand** could mean that Ezra literally carried a scroll of the law in his hands or that he personally owned a written copy of the law. However, the phrase **in your hand** could also imply that Ezra will use the law as he performs his responsibilities in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that you carry with you” or “that you have with you” or “that you will use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 m1pn grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 You are to bring the silver and gold Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make [7:14](../07/14.md) a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, with the reason first and the result second. Alternate translation: “My counselors and I have freely given silver and gold for the God of Israel who lives in Jerusalem. So I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 uu8a figs-123person מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי 1 have freely offered As in [7:14](../07/14.md), Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I and my counselors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 qy1s figs-personification דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 have freely offered Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple since, in the next verse, Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give for the house of God that is in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ EZR 7 19 a3tf figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם
|
|||
EZR 7 19 wsrv figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God As in [6:18](../06/18.md), in another spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 tytf figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖ךְ לְמִנְתַּ֑ן 1 treasury The phrase **that falls to you to give** is an idiom that means “that you have responsibility to give,” in other words, “that you have to provide.” Alternate translation: “And anything else that you need to provide for the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 ef6f figs-activepassive חַשְׁחוּת֙ 1 treasury If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whatever you might need for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 xcus figs-you אֱלָהָ֔ךְ…לָ֖ךְ…תִּנְתֵּ֕ן 1 treasury All of the forms of **you** in this verse are singular, referring to Ezra.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 xcus figs-you אֱלָהָ֔ךְ…לָ֖ךְ…תִּנְתֵּ֕ן 1 treasury All of the forms of **you** in this verse are singular, referring to Ezra. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 gshw figs-synecdoche תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא 1 treasury This does not mean, as in [5:17](../05/17.md), the place where valuable royal documents were stored. Here, **house** likely represents all of the wealth of the king figuratively. It is a metaphor for “property,” meaning everything that a person keeps in his house, and by extension everything that he owns. So it is not necessarily a physical building, but it refers in general to all the financial resources that belong to the king, as with the shorter expression **the treasures of the king** in [6:8](../06/08.md). Alternate translation: “you may pay for from my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 hgu9 figs-123person בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא 1 treasury Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 wiy2 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ֠מִנִּי 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Specifically, Artaxerxes has just said that Ezra may pay for additional expenses out of the royal treasury. Consequently, regarding providing funds to Ezra, he will now give instructions to the officials responsible for administering the royal revenue in the province where Jerusalem is located. Alternate translation: “Consequently, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ EZR 7 24 gonv תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ 1 musicians This is the same occupati
|
|||
EZR 7 24 nk0a translate-names נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א 1 musicians See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 r244 figs-you וְאַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א 1 Connecting Statement: The king now returns to address Ezra personally, so **you** refers to him here, and is singular, The three instances of **your** in this verse are also singular, as is the verb **appoint**. Only the phrase **you shall teach** is plural, referring to Ezra and to those whom he will appoint. If your language distinguishes between levels of social status, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 p1rc figs-abstractnouns כְּחָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤ךְ דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates If your language does not use abstract nouns such as **wisdom**, you can express that idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “because the law of your God has made you wise” or “guided by the wise teachings of your God that you know so well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 qzk1 figs-metaphor דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates Most likely, the phrase **that is in your hand** here means the same thing as in [7:14](../07/14.md), where the law of God is described as being in Ezra's hand.<br>Review the note there if that would be helpful. As there, the phrase **in your hand** here could mean: (1) that Ezra knows it and uses it with great ability. Alternate translation: “that you know and use well” or (2) that Ezra personally owns a scroll of God's wisdom. Alternate translation: “that you have with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 qzk1 figs-metaphor דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates Most likely, the phrase **that is in your hand** here means the same thing as in [7:14](../07/14.md), where the law of God is described as being in Ezra's hand. Review the note there if that would be helpful. As there, the phrase **in your hand** here could mean: (1) that Ezra knows it and uses it with great ability. Alternate translation: “that you know and use well” or (2) that Ezra personally owns a scroll of God's wisdom. Alternate translation: “that you have with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 y54v figs-doublet מֶ֣נִּי שָׁפְטִ֞ין וְדַיָּנִ֗ין דִּי־לֶהֱוֺ֤ן דאנין 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates The terms **magistrates** and **judges** mean very similar things. There are two possibilities here. (1) Artaxerxes could be using these two terms to refer to people in slightly different roles. The first term may refer to officials who decide disputes between people, and the second term may refer to officials who interpret the law and apply it to specific situations. Alternate translation: “appoint officials who can decide disputes between people and officials who can interpret and apply the law” or (2) Artaxerxes may be using the two words together to emphasize the authority that Ezra has to ensure that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem follow God’s commandments. If you have only one term for these functions, you can just use that one term here. Alternate translation: “appoint judges so that they can judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 waab figs-explicit לְכָל־עַמָּה֙ דִּ֚י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה לְכָל־יָדְעֵ֖י דָּתֵ֣י אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates The second phrase clarifies the meaning of the first phrase, showing that Artaxerxes is referring specifically to the Jews who live in this province. He is allowing the Jews there to have their own legal system, based on the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the Jews living in Beyond-the-River province, who know the laws of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 nncp figs-you וְדִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates The word **you** here is plural. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metonymy הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּיַד־י
|
|||
EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-ellipsis מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “some Israelite clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 agha figs-idiom לַעֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽי 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me Ezra says **go up** because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br><br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items that they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 wwtp writing-newevent וְאֵ֛לֶּה 1 General Information: The word **Now** introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural method<br>in your language to introduce a new event here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 wwtp writing-newevent וְאֵ֛לֶּה 1 General Information: The word **Now** introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural method in your language to introduce a new event here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 ss8d figs-ellipsis וְאֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִתְיַחְשָׂ֑ם הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י 1 General Information: As in [4:3](../04/03.md), **heads of their fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying “heads of their father’s houses.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the clan leaders, along with the names of their clans, of those who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 u9yy figs-idiom הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י…מִבָּבֶֽל 1 General Information: As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “who returned from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 f1jb figs-explicit בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 General Information: As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -885,8 +885,8 @@ EZR 8 2 i7e9 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִי
|
|||
EZR 8 2 uzuw translate-names אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 kb7h figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 of the sons of David, Hattush Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 xt4r translate-names דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Hattush These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 m91f figs-explicit מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **from the sons of Shecaniah** probably applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of [8:2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of [8:3](../08/03.md) could read: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” or (2) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 veab figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: (1) “one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or, if you have decided that **from the sons of Shecaniah** applies to **Zechariah**, (2)<br>“From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 m91f figs-explicit מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **from the sons of Shecaniah** probably applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of [8:2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of [8:3](../08/03.md) could read: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” or (2) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 veab figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: (1) “one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or, if you have decided that **from the sons of Shecaniah** applies to **Zechariah**, (2) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 f6xt translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 ds2y figs-explicit וְעִמּ֛וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִזְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 with him were registered150 males The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 other men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 f7d5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 of the sons of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai son of Zerahiah Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ EZR 8 9 w699 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ
|
|||
EZR 8 9 u1te translate-names יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 218 males These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 ude8 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּשְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 218 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 x1dx figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants”, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 unnl translate-textvariants וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males As in [8:5](../08/05.md), it appears that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process for this verse. Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament in Greek say here, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could follow those versions and include the following footnote: “The name Bani appears in ancient Greek versions.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” If you want to translate only what is in the Hebrew, you could follow the ULT or translate, “And from the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 8 10 unnl translate-textvariants וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males As in [8:5](../08/05.md), it appears that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process for this verse. Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament in Greek say here, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could follow those versions and include the following footnote: “The name Bani appears in ancient Greek versions.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” If you want to translate only what is in the Hebrew, you could follow the ULT or translate, “And from the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 ex7w translate-names שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 y254 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 160 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 s7ng figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ EZR 8 19 mf7n translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה
|
|||
EZR 8 19 bwf7 figs-metaphor אֶחָ֥יו וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם 1 twenty This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sons of Jeshaiah and of his brothers. Since, as in [8:18](../08/18.md), this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms **brothers** and **sons** here as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 ahh3 writing-background וּמִן־הַנְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁנָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ לַעֲבֹדַ֣ת הַלְוִיִּ֔ם נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 officials Here Ezra provides some background information to help identify who these **temple servants** were. Alternate translation: “and they also brought 220 men who were from the families that David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 mi4i figs-activepassive כֻּלָּ֖ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְשֵׁמֽוֹת 1 officials If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I recorded the name of each one of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 bcl6 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֶקְרָ֨א 1 the river Ahava The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 8 21 bcl6 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֶקְרָ֨א 1 the river Ahava The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 c4b8 translate-symaction צוֹם֙…לְהִתְעַנּ֖וֹת 1 the river Ahava The travelers would be afflicting themselves, that is, making themselves suffer, by denying themselves food. This was a gesture of humility and an expression that seeking God’s help was more important to them even than eating. Alternate translation: “a time of going without eating … to humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 zh8n translate-names הַנָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א 1 the river Ahava See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 ms3x figs-exclusive לְהִתְעַנּ֖וֹת 1 the river Ahava Here Ezra is using **ourselves** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@ EZR 8 34 sqb5 figs-explicit בְּמִסְפָּ֥ר בְּמִשְׁקָ
|
|||
EZR 8 34 nh2n figs-activepassive וַיִּכָּתֵ֥ב כָּֽל־הַמִּשְׁקָ֖ל 1 Jeshua If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The priests and Levites in the temple wrote down the weight of all of the silver and gold and of the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 gxu7 figs-parallelism הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה 1 those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles These two phrases mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 qo2t figs-idiom הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה 1 those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “The Jews who had returned from exile” or “The Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 fbh8 figs-123person הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה 1 those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles Here the story shifts from Ezra's first-person account to a third-person account. If that is confusing in your language, you can continue the story in first person.<br>Alternate translation: “We who had gone into exile in Babylonia but had now returned from captivity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 lgl7 figs-explicit הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר הַכֹּ֖ל עוֹלָ֥ה לַיהוָֽה 1 twelve … ninety-six … seventy-seven … twelve The book assumes that readers will recognize that there are two types of offerings here. The bulls, rams, and lambs are offerings of the first type. They were offered in order to express a desire to be in good standing with God by creating an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. These were completely burned up. The goats are the second type of offering. As in [6:17](../06/17.md), the goats were a **sin offering**. These were offered as a request for forgiveness from God. As explained in Leviticus 4:22-26 and 6:24-30, only the fat of these goats was burned up. The meat of these goats was for the priests to eat. The phrase **The whole was a burnt up offering** is a summary that includes the two types of offerings, one that was completely burned up and the other that was partially burned up. Therefore the final sentence means, “All of this was properly subjected to fire on the altar as sacrifices to Yahweh.” The book assumes that readers know this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered as burnt offerings to the God of Israel 12 bulls for all Israel, 96 rams, and 77 lambs, and as a sin offering 12 male goats. All of these sacrifices were offered to Yahweh through fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 8 35 fbh8 figs-123person הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה 1 those who had come back from the captivity, the sons of the exiles Here the story shifts from Ezra's first-person account to a third-person account. If that is confusing in your language, you can continue the story in first person. Alternate translation: “We who had gone into exile in Babylonia but had now returned from captivity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 lgl7 figs-explicit הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר הַכֹּ֖ל עוֹלָ֥ה לַיהוָֽה 1 twelve … ninety-six … seventy-seven … twelve The book assumes that readers will recognize that there are two types of offerings here. The bulls, rams, and lambs are offerings of the first type. They were offered in order to express a desire to be in good standing with God by creating an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. These were completely burned up. The goats are the second type of offering. As in [6:17](../06/17.md), the goats were a **sin offering**. These were offered as a request for forgiveness from God. As explained in Leviticus 4:22-26 and 6:24-30, only the fat of these goats was burned up. The meat of these goats was for the priests to eat. The phrase **The whole was a burnt up offering** is a summary that includes the two types of offerings, one that was completely burned up and the other that was partially burned up. Therefore the final sentence means, “All of this was properly subjected to fire on the altar as sacrifices to Yahweh.” The book assumes that readers know this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered as burnt offerings to the God of Israel 12 bulls for all Israel, 96 rams, and 77 lambs, and as a sin offering 12 male goats. All of these sacrifices were offered to Yahweh through fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 rdop translate-symaction הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 twelve … ninety-six … seventy-seven … twelve The numbers of animals offered are symbolic, as the book explains in the case of the bulls. There were 12 bulls **for all Israel** because there were twelve tribes of Israel. There were 12 goats for the same reason. The same symbolism seems to lie behind the 96 rams, since that number is eight times 12, although the significance of the number eight is no longer apparent. The number 77 is an intensive form of the number seven, which symbolizes completeness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered 12 bulls, one for each of the tribes of Israel, 96 rams, eight for each of the tribes of Israel, and 77 lambs, expressing completeness, as burnt offerings to the God of Israel, and 12 male goats as a sin offering, one for each of the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 8 36 r5gu figs-explicit וַֽיִּתְּנ֣וּ ׀ אֶת־דָּתֵ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וּפַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר 1 the governors in the Province Beyond the River Here, **the laws of the king** seem to mean the decrees that Artaxerxes issued in the letter he gave to Ezra, and specifically the provisions that allowed Ezra to ask for support for the temple, exempted temple personnel from taxation, and allowed Ezra to appoint judges. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Ezra and the Jewish leaders informed the royal officials and governors in Beyond-the-River province of the decrees that Artaxerxes had issued in his letter to Ezra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 36 szj3 figs-123person וַֽיִּתְּנ֣וּ 1 the governors in the Province Beyond the River Here the story uses a third-person account rather than Ezra's first-person account. If that is confusing in your language, you can continue the story in first person.<br>Alternate translation: “We also gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 8 36 szj3 figs-123person וַֽיִּתְּנ֣וּ 1 the governors in the Province Beyond the River Here the story uses a third-person account rather than Ezra's first-person account. If that is confusing in your language, you can continue the story in first person. Alternate translation: “We also gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 8 36 tep8 translate-unknown לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וּפַחֲו֖וֹת 1 the governors in the Province Beyond the River The word **satraps** refers to rulers appointed by the king to rule over his provinces, such as the province of Beyond-the-River in which Judah was located. The **governors** were lower officials who worked in the province under the direction of the satrap. Use the words that communicate this best in your language. Alternate translation: “to those who rule over the king's provinces and to the authorities in the province of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 8 36 d38g figs-metaphor וְנִשְּׂא֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם וְאֶת־בֵּֽית־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, **lifted** is a metaphor that means supported and sustained. Alternate translation: “The group that had returned with Ezra supported the people of Judah and Jerusalem and the temple of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br><br>When Ezra found out that many Jews who had returned from exile had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and confessed this sin of his people. He acknowledged that God had been good to them much more than they deserved by letting these few people return from captivity and then they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. The Jewish people had done this before and God had punished them for it. God forbade this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Exclusive forms<br><br>Ezra uses many first person plural pronouns as he prays to God. Since Ezra is speaking to God, these forms of “we,” “us,” and “our” would all be the exclusive forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ EZR 9 5 v2nb figs-idiom קַ֚מְתִּי מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י
|
|||
EZR 9 5 zygv translate-symaction וּבְקָרְעִ֥י בִגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י 1 my fasting As the note to [9:3](../09/03.md) explains, Ezra had torn his clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women. By not changing out of his torn clothes, Ezra was continuing to show that symbolically. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I kept wearing my torn clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 9 5 qye1 translate-symaction וָֽאֶכְרְעָה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔י וָאֶפְרְשָׂ֥ה כַפַּ֖י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי 1 knelt down on my knees, and spread out my hands These two physical gestures showed publicly that Ezra was going to pray. Alternate translation: “I knelt down and spread out my hands in a gesture of prayer to Yahweh my God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 y5xu figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֗ה 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what he said out loud in prayer on this occasion. The quotation continues through [9:15](../09/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 n5z1 figs-possession אֱלֹהַי֙…אֱלֹהַ֛י 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, **My God** means that Ezra belongs to God, not that God belongs to Ezra.<br>If that is not clear in your language, then use a different phrase. Alternate translation: “O God, to whom I belong” or “God, whom I worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 n5z1 figs-possession אֱלֹהַי֙…אֱלֹהַ֛י 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, **My God** means that Ezra belongs to God, not that God belongs to Ezra. If that is not clear in your language, then use a different phrase. Alternate translation: “O God, to whom I belong” or “God, whom I worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 yz8d figs-doublet בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְנִכְלַ֔מְתִּי 1 I am ashamed and humiliated **Ashamed** and **humiliated** mean very similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how disgraced he feels by what the Israelites have done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “I am deeply disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 xiue figs-metaphor לְהָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖י אֵלֶ֑יךָ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens This means “to look at you directly” or “to look at you face to face,” and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying “*to address you.” Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 aca6 figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. If repeating the same thing twice would be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt because of them is completely overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ EZR 9 7 sv5f figs-idiom מִימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ 1 the days o
|
|||
EZR 9 7 aqdp figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ 1 the days of our fathers **Fathers** here, figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 jw4h figs-idiom עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 the days of our fathers In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather, to a more general time. Alternate translation: “until this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 ur0z figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 the days of our fathers Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of the disobedience of the Israelites by reference to something associated with it, the guilt that it has caused. Alternate translation: “we have consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 rgen figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ 1 the days of our fathers By **we** here, Ezra is referring to all of the Jewish people. See the UST.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 rgen figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ 1 the days of our fathers By **we** here, Ezra is referring to all of the Jewish people. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 wet1 figs-abstractnouns בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 very guilty … our iniquities If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a verb such as “disobey.” Alternate translation: “consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 h1bs figs-activepassive נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨ינוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜ינוּ בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we … have been delivered into the hand of kings If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “you put us, our kings, and our priests into the hands of foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 dr9f figs-metaphor נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨ינוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜ינוּ בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we … have been delivered into the hand of kings Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us, our kings, and our priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ EZR 9 12 pe30 figs-idiom וּבְנֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אַל־תִּשְׂ
|
|||
EZR 9 12 o8bm figs-idiom וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛ם וְטוֹבָתָ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 to give us a wall **Until eternity** is a Hebrew expression that means **for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future**. Alternate translation: “and never do anything that contributes to their welfare or prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 qq14 figs-doublet וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛ם וְטוֹבָתָ֖ם 1 to give us a wall The terms **peace** and **good** mean similar things. The prophets use them together to emphasize the importance of this commandment. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 sfei figs-parallelism לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַאֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 to give us a wall These two phrases mean similar things. The prophets say essentially the same thing twice, to emphasize the blessings that the Israelites would enjoy if they obeyed these commandments. If repeating both phrases might be confusing for your readers, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a prosperous nation in that place” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how the nation would become strong, as the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a strong nation by growing and enjoying abundant harvests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 qz7f figs-yousingular לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ 1 to give us a wall The forms of **you** and **your** in this verse are plural, referring to all the Jewish people. Therefore **you may be strong** does not refer to a person's physical strength or health, but rather to the strength of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “so that your nation will be strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>
|
||||
EZR 9 12 qz7f figs-yousingular לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ 1 to give us a wall The forms of **you** and **your** in this verse are plural, referring to all the Jewish people. Therefore **you may be strong** does not refer to a person's physical strength or health, but rather to the strength of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “so that your nation will be strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 r9c0 figs-idiom וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 to give us a wall As earlier in the sentence, **until eternity** means “for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future.” Alternate translation: “so that your descendants will always be able to live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 s1e8 figs-metaphor לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 to give us a wall Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 uax9 figs-quotemarks עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 forever After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in [9:11](../09/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ EZR 10 3 zmyn figs-activepassive וְהַנּוֹלָ֤ד מֵהֶם֙
|
|||
EZR 10 3 iljp figs-123person בַּעֲצַ֣ת אֲדֹנָ֔י 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Shekaniah addresses Ezra in the third person as a sign of respect. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with the second person. Alternate translation: “doing it in the way that you, my lord, advise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 zzvz figs-metaphor וְהַחֲרֵדִ֖ים בְּמִצְוַ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God As in [9:4](../09/04.md), **tremble** here is a metaphor meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. Alternate translation: “and in the way that seems right to everyone who respects the commandment of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 hla5 figs-activepassive וְכַתּוֹרָ֖ה יֵעָשֶֽׂה 1 We have been unfaithful to our God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “And let us make sure that we are following what the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 p5it figs-infostructure וְכַתּוֹרָ֖ה יֵעָשֶֽׂה 1 We have been unfaithful to our God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this more general statement before the specific one about cutting a covenant, as in the UST.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 p5it figs-infostructure וְכַתּוֹרָ֖ה יֵעָשֶֽׂה 1 We have been unfaithful to our God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this more general statement before the specific one about cutting a covenant, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 tx9m figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 we are with you Here, as in several other places in the book, **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It could also mean to physically arise, since Ezra was lying prostrate on the ground. Alternate translation: “Get up and do something about this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 ao5k figs-idiom כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר 1 we are with you This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 d8d8 figs-idiom כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר 1 we are with you The implication is that this was Ezra’s responsibility because King Artaxerxes had given him the mandate to teach the Jews to follow the commandments of Yahweh and he also gave him the authority to ensure that they did follow those commandments. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility, since the king told you to teach us Yahweh’s commandments and to make sure that we follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ EZR 10 4 m4vg וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ עִמָּ֑ךְ 1 we are with you
|
|||
EZR 10 4 hrga figs-ellipsis חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה 1 we are with you Here, Shekaniah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Be strong and take action to address this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 bhrm figs-quotemarks חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה 1 we are with you After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Shekaniah said to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:2](../10/02.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 v0zf grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּ֣קָם 1 we are with you Here the word **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 p6uh figs-idiom וַיָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א 1 we are with you Here also, **arose** means “took action to get an enterprise under way.” It could also mean to physically arise, since Ezra had been lying prostrate on the ground.<br>Alternate translation: “So Ezra got up, took initiative,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 p6uh figs-idiom וַיָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א 1 we are with you Here also, **arose** means “took action to get an enterprise under way.” It could also mean to physically arise, since Ezra had been lying prostrate on the ground. Alternate translation: “So Ezra got up, took initiative,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 zxso figs-metonymy וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 we are with you Here the book refers to the Israelites by the name of their nation. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 xok9 figs-hyperbole וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 we are with you Here, **all Israel** is an exaggeration that is meant to express the idea that Ezra made every Israelite who was there swear an oath. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it without the exaggeration. Alternate translation: “and every Israelite who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 medp figs-explicit לַעֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה 1 we are with you The implication in context is that **this word** refers to Shekaniah’s recommendation that the Jews send away all the foreign wives and their children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do what Shekaniah had recommended and make the Israelites send away all the foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ EZR 10 13 wqu4 figs-idiom לֹֽא־לְי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְלֹ֣
|
|||
EZR 10 14 fcw7 figs-idiom יַֽעֲמְדוּ־נָ֣א שָׂ֠רֵינוּ לְֽכָל־הַקָּהָ֞ל 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities Here, **stand for** is an idiom that means “represent.” (In [10:16](../10/16.md) it explains specifically how the community arranged for its leaders to be its representatives.) Alternate translation: “Let our leaders represent all of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wybo figs-idiom הַהֹשִׁ֞יב נָשִׁ֤ים נָכְרִיּוֹת֙ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “those who have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 yewp figs-activepassive לְעִתִּ֣ים מְזֻמָּנִ֔ים 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “at times that you set for each one” or “when you have arranged for them to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wvv6 figs-idiom וְעִמָּהֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָעִ֖יר וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יהָ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities The phrase **city by city** is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “with the elders and magistrates of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wvv6 figs-idiom וְעִמָּהֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָעִ֖יר וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יהָ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities The phrase **city by city** is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “with the elders and magistrates of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 n0xr figs-idiom חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities The idiom **burning of the nose** refers to being angry. Alternate translation: “our God's anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 qdri figs-metaphor עַ֠ד לְהָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities When someone’s anger is **turned back**, that means figuratively that the person is no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until our God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 cs93 figs-quotemarks לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:12](../10/12.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ EZR 10 35 pcb9 translate-names בְּנָיָ֥ה בֵדְיָ֖ה כלהי 1 Be
|
|||
EZR 10 36 h5e9 translate-names וַנְיָ֥ה מְרֵמ֖וֹת אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 Meremoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 37 j4vh translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֥ה מַתְּנַ֖י ויעשו 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 38 z3zn translate-names וּבָנִ֥י וּבִנּ֖וּי שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Binnui These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 38 p5vk translate-textvariants וּבָנִ֥י וּבִנּ֖וּי שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Binnui The ULT represents the reading of the Hebrew text, but many scholars believe that the correct reading of this verse is found in ancient Greek translations. This is represented in the UST. You may choose to follow the reading of the preferred Bible translation used in your area, and include the other reading in a footnote.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 10 38 p5vk translate-textvariants וּבָנִ֥י וּבִנּ֖וּי שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Binnui The ULT represents the reading of the Hebrew text, but many scholars believe that the correct reading of this verse is found in ancient Greek translations. This is represented in the UST. You may choose to follow the reading of the preferred Bible translation used in your area, and include the other reading in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 10 39 maz3 translate-names וְשֶֽׁלֶמְיָ֥ה וְנָתָ֖ן וַעֲדָיָֽה 1 Adaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 40 jlxi translate-names מַכְנַדְבַ֥י שָׁשַׁ֖י שָׁרָֽי 1 Adaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 41 mf9g translate-names עֲזַרְאֵ֥ל וְשֶׁלֶמְיָ֖הוּ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
|
@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ NEH 4 7 a95c figs-activepassive כִּי־הֵחֵ֥לּוּ הַפְּרֻצ
|
|||
NEH 4 7 gsb7 figs-metaphor וַיִּ֥חַר לָהֶ֖ם מְאֹֽד 1 that … it burned them exceedingly Here Nehemiah says that the anger of these enemies was a fire that burned inside of them. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” or “they became enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
NEH 4 8 b6im figs-metonymy לְהִלָּחֵ֣ם בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 to fight against Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live there. These enemies were not coming to fight against the walls and buildings. Nehemiah is describing the people of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “to fight against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
NEH 4 8 a97c figs-abstractnouns וְלַעֲשׂ֥וֹת ל֖וֹ תּוֹעָֽה 1 and to make confusion for it The abstract noun **confusion** refers to the way these enemies hoped that their attack would make the people of Jerusalem not know what to do. The people might disagree among themselves about whether they should keep working on the wall or whether they should discontinue the work to appease the attackers. They might also disagree about how to defend themselves. You can translate the idea behind the term “confusion” with adjectives such as “confused” and “divided.” Alternate translation: “They wanted to make the people inside the city confused and divided.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
NEH 4 9 vz1d וַנַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם 1 and we set up a guard on account of them “and we put men around the wall to guard the city”
|
||||
NEH 4 9 vz1d וַנַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם 1 and we set up a guard on account of them Alternate translation: “and we put men around the wall to guard the city”
|
||||
NEH 4 9 a99c figs-merism יוֹמָ֥ם וָלַ֖יְלָה 1 by day and by night This does not mean that some people went up on the walls to look around at various parts of the day, and others went up at certain times of night. Nehemiah is describing how he maintained a constant guard by speaking of two times when people were on duty, the day and the night, in order to include all the time in between. Alternate translation: “at all times,” otherwise “throughout the day and night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
NEH 4 9 ad11 figs-metaphor מִפְּנֵיהֶֽם 1 from their faces This term could mean two different things: (1) Here, probably **Their faces** figuratively means the front of a group. This likely means that the lookouts would see the front ranks of the army as they approached. Alternate translation: “to spot them as they approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]). (2) Here, “their faces” could also be a figurative way of referring to the enemies and their hostile intentions toward the people doing the work. Alternate translations: “against them”
|
||||
NEH 4 10 ad13 figs-metonymy וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 And Judah said Nehemiah is describing the people of Judah figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the name of their province. Alternate translation: “Then the people of Judah started saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ NEH 5 2 i9kn בָּנֵ֥ינוּ וּבְנֹתֵ֖ינוּ אֲנַ
|
|||
NEH 5 2 i5cb figs-synecdoche וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן 1 This does not mean only grain. The people complaining to Nehemiah are using one kind of food, grain, the staple of their diet, to refer figuratively to all the foods they would need to eat. Alternate translation: “we need food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
NEH 5 2 i7bq figs-explicit וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן 1 The implication is that because the families are large, a lot of food is needed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we need to get a lot of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 5 2 ojue figs-doublet וְנֹאכְלָ֥ה וְנִחְיֶֽה 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. The people use them together to emphasize the urgency and importance of having food. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to get enough food to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
NEH 5 3 hwfh figs-explicit וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “Others added” (See the applicable note to [2:2](../02/02.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 5 3 hwfh figs-explicit וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 (See the applicable note to [2:2](../02/02.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “Others added”
|
||||
NEH 5 3 dt2m translate-unknown שְׂדֹתֵ֛ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֥ינוּ וּבָתֵּ֖ינוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹרְבִ֑ים וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן בָּרָעָֽב 1 It might be helpful to explain to your readers what a **mortgage** is, if you think they might not know. Alternate translation: “We have had to promise to give someone our fields, vineyards, and houses if we do not pay back the money we borrowed. We had to borrow the money to buy food during this time when food is scarce.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
NEH 5 4 r14f וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 Different people in the crowd apparently continue to add details to the complaint. Alternate translation: “Still others said”
|
||||
NEH 5 4 zurg figs-metonymy לָוִ֥ינוּ כֶ֖סֶף 1 **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money figuratively by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “We have had to borrow money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1754,10 +1754,10 @@ NEH 13 9 k1i9 figs-metaphor בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Nehemiah s
|
|||
NEH 13 10 k1j1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֵ֣דְעָ֔ה 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then.** As with “understood” in [13:7](../13/07.md), **knew** here means **came to know** or **discovered** or **realized.** Alternate translation: “Then I discovered that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k9k6 figs-activepassive מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one had been giving the Levites the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1j3 figs-explicit מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 The implication is that no one was giving the Levites their support because there was no longer any place to store the grain, oil, and other supplies in the temple, from where they could be distributed to them. This was because Tobiah had taken over the large storeroom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no one had been giving the Levites the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for them because there was no place to store the contributions now that Tobiah had taken over the storeroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1j5 figs-abstractnouns מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 As in [12:44](../12/44.md) and [12:47](../12/47.md), the abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the law commanded the Israelites to give towards the work of the temple to support the Levites.<br>If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1j5 figs-abstractnouns מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 As in [12:44](../12/44.md) and [12:47](../12/47.md), the abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the law commanded the Israelites to give towards the work of the temple to support the Levites. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1j7 figs-explicit וַיִּבְרְח֧וּ אִישׁ־לְשָׂדֵ֛הוּ 1 The implication is that the Levites had had to return to farming their own land because they no longer received from the people the support they needed to be able to serve in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of the Levites had left the temple and returned to farming their own land because they had all stopped receiving the support that enabled them to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 f2ng grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּבְרְח֧וּ 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1j9 figs-idiom אִישׁ־לְשָׂדֵ֛הוּ 1 In this context, **a man** means **each one of them** or **every one of them** Alternate translation: “all of the Levites had returned to farming their own land” or “each of the Levites had returned to farming his own land”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1j9 figs-idiom אִישׁ־לְשָׂדֵ֛הוּ 1 In this context, **a man** means **each one of them** or **every one of them** Alternate translation: “all of the Levites had returned to farming their own land” or “each of the Levites had returned to farming his own land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1k1 figs-distinguish הַלְוִיִּ֥ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים עֹשֵׂ֥י הַמְּלָאכָֽה 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who the Levites and the singers were. Alternate translation: “the Levites and the singers, who were responsible for the worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
NEH 13 10 k1k3 figs-ellipsis עֹשֵׂ֥י הַמְּלָאכָֽה 1 **The work** is an abbreviated way of saying “the work of the house of our God” as in [10:33](../10/33.md) or “the work of the house of God” as in [11:12](../11/12.md), that is, the work of the temple, meaning specifically everything required to maintain the worship there. Alternate translation: “who were responsible for the worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
NEH 13 11 k1k5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאָרִ֨יבָה֙ 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “and after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
|
@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ EST 1 5 mj16 translate-unknown בְּשׁוּשַׁ֨ן הַבִּירָ֜
|
|||
EST 1 5 qet7 figs-idiom הַנִּמְצְאִים֩ 1 who were found Here, **found** is an idiom that means could be found or were there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 1 5 qet9 figs-activepassive הַנִּמְצְאִים֩ 1 who were found You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who worked for him in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 1 5 qey1 figs-merism לְמִגָּ֧דוֹל וְעַד־קָטָ֛ן 1 from the greatest even to the least The person telling this story is referring to the staff of the palace by speaking of two extreme parts of it, the most important and the least important people who worked there, in order to include everyone in between. You could just explain this meaning, as UST does. Alternate translation: “from the most important official to the least important servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EST 1 5 qey3 שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 for seven days Alternate translation: “another feast that lasted seven days” The story does not suggest that this was an unusually long time by saying, “for many days.” But you could also say something like “a whole week” to show that this was a generous gesture of thanks on the part of the king.
|
||||
EST 1 5 qey3 שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 for seven days The story does not suggest that this was an unusually long time by saying, “for many days.” But you could also say something like “a whole week” to show that this was a generous gesture of thanks on the part of the king. Alternate translation: “another feast that lasted seven days”
|
||||
EST 1 6 qey5 translate-unknown ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּתְכֵ֗לֶת 1 Linens cotton and blue These **linens** were curtains that were hung in the courtyard. **Cotton** refers to the white color of some of them. So this means white and blue curtains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 1 6 qey7 ח֣וּר ׀ כַּרְפַּ֣ס וּתְכֵ֗לֶת 1 Linens cotton and blue You can specify at the beginning of this verse that the location being described is the same as in the previous verse: “In the courtyard, white and blue curtains.”
|
||||
EST 1 6 qey9 translate-unknown בְּחַבְלֵי־ב֣וּץ וְאַרְגָּמָ֔ן 1 by cords of byssus and purple **Byssus** means “white linen” and it is used to describe the white color of some of these cords. So this means white and purple cords. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 1 6 qru1 figs-explicit מִטּ֣וֹת ׀ זָהָ֣ב וָכֶ֗סֶף 1 couches of gold and silver You can specify that these couches were there for the guests to recline on while they ate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 1 6 asn4 translate-unknown רִֽצְפַ֥ת 1 a pavement This word probably refers to a mosaic floor made of inlaid pieces of colorful precious stones.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 1 6 asn4 translate-unknown רִֽצְפַ֥ת 1 a pavement This word probably refers to a mosaic floor made of inlaid pieces of colorful precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 1 6 eyi2 translate-unknown בַּהַט 1 porphyry This is a kind of red and purple stone that contains pieces of crystal. You could call it “feldspar” or something descriptive like “red marble.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 1 6 qru3 translate-unknown וָשֵׁ֖שׁ 1 and alabaster This is a white precious stone. You could identify it as “alabaster.” Alternatively, while it is not exactly the same thing as marble, your readers would get the right idea if you called it “white marble.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 1 6 qru5 translate-unknown וְסֹחָֽרֶת 1 and precious stone This word probably refers to a black marble that was used to create borders around mosaics. You could call this “black marble,” or you could just say that the floor contained “another precious stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ EST 1 7 qru9 figs-abstractnouns וְיֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כ
|
|||
EST 1 7 wpq1 figs-metonymy כְּיַ֥ד הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the hand of the king Here, **hand** refers figuratively to the king himself, viewed through his action of giving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 1 8 qtu1 figs-abstractnouns וְהַשְּׁתִיָּ֥ה כַדָּ֖ת 1 the drinking was according to the law The abstract noun **drinking** refers here not to the action of drinking, but to the guidelines for serving drinks that the king had established for the banquet. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus had established this rule for all his household attendants who served the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EST 1 8 g5gu figs-explicit אֵ֣ין אֹנֵ֑ס 1 There is no compulsion This could mean one of two things: (1) No one would be stopped from drinking even if the attendants thought they had already had enough. Alternate translation: “there was to be no restriction on drinking” (2) There would be no requirement to drink. Alternate translation: “no one must be forced to drink” Either way, this was another sign of the generosity that the king showed as he hosted this banquet to thank the people who worked for him. Either he was: (1) allowing them to drink as much as they wanted to, or (2) not requiring them to eat and drink everything that was served at a banquet as guests of the king would usually be expected to do. You could say explicitly at the beginning of the verse that the king was giving his guests a special privilege. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 1 8 f6px grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֣ן ׀ יִסַּ֣ד הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ עַ֚ל כָּל־רַ֣ב בֵּית֔וֹ לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּרְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָאִֽישׁ 1 for thus the king had established for every overseer of his house, to do according to the desire of man by man Alternate translation: “the king made the attendants who served the wine follow this rule” This explains why no one had to drink if they did not want to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can give this explanation (the reason) before the result that it accounts for, using a connecting word like “so.” You could say, “The king had established for every overseer of his house to do according to the desire of man by man, so the drinking was according to the law, ‘There is no compulsion.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 1 8 f6px grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֣ן ׀ יִסַּ֣ד הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ עַ֚ל כָּל־רַ֣ב בֵּית֔וֹ לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּרְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָאִֽישׁ 1 for thus the king had established for every overseer of his house, to do according to the desire of man by man This explains why no one had to drink if they did not want to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can give this explanation (the reason) before the result that it accounts for, using a connecting word like “so.” You could say, “The king had established for every overseer of his house to do according to the desire of man by man, so the drinking was according to the law, ‘There is no compulsion.’” Alternate translation: “the king made the attendants who served the wine follow this rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 1 8 qtu3 לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּרְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָאִֽישׁ 1 to do according to the desire of man by man Alternate translation: “the king wanted every guest to be able to drink as much as he wanted” or “all the guests could drink as little or as much as they wanted”
|
||||
EST 1 8 jdr5 figs-idiom אִישׁ־וָאִֽישׁ 1 man by man This is an idiom that means “everyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 1 9 qtu5 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous גַּ֚ם 1 Also This introduces something else that was happening at the same time. You can indicate this by saying something like “during this time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ EST 1 15 jd15 figs-metonymy בְּיַ֖ד הַסָּרִיסִֽים 1 by
|
|||
EST 1 15 adg1 translate-unknown הַסָּרִיסִֽים 1 eunuchs See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 1 16 adg3 figs-metonymy וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מְמוּכָ֗ן לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 And Memukan answered before the face of the king and the officials Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Memukan was speaking in the presence of the king and of the other officials. Alternate translation: “then Memukan spoke so that both the king and the officials could hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 1 16 yqr8 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ֣עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֕ר בְּכָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 all the people who are in all the provinces of the king This means all the different people groups that were living in the empire. You could say, “all the people groups in all the provinces that King Ahasuerus rules” or more generally, “every person who lives in the entire empire of King Ahasuerus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EST 1 16 ss5y translate-names מְמוּכָ֗ן 1 Memukan See how you translated this man’s name in [1:14](../01/14.md).<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EST 1 16 ss5y translate-names מְמוּכָ֗ן 1 Memukan See how you translated this man’s name in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EST 1 16 adg5 figs-123person הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 the king Ahasuerus Memukan speaks of **the king** in third person as a form of respect. If you want to portray him as speaking primarily to the king because he is answering the king’s question, you could have him say, “in all the provinces that you rule” or “every person who lives in your entire empire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EST 1 17 jd17 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 For This introduces the reason why Memukan says that Queen Vashti has done wrong against all the men in the kingdom and not only against King Ahasuerus. To show that, you can begin with “This is what will happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 1 17 gn4g figs-hyperbole יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־הַמַּלְכָּה֙ עַל־כָּל־הַנָּשִׁ֔ים 1 the matter of the queen will go out to all the women To emphasize his point, Memukan exaggerates and says that every single woman in the empire will hear about Queen Vashti refusing to obey King Ahasuerus. You could say, as UST does, that “women all over the empire” will hear about what the queen did. Or you could preserve Memukan’s manner of speaking by saying, “every woman” will hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ EST 1 19 afh9 figs-abstractnouns וּמַלְכוּתָהּ֙ 1 and … he
|
|||
EST 1 19 afj1 figs-explicit הַטּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽנָּה 1 the woman who is better than she Memukan means that the next queen should be “better than” Vashti by obeying all of the king’s commands. You could say this explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 1 20 v9l3 figs-activepassive וְנִשְׁמַע֩ פִּתְגָ֨ם הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ 1 Then the decree of the king will be heard You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when everyone … hears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 1 20 des3 figs-123person פִּתְגָ֨ם הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ 1 the decree of the king Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person: “When they hear what you have commanded.” Alternate translation: “when they hear the king’s decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EST 1 20 jd33 figs-explicit אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂה֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ 1 that he will make for all his kingdom Even though the decree of Ahasuerus applied only to Vashti directly, implicitly it meant that all wives had to obey their husbands or else their husbands could banish and divorce them as well. You can say this explicitly at the end of the verse by saying, “because if any wife disobeys her husband, he can banish and divorce her, just as you<br>did to Vashti.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 1 20 jd33 figs-explicit אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂה֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ 1 that he will make for all his kingdom Even though the decree of Ahasuerus applied only to Vashti directly, implicitly it meant that all wives had to obey their husbands or else their husbands could banish and divorce them as well. You can say this explicitly at the end of the verse by saying, “because if any wife disobeys her husband, he can banish and divorce her, just as you did to Vashti.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 1 20 afj3 figs-123person מַלְכוּת֔וֹ 1 his kingdom Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “for all your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EST 1 20 p8nz כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 though it is great Alternate translation: “even though your empire is very large”
|
||||
EST 1 20 afj5 הַנָּשִׁ֗ים יִתְּנ֤וּ יְקָר֙ לְבַעְלֵיהֶ֔ן 1 women will give honor to their husbands Alternate translation: “women will respect and obey their husbands”
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ EST 2 11 jd83 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר 1 before the face o
|
|||
EST 2 11 abd2 בֵּית־הַנָּשִׁ֑ים 1 the house of women Alternate translation: “the harem for virgins”
|
||||
EST 2 11 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-result לָדַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ 1 in order to know the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. You can place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said, If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 2 11 nz1p שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 the welfare of Esther Alternate translation: “how Esther was doing” or “about Esther’s well-being”
|
||||
EST 2 11 abd4 figs-parallelism שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ 1 the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her These two phrases mean similar things. The story is using the repetition to emphasize how concerned Mordecai was for Esther. You could combine them and say, “how Esther was doing” or “if Esther was all right.”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EST 2 11 abd4 figs-parallelism שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ 1 the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her These two phrases mean similar things. The story is using the repetition to emphasize how concerned Mordecai was for Esther. You could combine them and say, “how Esther was doing” or “if Esther was all right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EST 2 12 jcj8 writing-background וּבְהַגִּ֡יעַ 1 Now when … came Verses 12 to 14 are background information about how the virgins who were gathered for the king became his concubines. These verses are not specifically about Esther, but about the women in general. Use your language’s way of letting your readers know that this is background information by using a connecting word or a phrase such as, “This is how virgins became concubines for the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EST 2 12 jd85 figs-idiom נַעֲרָ֨ה וְנַעֲרָ֜ה 1 young woman by young woman Alternate translation: “each one of the young women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 2 12 abd5 figs-explicit וּבְהַגִּ֡יעַ תֹּר֩…לָב֣וֹא ׀ אֶל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ 1 when the turn came … to go to the king Ahasuerus Each of these young women was going to have sexual relations with the king and, as a result, legally become one of his concubines, that is, one of his secondary wives. As the story has already explained, he would then choose one of them to become his queen and primary wife. But the king would still provide for each of the concubines for the rest of her life; they would not be free to marry anyone else. This is something that the story’s original audience would have understood implicitly. You can say it explicitly if your readers need this information to understand the story: “Each young woman in the harem, one at a time, was going to have sexual relations with King Ahasuerus and become one of his concubines” or “one of his secondary wives.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ EST 2 14 q5yx translate-names שַֽׁעֲשְׁגַ֛ז 1 Shaashgaz This is a m
|
|||
EST 2 14 abe5 translate-unknown סְרִ֥יס הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the eunuch of the king See how you translated this term, **eunuch**, in [1:10](../01/10.md). You could say “royal” rather than “of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 2 14 abe6 שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַפִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים 1 the overseer of the concubines This means that Shaashgaz was the official who *took care of the concubines* or who was responsible for the concubines.
|
||||
EST 2 14 abe7 figs-explicit הַפִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים 1 the concubines As a **concubine**, the young woman was one of the king’s secondary wives. She would live in this harem for the rest of her life. She was not free to return to her family or to marry anybody else. If it would help your readers to understand the story, you could explain all or part of this to your readers here, if you did not do so in 2:12 or 2:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 2 14 abe8 לֹא־תָב֥וֹא עוֹד֙ אֶל־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 She would not go to the king again Alternate translation: “She would not go and see the king again.” In verse 12, the Note mentioned that “go to the king” meant “have sexual relations with the king.” But for this occurrence of the expression, it is appropriate to use a more general phrase such as “visit the king” because there could be other, more social reasons for a further visit. The woman would now be a secondary wife, and the king would only send for her if he decided that he enjoyed being with her.
|
||||
EST 2 14 abe8 לֹא־תָב֥וֹא עוֹד֙ אֶל־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 She would not go to the king again In verse 12, the Note mentioned that “go to the king” meant “have sexual relations with the king.” But for this occurrence of the expression, it is appropriate to use a more general phrase such as “visit the king” because there could be other, more social reasons for a further visit. The woman would now be a secondary wife, and the king would only send for her if he decided that he enjoyed being with her. Alternate translation: “She would not go and see the king again”
|
||||
EST 2 14 abe9 חָפֵ֥ץ בָּ֛הּ 1 had delighted in her This means that he “had enjoyed being with her” or that she “had pleased the king very much.”
|
||||
EST 2 14 abf0 figs-activepassive וְנִקְרְאָ֥ה בְשֵֽׁם 1 and she was called by name You can say this with an active form. For example, you can say, “and the king asked for her by name” or “and called for her by name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 2 15 fiy8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְהַגִּ֣יעַ תֹּר־אֶסְתֵּ֣ר…לָב֣וֹא אֶל־הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 Now when the turn of Esther … came to go to the king The story resumes here after the background information that was provided in verses 12-14 about what the women in the harem did when they became concubines of the king. A contrast is being drawn. A young woman could take any clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem. But Esther only asked for what Hegai recommended. So it would be good to introduce this episode with a word such as “but,” which draws a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ EST 2 22 dgp3 figs-idiom בְּשֵׁ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי 1 in the nam
|
|||
EST 2 23 abh3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיְבֻקַּ֤שׁ הַדָּבָר֙ וַיִּמָּצֵ֔א וַיִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵיהֶ֖ם עַל־עֵ֑ץ 1 Then the matter was sought out and was found out, and the two of them were hanged on a tree. This verse tells what happened next after Esther gave the information to the king. You can use a word such as “then” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EST 2 23 ld4y figs-activepassive וַיְבֻקַּ֤שׁ הַדָּבָר֙ וַיִּמָּצֵ֔א 1 Then the matter was sought out and was found out You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “Then the king’s servants investigated Mordecai’s report and found out that it was true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 2 23 abh4 figs-activepassive וַיִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵיהֶ֖ם עַל־עֵ֑ץ 1 the two of them were hanged on a tree You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king ordered his servants to impale those two men on wooden poles” or “the king ordered his servants to hang those two men on a gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown עֵ֑ץ 1 on a tree This seems to refer specifically to a pole or wooden structure that would be used to suspend a person above the ground and that could be used as a means of killing him or to display his body after he was dead. This might mean: (1) by hanging him from it with a rope tied around his neck, or (2) by impaling him on it, that is, by sticking a sharp point on one end of a pole through his body. Alternate translation: “wooden structure” or<br>“wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown עֵ֑ץ 1 on a tree This seems to refer specifically to a pole or wooden structure that would be used to suspend a person above the ground and that could be used as a means of killing him or to display his body after he was dead. This might mean: (1) by hanging him from it with a rope tied around his neck, or (2) by impaling him on it, that is, by sticking a sharp point on one end of a pole through his body. Alternate translation: “wooden structure” or “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive וַיִּכָּתֵ֗ב 1 And it was written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 2 23 abh5 figs-idiom בְּסֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַיָּמִ֖ים 1 the book of the events of days This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 2 23 abh6 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ EST 3 10 abm1 figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֥ר הַיְּהוּדִֽים 1 the
|
|||
EST 3 11 sz4b figs-activepassive הַכֶּ֖סֶף נָת֣וּן לָ֑ךְ 1 The silver is given to you You can say this with an active form. This could mean one of the following things: (1) “You can keep the money from plundering the Jews for yourself.” (2) “I give you permission to take the money from the Jews and to give it to the men just as you have said.” (3) “You do not need to pay for the expenses of the plan yourself.” (4) This statement by the king may also be a formal and cultural way of expressing gratitude for the promised money without actually releasing Haman from paying the money into the treasury. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 3 11 abm2 figs-metaphor וְהָעָ֕ם לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖וֹ כַּטּ֥וֹב בְּעֵינֶֽיךָ 1 and the people, to do with them as is good in your eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 3 12 hx6c figs-activepassive וַיִּקָּרְאוּ֩ סֹפְרֵ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 And the scribes of the king were called You can say this with an active form. You can also say who did the action. It was most likely Haman, since the king had given him authority to act on his behalf. So you could say, “Haman called in the royal scribes.” Alternate translation: “the king summoned his scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 3 12 t6qa translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּוֹ֒ 1 in the first month, on the thirteenth day of it Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the first month” You can add “of that same year” to show that Haman did this right after Ahasuerus agreed to his plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 3 12 t6qa translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּוֹ֒ 1 in the first month, on the thirteenth day of it You can add “of that same year” to show that Haman did this right after Ahasuerus agreed to his plan. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 3 12 abm3 בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּוֹ֒ 1 in the first month, on the thirteenth day of it You can put this information first because it places the event within the timeline of the story.
|
||||
EST 3 12 abm4 figs-activepassive וַיִּכָּתֵ֣ב כְּֽכָל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה הָמָ֡ן 1 in was written according to all the Haman commanded You can say this with an active form. You can also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Haman dictated a letter to them” or “they wrote a decree containing all that Haman had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 3 12 abm5 translate-unknown אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵֽי־הַ֠מֶּלֶךְ 1 the satraps of the king This seems to mean the officials of the king who served in the palace in the capital city, since they are distinguished from the provincial governors and the leaders of the people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ EST 3 15 i12c figs-activepassive וְהַדָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה 1 a
|
|||
EST 3 15 nlk8 translate-unknown בְּשׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַבִּירָ֑ה 1 in Susa the citadel Here this likely means in the “capital city of Susa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 3 15 abn6 figs-synecdoche יָשְׁב֣וּ לִשְׁתּ֔וֹת 1 sat down to drink (1) This could mean that Ahasuerus and Haman had more than just a drink together. This could be a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. They may have celebrated with an entire banquet that is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “had a celebration feast together” (2) Another possibility is that this is describing a toast that Ahasuerus and Haman shared to celebrate their plan. “Sat down” would simply be describing how the men would have reclined at a table to drink. Alternate translation: “had a celebration toast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EST 3 15 wm4u figs-explicit נָבֽוֹכָה 1 the city of Susa was in confusion The implication is that the people in Susa were very upset about what was going to happen and they did not know what to do about it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 15 wbgv grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְהָעִ֥יר 1 The author wants us to see the contrast between the king and Haman sitting down to relax and drink and the people in the city agitated and in an uproar over what the king and Haman had proclaimed. Use a connecting word or other way that your language uses to show a contrast.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EST 3 15 wbgv grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְהָעִ֥יר 1 The author wants us to see the contrast between the king and Haman sitting down to relax and drink and the people in the city agitated and in an uproar over what the king and Haman had proclaimed. Use a connecting word or other way that your language uses to show a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EST 3 15 abn7 figs-metonymy וְהָעִ֥יר שׁוּשָׁ֖ן 1 but the city of Susa This does not mean the city itself, but the people who live there. This is a figure of speech in which something is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. So this means “everyone who lived in Susa” or the people in Susa (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 3 15 abn8 figs-abstractnouns נָבֽוֹכָה 1 was in confusion You can translate the abstract noun **confusion** with a verbal phrase such as “was very confused.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information that translators may not understand. The sentence, “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ EST 4 1 abo1 figs-doublet וַיִּזְעַ֛ק זְעָקָ֥ה גְדֹל
|
|||
EST 4 2 abo2 וַיָּב֕וֹא 1 And he came **He** means Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai came”
|
||||
EST 4 2 j38r figs-metonymy עַ֖ד לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 only as far as before the face of the gate of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that Mordecai could not come inside the gate to the king’s palace, but had to wait just outside of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 4 2 abo3 שַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the gate of the king See how you translated this in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s palace”
|
||||
EST 4 2 abo4 grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֥ין לָב֛וֹא אֶל־שַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ בִּלְב֥וּשׁ שָֽׂק 1 no one was to come into the gate of the king while wearing sackcloth Alternate translation: “But no one who was wearing sackcloth was allowed inside the palace gates” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains why Mordecai waited outside. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 4 2 abo4 grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֥ין לָב֛וֹא אֶל־שַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ בִּלְב֥וּשׁ שָֽׂק 1 no one was to come into the gate of the king while wearing sackcloth If your readers would misunderstand this, you can put this information first in the verse because it explains why Mordecai waited outside. See the UST. Alternate translation: “But no one who was wearing sackcloth was allowed inside the palace gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 4 3 e73y figs-idiom וּבְכָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּמְדִינָ֗ה 1 And in every province by province This expression means in every single province. See how you translated the term “province” in 1:1. Alternate translation: “in each and every province” or “in every province of the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 4 3 abo5 מְקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ וְדָתוֹ֙ מַגִּ֔יעַ 1 any place where the decree of the king and his law reached Alternate translation: “anywhere that the letter that said to destroy the Jews was announced in public”
|
||||
EST 4 3 abo6 figs-doublet דְּבַר־הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ וְדָתוֹ֙ 1 the decree of the king and his law These two phrases are referring to the same thing, that is, the information that the letter conveyed. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious a situation this was. Alternate translation: “the letter from the king” or “the law that said to destroy the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ EST 4 4 abp0 figs-explicit וַיַּגִּ֣ידוּ לָ֔הּ 1 and the
|
|||
EST 4 4 abp1 figs-activepassive וַתִּתְחַלְחַ֥ל הַמַּלְכָּ֖ה מְאֹ֑ד 1 even the queen was seized with extreme fear **The queen** means Esther. You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Esther herself became very afraid” or “this made the queen very distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 4 4 abp2 figs-explicit וַתִּתְחַלְחַ֥ל הַמַּלְכָּ֖ה מְאֹ֑ד 1 even the queen was seized with extreme fear The implication is that this happened when she heard what Mordecai was doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When she heard about this, Esther herself became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 4 4 y8bc translate-symaction וַתִּשְׁלַ֨ח בְּגָדִ֜ים לְהַלְבִּ֣ישׁ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֗י 1 she sent garments to clothe Mordecai and to take off his sackcloth from upon him **She** means Esther. This was her way of encouraging Mordecai to be hopeful and act publicly as if whatever situation he was worried about were not completely desperate. Alternate translation: “she sent servants to take to Mordecai some good clothes to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 4 4 abp3 translate-symaction וְלֹ֥א קִבֵּֽל 1 he did not accept Alternate translation: “he refused to put them on” This was Mordecai’s way of replying to Esther that the situation truly was desperate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 4 4 abp3 translate-symaction וְלֹ֥א קִבֵּֽל 1 he did not accept This was Mordecai’s way of replying to Esther that the situation truly was desperate. Alternate translation: “he refused to put them on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 4 5 abp4 וַתִּקְרָא֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר לַהֲתָ֜ךְ מִסָּרִיסֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 So Esther called for Hathak, from the eunuchs of the king Alternative translation: “then Esther summoned Hathak, one of the king’s officials”
|
||||
EST 4 5 vf4m translate-names לַהֲתָ֜ךְ 1 for Hathak This is a man’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EST 4 5 lp8m writing-background מִסָּרִיסֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶעֱמִ֣יד לְפָנֶ֔יהָ 1 from the eunuchs of the king whom he had caused to stand before her face Alternate translation: “who was one of the royal guardians whom the king had assigned to serve Esther personally” You can put this information first because it provides background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ EST 4 5 abp6 figs-parallelism לָדַ֥עַת מַה־זֶּ֖ה וְעַ
|
|||
EST 4 6 abp7 figs-explicit וַיֵּצֵ֥א הֲתָ֖ךְ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Hathak went out to Mordecai Hathak went out specifically to speak with Mordecai and find out why he was so distressed, as Esther had asked him to do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Hathak went out to speak with Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 4 6 mgl5 רְח֣וֹב הָעִ֔יר 1 the open place of the city Alternate translation: “the central plaza”
|
||||
EST 4 6 j41r figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י 1 before the face of Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 4 6 abp8 figs-metonymy שַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the gate of the king Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” The citadel is being described by reference to something associated with it, the gate that leads into it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 4 6 abp8 figs-metonymy שַֽׁעַר־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the gate of the king The citadel is being described by reference to something associated with it, the gate that leads into it. Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 4 7 zq3s figs-synecdoche אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑הוּ 1 Mordecai reported to him all that had happened to him Here, **him** refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai figuratively represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EST 4 7 abp9 פָּרָשַׁ֣ת הַכֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֤ר הָמָן֙ לִ֠שְׁקוֹל עַל־גִּנְזֵ֥י הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ בַּיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְאַבְּדָֽם 1 the exact amount of silver that Haman had said to weigh out in the treasuries of the king, against, to destroy them This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) the amount of silver that Haman said the king would get for his treasury from the plunder that the people who destroyed the Jews would take from them, or (2) the amount of silver that Haman had said he would contribute to pay for the expenses of the plan to destroy the Jews. You could say either one as an alternate translation, but it should agree with your interpretation of [3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
EST 4 8 j43r פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן כְּתָֽב־הַ֠דָּת 1 a copy of the writing Alternate translation: “a copy of the letter that Haman had sent out” or “a copy of the decree”
|
||||
|
|
@ -474,9 +474,9 @@ EST 4 11 abq7 כָּל־עַבְדֵ֣י הַמֶּ֡לֶךְ וְעַם
|
|||
EST 4 11 d9mh figs-merism כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ וְאִשָּׁ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 for any man or woman Here, Esther once again refers to a group figuratively by describing two parts of it. She means all of the people whom Ahasuerus rules as king. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and say something like “anyone”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EST 4 11 abq8 translate-symaction יָבֽוֹא־אֶל־הַמֶּלֶךְ֩ אֶל־הֶחָצֵ֨ר הַפְּנִימִ֜ית 1 who goes to the king, to the inner court As [5:1](../05/01.md) makes clear, this refers to a courtyard right outside the room where King Ahasuerus sat on his throne. He could see out of the entrance to the room into the courtyard and tell if anyone came and stood there. Anyone who did that was asking to speak to the king. Alternate translation: “who goes into the inner courtyard of the palace, where the king can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 4 11 abq9 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־יִקָּרֵ֗א 1 who has not been called If it would help your readers to understand, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when the king has not summoned that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 4 11 abr0 אַחַ֤ת דָּתוֹ֙ 1 his law is one Alternate translation: “this law applies to everyone in the kingdom” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this after the explanation of the law itself.
|
||||
EST 4 11 abr0 אַחַ֤ת דָּתוֹ֙ 1 his law is one If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this after the explanation of the law itself. Alternate translation: “this law applies to everyone in the kingdom”
|
||||
EST 4 11 abr1 לְהָמִ֔ית 1 to cause to die Alternate translation: “that person must be executed” or “the guards will kill that person”
|
||||
EST 4 11 abr2 translate-symaction לְ֠בַד מֵאֲשֶׁ֨ר יֽוֹשִׁיט־ל֥וֹ הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַזָּהָ֖ב 1 apart from when the king holds out to him the scepter of gold, then he will live If the king pointed his scepter toward a person, that meant that the king was accepting him. Alternate translation: “unless the king extends his golden scepter towards him”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 4 11 abr2 translate-symaction לְ֠בַד מֵאֲשֶׁ֨ר יֽוֹשִׁיט־ל֥וֹ הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַזָּהָ֖ב 1 apart from when the king holds out to him the scepter of gold, then he will live If the king pointed his scepter toward a person, that meant that the king was accepting him. Alternate translation: “unless the king extends his golden scepter towards him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 4 11 abr3 translate-unknown שַׁרְבִ֥יט הַזָּהָ֖ב 1 the scepter of gold A scepter was an ornamental staff or wand that rulers carried or held as a symbol of their authority. According to this, the scepter of King Ahasuerus was made of gold. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 4 11 ilp4 figs-explicit וְחָיָ֑ה 1 This means that the guards will not kill this person and he can proceed to speak to the king. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the guards will not kill him and he can speak to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 4 11 abr4 figs-explicit וַאֲנִ֗י לֹ֤א נִקְרֵ֨אתי֙ לָב֣וֹא אֶל־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ זֶ֖ה שְׁלוֹשִׁ֥ים יֽוֹם 1 But as for me, I have not been called to come to the king these thirty days Esther is saying by implication that she cannot speak to the king as Mordecai has requested because the king has not been calling for her, which would have given her an opportunity to speak to him. If she goes without being summoned, she could be put to death. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -487,11 +487,11 @@ EST 4 12 abr6 וַיַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְמָרְדֳּכָ֔י 1 So
|
|||
EST 4 13 abr7 וַיֹּ֥אמֶר מָרְדֳּכַ֖י לְהָשִׁ֣יב אֶל־אֶסְתֵּ֑ר 1 Then Mordecai said to return to Esther Alternate translation: “then Mordecai sent back this message to Esther”
|
||||
EST 4 14 i1uy figs-personification רֶ֣וַח וְהַצָּלָ֞ה יַעֲמ֤וֹד לַיְּהוּדִים֙ מִמָּק֣וֹם אַחֵ֔ר 1 relief and deliverance will arise for the Jews from another place Here, **relief** and **deliverance** are spoken of as if they are living things that can rise up. Alternate translation: “someone else will rise up from another place and rescue the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EST 4 14 t3k7 figs-doublet רֶ֣וַח וְהַצָּלָ֞ה 1 Here, **relief** and **deliverance** mean very similar things. They are used together to emphasize the great emotion behind being delivered from this great evil. If it works better in your language, you can use one word instead of two, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 4 14 abs0 וְאַ֥תְּ וּבֵית־אָבִ֖יךְ תֹּאבֵ֑דוּ 1 but you and the house of your father will perish Alternate translation: “you and your relatives will be killed” The implication is that the Jews will be rescued starting in that other place, but the ones living in Susa will still be in danger because no one who could have helped them there (such as Esther) would have done anything.
|
||||
EST 4 14 abs0 וְאַ֥תְּ וּבֵית־אָבִ֖יךְ תֹּאבֵ֑דוּ 1 but you and the house of your father will perish The implication is that the Jews will be rescued starting in that other place, but the ones living in Susa will still be in danger because no one who could have helped them there (such as Esther) would have done anything. Alternate translation: “you and your relatives will be killed”
|
||||
EST 4 14 dtg7 figs-rquestion וּמִ֣י יוֹדֵ֔עַ אִם־לְעֵ֣ת כָּזֹ֔את הִגַּ֖עַתְּ לַמַּלְכֽוּת 1 And who knows if you have arrived at royalty for such a time as this? This is really a statement, and it is about what is happening right then. Mordecai asks it in question form so that Esther will think deeply about her role in this situation. Alternate translation: “who knows, perhaps it was to intervene in this very situation that you became queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EST 4 16 d6cq figs-activepassive כָּל־הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים הַֽנִּמְצְאִ֣ים בְּשׁוּשָׁ֗ן 1 all the Jews who are found in Susa You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the Jews who live here in Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 4 16 t2wg translate-symaction וְצ֣וּמוּ עָ֠לַי 1 And fast on account of me The verb **fast** here is plural, including Mordecai and all of the Jews. Fasting (that is, going without eating) was a symbolic act that the Jews did when they were praying intensely. You could make the connection with prayer explicit. Alternate translation: “fast and pray for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 4 16 qw8v translate-numbers וְאַל־תֹּאכְל֨וּ וְאַל־תִּשְׁתּ֜וּ שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת יָמִים֙ לַ֣יְלָה וָי֔וֹם 1 neither eating nor drinking for three days, both night and day This expression means that Esther was asking the Jews in Susa not to eat or drink anything during the day or the night for a period of three days. Alternate translation: “tell them to not eat or drink anything for three days and three nights”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EST 4 16 qw8v translate-numbers וְאַל־תֹּאכְל֨וּ וְאַל־תִּשְׁתּ֜וּ שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת יָמִים֙ לַ֣יְלָה וָי֔וֹם 1 neither eating nor drinking for three days, both night and day This expression means that Esther was asking the Jews in Susa not to eat or drink anything during the day or the night for a period of three days. Alternate translation: “tell them to not eat or drink anything for three days and three nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EST 4 16 j51r גַּם־אֲנִ֥י וְנַעֲרֹתַ֖י אָצ֣וּם כֵּ֑ן 1 Also, I myself and my young female attendants will fast likewise Alternate translation: “my maids and I will also fast”
|
||||
EST 4 16 abs2 וּבְכֵ֞ן 1 Then, in such circumstances Alternate translation: “after we have all done that, and while still fasting”
|
||||
EST 4 16 abs3 אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־כַדָּ֔ת 1 which is not according to the law Alternate translation: “even though there is a law against going without being summoned”
|
||||
|
|
@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ EST 5 11 m7fq גִּדְּל֤וֹ 1 made him great Alternate translation:
|
|||
EST 5 11 b7c5 figs-metaphor נִשְּׂא֔וֹ עַל 1 he had lifted him over Here, **lifting** is a metaphor meaning to “advance” or “promote” a person to a higher, more important position than they had previously. Alternate translation: “given him a position more important than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 5 11 abv6 figs-explicit הַשָּׂרִ֖ים וְעַבְדֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the officials and administrators of the king This means all of the others, as [3:1](../03/01.md) makes clear. Alternate translation: “all of his other officials and administrators” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 5 11 xwvh figs-doublet הַשָּׂרִ֖ים וְעַבְדֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 The words **officials** and **administrators** mean similar things. If your language uses one word for these, you can combine them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 5 12 abv7 figs-exclamations אַ֣ף 1 In addition Alternate translation: “and that is not all” You can translate it as an exclamation because Haman believes he has saved the best for last and is now introducing what he considers to be his most recent significant honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
EST 5 12 abv7 figs-exclamations אַ֣ף 1 In addition You can translate it as an exclamation because Haman believes he has saved the best for last and is now introducing what he considers to be his most recent significant honor. Alternate translation: “and that is not all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
EST 5 12 w1bm figs-doublenegatives לֹא־הֵבִיאָה֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר הַמַּלְכָּ֧ה עִם־הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ…כִּ֣י אִם־אוֹתִ֑י 1 Esther the queen did not bring anyone with the king … except me This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I was the only one Queen Esther invited besides the king” or “Queen Esther invited just two of us, the king and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
EST 5 12 abv8 עָשָׂ֖תָה 1 she had made Alternate translation: “she had prepared”
|
||||
EST 5 12 abv9 figs-activepassive וְגַם־לְמָחָ֛ר אֲנִ֥י קָֽרוּא־לָ֖הּ עִם־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 And also for tomorrow, I am called by her with the king You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and she has invited me to attend another banquet with the king again tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ EST 5 13 abw3 בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the gate of the
|
|||
EST 5 14 abw4 figs-explicit וַתֹּ֣אמֶר לוֹ֩ זֶ֨רֶשׁ אִשְׁתּ֜וֹ וְכָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗יו 1 Then … said to him The verb is feminine, so it is Zeresh who is speaking here. By mentioning the friends, it is implied that they are in agreement with what she says. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say, “Then Haman’s wife Zeresh suggested, and his friends agreed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 5 14 j81r וְכָל־אֹֽהֲבָ֗יו 1 with all his friends This means the friends whom Haman had invited to his home that day. Alternate translation: “his friends who were there”
|
||||
EST 5 14 abw5 figs-explicit יַֽעֲשׂוּ 1 Let them make You can say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have your servants set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 5 14 i2f3 translate-unknown עֵץ֮ 1 a tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 5 14 i2f3 translate-unknown עֵץ֮ 1 a tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 5 14 k8zd translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֣הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּה֒ 1 50 cubits high You can convert this to a modern measure if that is the style of translation that you are using. Alternate translation: “seventy-five feet high” or “twenty-five meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
EST 5 14 hiui figs-explicit אֱמֹ֣ר לַמֶּ֗לֶךְ וְיִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔יו 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you can make explicit what Haman would say to the king. Alternate translation: “speak to the king and tell him that you would like to hang Mordecai on it” or “tell the king that you intend to hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 5 14 abw7 figs-explicit וְיִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔יו 1 say to the king, and let them hang Mordecai on it If your readers would misunderstand this, you can make explicit who does the action. Probably, Haman’s servants would carry out the action. But since it would happen under Haman’s orders and perhaps under his supervision, you could also describe him as the one who does the action if that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have your servants hang Mordecai on it” or “and hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ EST 6 3 aby1 עַל־זֶ֑ה 1 on account of this Alternate translation: “fo
|
|||
EST 6 4 aby2 figs-explicit מִ֣י בֶחָצֵ֑ר 1 Who is in the court? This could mean either: (1) The king knows that there is someone in the courtyard, maybe because he heard someone walking there; he wants to know who it is. (2) Since there are always people around the palace, the king assumes that there must be someone out in the courtyard. In either case, the king wants to know if there is someone there with whom he could consult about the best way to honor Mordecai. As the story has already said in [1:13](../01/13.md), it was the king’s habit to consult his advisors on important questions. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king wanted to consult someone about the best way to honor Mordecai, so he asked, ‘who is in the courtyard’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 6 4 aby3 מִ֣י בֶחָצֵ֑ר 1 Who is in the court? In order to present the events in logical and chronological order, you can put the king’s question last in the verse if that would be more natural in your language. Haman had already come in the courtyard by the time the king asked this question.
|
||||
EST 6 4 j91r grammar-connect-time-background וְהָמָ֣ן בָּ֗א לַחֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַחִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה לֵאמֹ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לִתְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י עַל־הָעֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽוֹ 1 Now Haman had come into the outer court of the house of the king to say to the king to hang Mordecai on the tree that he had prepared for him This sentence indicates that Haman had already entered the outer court when King Ahasuerus asked his question. You could indicate this with a phrase such as “at that moment” or “just then” or “while they were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
EST 6 4 rg8t לַחֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַחִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה 1 to the outer court of the house of the king Alternate translation: “the outer courtyard of the palace” This phrase is describing the first courtyard a person would come to after entering the palace from the outside.
|
||||
EST 6 4 rg8t לַחֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַחִ֣יצוֹנָ֔ה 1 to the outer court of the house of the king This phrase is describing the first courtyard a person would come to after entering the palace from the outside. Alternate translation: “the outer courtyard of the palace”
|
||||
EST 6 4 vu7p לֵאמֹ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לִתְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 to say to the king to hang Mordecai Alternate translation: “to tell the king that he wanted to hang Mordecai” or “to tell the king that he wanted to impale Mordecai”
|
||||
EST 6 4 at53 הָעֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽוֹ 1 the tree that he had prepared for him Alternate translation: “on the pole that he had set up” or “on the gallows that he had set up for Mordecai”
|
||||
EST 6 4 aby4 translate-unknown הָעֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ EST 7 3 aca8 figs-idiom וְאִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹ
|
|||
EST 7 3 aca9 figs-parallelism תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤י נַפְשִׁי֙ בִּשְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔י וְעַמִּ֖י בְּבַקָּשָׁתִֽי 1 let my life be given to me at my petition, and my people at my request The phrases **at my petition** and **at my request** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the urgency of the request. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two requests. Alternate translation: “please spare my life and save my people” or “my request is that you spare my life and the lives of my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EST 7 3 j4d9 figs-activepassive תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤י נַפְשִׁי֙ 1 let my life be given to me You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “please spare my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 7 3 bvi1 figs-abstractnouns בִּשְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔י 1 at my petition The abstract noun **petition** can be expressed with the verb “ask for.” Alternate translation: “that is what I am asking for” or “that is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EST 7 3 qghp figs-ellipsis וְעַמִּ֖י 1 If this is unclear in your language, you can repeat from the previous clause the words that have been left out. Alternate translation: “and let my people be given to me”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EST 7 3 qghp figs-ellipsis וְעַמִּ֖י 1 If this is unclear in your language, you can repeat from the previous clause the words that have been left out. Alternate translation: “and let my people be given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EST 7 3 j5d1 figs-abstractnouns בְּבַקָּשָׁתִֽי 1 at my request The abstract noun **request** can be expressed with the verb “ask for.” Alternate translation: “rhat is what I am asking for” or “rhat is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EST 7 4 acb1 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 For we have been sold As Esther points out later in the verse, the Jews actually have not been exchanged for money. Rather, **sell** is a figurative way of saying “turn over to.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning by saying something like “For someone has turned us over to our enemies.” Alternatively, you could use the same figure, but show that it is a comparison. Alternate translation: “it is as though I and my people are cattle that have been sold to be slaughtered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 7 4 fhs7 figs-activepassive כִּ֤י נִמְכַּ֨רְנוּ֙ 1 For we have been sold You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has sold us” or “for someone has put us in danger of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -701,9 +701,9 @@ EST 7 7 j6d3 figs-abstractnouns כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛יו הָרָע
|
|||
EST 7 8 j6d5 figs-explicit וְהַמֶּ֡לֶךְ שָׁב֩…וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל 1 Now when the king returned … Haman was fallen The implication is that when the king returned to the room, he saw what this verse describes next. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the king returned…, he saw that Haman had fallen…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 h4c7 figs-explicit וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 Now … Haman was fallen on the couch on which Esther was The implication is that Haman was doing this as he pleaded for his life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can add that information to the end of this phrase: “…as he was begging Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 acb8 figs-events וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 Now … Haman was fallen on the couch on which Esther was If you prefer to present the events in chronological order, you can put this information first in the verse. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 acb9 figs-idiom וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 Now … Haman was fallen on the couch on which Esther was The expression **was fallen** means that as Haman was begging for his life, he was not standing up; he had suddenly come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a couch. (From the impression that the king got when he returned, it is possible that Haman was even grabbing her arms or shoulders as he pleaded with Esther.) Alternate translation: “Haman had come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a banqueting couch” or “Haman had thrown himself down on the couch where Esther was reclining”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 acb9 figs-idiom וְהָמָן֙ נֹפֵ֔ל עַל־הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 Now … Haman was fallen on the couch on which Esther was The expression **was fallen** means that as Haman was begging for his life, he was not standing up; he had suddenly come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a couch. (From the impression that the king got when he returned, it is possible that Haman was even grabbing her arms or shoulders as he pleaded with Esther.) Alternate translation: “Haman had come down very close to Esther as she was reclining on a banqueting couch” or “Haman had thrown himself down on the couch where Esther was reclining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 acc0 הַמִּטָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶסְתֵּ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 the couch on which Esther was In this culture, especially at a banquet like this one, wealthy people would recline on couches as they ate and drank. Alternate translation: “Esther’s banqueting couch”
|
||||
EST 7 8 thq6 figs-rquestion הֲ֠גַם לִכְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַמַּלְכָּ֛ה עִמִּ֖י בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 Is it also to subdue the queen, with me, in the house? The king phrases this as a question to show his shock and anger at what he thinks Haman is doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can phrase it as<br>a statement. Alternate translation: “he is even trying to rape the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 thq6 figs-rquestion הֲ֠גַם לִכְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַמַּלְכָּ֛ה עִמִּ֖י בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 Is it also to subdue the queen, with me, in the house? The king phrases this as a question to show his shock and anger at what he thinks Haman is doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can phrase it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he is even trying to rape the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 l4ce figs-euphemism לִכְבּ֧וֹשׁ אֶת־הַמַּלְכָּ֛ה 1 to subdue the queen The story is using a mild expression to refer to something that is disturbing. In this context, “subdue” means “rape.” The king thought that Haman was trying to rape Esther, and he likely said just that. You can show this in your translation if you want to make this clear. Alternate translation: “trying to rape the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 acc1 figs-parallelism עִמִּ֖י בַּבָּ֑יִת 1 with me, in the house These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine the phrases. However, each one does indicate something slightly different about what a serious offense it would be if Haman actually were trying to rape Esther. It would be a violation of the king’s personal trust and a violation of the trust implicit in hospitality. So you can also include both phrases. Alternate translation: “in my presence and in my own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EST 7 8 adq6 figs-idiom הַדָּבָ֗ר יָצָא֙ מִפִּ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 The word was going out from the mouth of the king This expression describes the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “as soon as the king said this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁ
|
|||
EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 acc9 figs-explicit וּמָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai came before the face of the king The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 j8d9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 acd0 figs-events הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ 1 Esther told what he was to her Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 acd0 figs-events הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ 1 Esther told what he was to her You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 j9d1 figs-explicit הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ 1 Esther told what he was to her Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. You can say this If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 2 m5hz translate-symaction וַיָּ֨סַר הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗וֹ…וַֽיִּתְּנָ֖הּ לְמָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 the king removed his signet ring … and he gave it to Mordecai Giving the ring to Mordecai showed that Mordecai could now act on the king’s own authority, and it enabled him to do that. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king now gave this ring to Mordecai to show that Mordecai had the power to act on the authority of the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 8 2 acd1 translate-unknown טַבַּעְתּ֗וֹ 1 signet ring See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the ring that had his official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ EST 8 3 j9d9 figs-idiom וַתִּפֹּ֖ל לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ
|
|||
EST 8 3 acd4 translate-symaction וַתִּפֹּ֖ל לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑יו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet This may actually mean that Esther put her face right on top of the feet of King Ahasuerus. This would have been an act of humility and desperation by which she showed that her need was very great and that she believed the king had great power to help her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 8 3 acd5 figs-explicit וַתִּפֹּ֖ל לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑יו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet Esther’s action was probably a recognized sign of pleading in this culture. However, it would likely still have been remarkable for a queen to fall at the feet of her husband, the king. You can show this by introducing the information with a phrase like “in fact.” Alternate translation: “in fact, to show how desperately she was pleading, Esther got down and put her face right on top of his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 3 j1r1 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑יו 1 before the face of his feet Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means that Esther prostrated herself in front of the feet of King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 8 3 jmn7 figs-idiom לְהַֽעֲבִיר֙ אֶת־רָעַת֙ הָמָ֣ן הָֽאֲגָגִ֔י 1 to take away the evil of Haman the Agagite and his plot that he had plotted against the Jews Here, **the evil** refers to Haman’s plan.<br>This expression means to prevent a wrong action from happening.<br>Alternate translation: “to stop the evil plan of Haman the Agagite” or “to prevent the evil things from happening that Haman the Agagite had planned”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 8 3 jmn7 figs-idiom לְהַֽעֲבִיר֙ אֶת־רָעַת֙ הָמָ֣ן הָֽאֲגָגִ֔י 1 to take away the evil of Haman the Agagite and his plot that he had plotted against the Jews Here, **the evil** refers to Haman’s plan. This expression means to prevent a wrong action from happening. Alternate translation: “to stop the evil plan of Haman the Agagite” or “to prevent the evil things from happening that Haman the Agagite had planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 8 3 bp22 translate-names הָֽאֲגָגִ֔י 1 the Agagite This is the name of Haman’s people group. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EST 8 3 c2hw מַֽחֲשַׁבְתּ֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָשַׁ֖ב 1 his plot that he had plotted Alternate translation: “and the plot that he had invented” or “and the plot that Haman invented”
|
||||
EST 8 4 xh24 translate-symaction וַיּ֤וֹשֶׁט הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְאֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֵ֖ת שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַזָּהָ֑ב 1 And the king held out to Esther the scepter of gold As in [5:2](../05/02.md), King Ahasuerus did this to show that Esther had his favor. In that earlier episode, this indicated that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed for coming into the inner court without being summoned. But since Esther was apparently already in the king’s presence on this occasion, it seems that the gesture could also be used generally to show that the king was positively disposed towards a person and would grant the person’s request. Alternate translation: “the king held out his golden scepter to Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ EST 8 6 ace5 מוֹלַדְתִּֽי 1 my kindred Alternate translation:
|
|||
EST 8 7 j2r7 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 Behold This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
|
||||
EST 8 7 ace6 בֵית־הָמָ֜ן נָתַ֣תִּי לְאֶסְתֵּ֗ר 1 I have given the house of Haman to Esther See the note about this expression in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “I have given Esther all the property that belonged to Haman” or “I have given Esther the household of Haman”
|
||||
EST 8 7 h44h figs-metonymy בֵית־הָמָ֜ן 1 the house of Haman Here, **house** is a metonym meaning the entire household of Haman. Alternate translation: “the household of Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 8 7 ace7 figs-events וְאֹתוֹ֙ תָּל֣וּ עַל־הָעֵ֔ץ 1 they have hanged him on the tree Alternate translation: “I had my servants impale Haman on a wooden pole” or “I had my servants hang Haman on a gallows” You can put this information first because it happened before the king gave Haman’s property to Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 8 7 ace7 figs-events וְאֹתוֹ֙ תָּל֣וּ עַל־הָעֵ֔ץ 1 they have hanged him on the tree You can put this information first because it happened before the king gave Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “I had my servants impale Haman on a wooden pole” or “I had my servants hang Haman on a gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 8 7 ace8 translate-unknown הָעֵ֔ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 8 7 j2r9 figs-idiom שָׁלַ֥ח יָד֖וֹ 1 he stretched out his hand Here the expression \*\*to stretch out a hand\*\* means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “because he plotted to destroy all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 8 8 acf0 וְ֠אַתֶּם 1 So you Alternate translation: “so this is what you should do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ EST 8 9 acf7 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפ
|
|||
EST 8 9 s4ue figs-activepassive וַיִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 So the scribes of the king were called You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the king called his scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 8 9 acf8 וַיִּקָּרְא֣וּ סֹפְרֵֽי־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 So the scribes of the king were called If you use an expression such as “called,” make sure your readers will understand that the king likely sent an official to go and bring the scribes back with him. The king did not call out in a loud voice to get them to come.
|
||||
EST 8 9 j4r1 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 in the third month Alternate translation: “in month three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 8 9 acf9 figs-explicit בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 in the third month Alternate translation: “in the third month of the year” It would still be the same year as in [3:7](../03/07.md), the twelfth year that Ahasuerus reigned as king of Persia. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 9 acf9 figs-explicit בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 in the third month It would still be the same year as in [3:7](../03/07.md), the twelfth year that Ahasuerus reigned as king of Persia. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the third month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 9 j356 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן 1 which is the month of Sivan **Sivan** is the name of the third month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “the month of Sivan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 8 9 acg1 הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ סִיוָ֗ן 1 which is the month of Sivan The story is being recorded from the perspective of the Persian court, but for the benefit of its intended Jewish audience, the Hebrew name of the month is given. This month overlaps with May and June on a Western calendar.
|
||||
EST 8 9 j4r3 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֣ה וְעֶשְׂרִים֮ בּוֹ֒ 1 on the twenty-third of it Alternation translation: “on day 23” or “on the twenty-third day of the month” The exact date of the letter helps to establish its legal authority. This would be on June 25th of a Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -808,18 +808,18 @@ EST 8 10 jf31 figs-explicit וַיַּחְתֹּ֖ם בְּטַבַּ֣ע
|
|||
EST 8 10 yt4j figs-metaphor בְּיַד֩ הָרָצִ֨ים בַּסּוּסִ֜ים 1 by the hand of runners on horses As in [3:13](../03/13.md), **hand** could mean two different things. (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the runners carried the letters in their hands. (2) It could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that runners were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers on horseback delivered the letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 8 10 acg6 רֹכְבֵ֤י הָרֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽאֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים בְּנֵ֖י הָֽרַמָּכִֽים 1 riders of the royal pack horses, sons of the mares Alternate translation: “They rose fast horses that were used in the king’s service. These horses had been bred in the king’s stables.”
|
||||
EST 8 10 p9uc figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֖י הָֽרַמָּכִֽים 1 sons of the mares Here, **sons** is a metonym meaning the offspring of royal livestock. Alternate translation: “the offspring of the king’s horses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 8 11 j5r5 figs-idiom בְּכָל־עִיר־וָעִ֗יר 1 in every city by city This expression means “in each and every city.” It is possibly referring to the entire empire by naming one part of it, its cities. The story says in [9:19](../09/19.md) that<br>not just Jews living in cities but Jews living in rural areas also defended themselves. It is likely that the messengers only published the news in the cities and not the entire countryside, but the news was certainly intended for everyone, not only people living in the cities. Alternate translation: “throughout the empire” or “in each and every city” or “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 8 11 j5r5 figs-idiom בְּכָל־עִיר־וָעִ֗יר 1 in every city by city This expression means “in each and every city.” It is possibly referring to the entire empire by naming one part of it, its cities. The story says in [9:19](../09/19.md) that not just Jews living in cities but Jews living in rural areas also defended themselves. It is likely that the messengers only published the news in the cities and not the entire countryside, but the news was certainly intended for everyone, not only people living in the cities. Alternate translation: “throughout the empire” or “in each and every city” or “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 8 11 e1mj figs-metaphor לְהִקָּהֵל֮ וְלַעֲמֹ֣ד עַל־נַפְשָׁם֒ 1 to gather and to stand for their life Here, **to stand** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “to join together and fight for their lives” or “to join together and fight back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 8 11 j5r7 figs-doublet לְהַשְׁמִיד֩ וְלַהֲרֹ֨ג וּלְאַבֵּ֜ד 1 to annihilate, and to slaughter, and to destroy These words mean the same thing and are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is being described. See how you translated this in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “completely destroy” (A “doublet” can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 8 11 acg7 figs-metonymy כָּל־חֵ֨יל עַ֧ם וּמְדִינָ֛ה הַצָּרִ֥ים אֹתָ֖ם 1 any strength of a people or province that would attack them **Strength** is a figurative way of referring to an army or to a person carrying weaponry. Alternate translation: “the army of any people or province that attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 8 11 acg8 טַ֣ף וְנָשִׁ֑ים 1 children and women Alternate translation: “they could also kill the wives and children of the armed men”
|
||||
EST 8 11 acg9 וּשְׁלָלָ֖ם לָבֽוֹז 1 and plunder their spoil See how you translated this expression in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “and take everything that belonged to them”
|
||||
EST 8 12 ach0 figs-explicit בְּי֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 on one day This was the day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews in<br>[3:13](../03/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation:<br>“on the same day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 12 ach0 figs-explicit בְּי֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 on one day This was the day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews in [3:13](../03/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “on the same day that Haman had set for destroying the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 12 ach1 בְּכָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 in all of the provinces of the king Ahasuerus Alternate translation: “in every province of the kingdom”
|
||||
EST 8 12 j6r3 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר 1 on the thirteenth Alternate translation: “on day 13” or “on the thirteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 8 12 hi2y translate-ordinal לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 of the twelfth month Alternate translation: “of month 12” or “of the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 8 12 ach2 figs-explicit לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 of the twelfth month Implicitly, this means “the twelfth month of that same year.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 12 j6r4 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 which is the month of Adar This is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you<br>translated this in [3:07](../03/07.md) and [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 8 12 j6r4 translate-hebrewmonths הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 which is the month of Adar This is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:07](../03/07.md) and [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 8 13 j6r5 figs-activepassive פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן הַכְּתָ֗ב לְהִנָּ֤תֵֽן דָּת֙ 1 was to be given as a law You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials to proclaim this as a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 8 13 j6r7 figs-idiom בְּכָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּמְדִינָ֔ה 1 in every province by province This expression means “in each and every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 8 13 ach4 figs-activepassive גָּל֖וּי לְכָל־הָעַמִּ֑ים 1 being uncovered for all the peoples You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the letter told the officials in every single province to post copies where everyone could see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ EST 8 15 eqc4 figs-metonymy וְהָעִ֣יר שׁוּשָׁ֔ן צָהֲ
|
|||
EST 8 15 i1ec figs-hendiadys צָהֲלָ֖ה וְשָׂמֵֽחָה 1 cheered and rejoiced This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoiced** tells how they cheered. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning by saying something like “shouted joyfully.” Alternate translation: “cheered and were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EST 8 15 aci3 figs-explicit צָהֲלָ֖ה וְשָׂמֵֽחָה 1 cheered and rejoiced The implication is that the people did this when they saw Mordecai. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 16 q2ru figs-metaphor הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה 1 there was light Here, **light** figuratively represents happiness. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 8 16 aci4 figs-doublet הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְשִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 there was light and joy The terms **light** and **joy** refer to the same thing here.<br>They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt.<br>Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 8 16 aci4 figs-doublet הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְשִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 there was light and joy The terms **light** and **joy** refer to the same thing here. They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 8 16 j8r1 figs-doublet וְשָׂשֹׂ֖ן וִיקָֽר 1 and rejoicing and honor These terms have similar meaning and are used together with the previous doublet to emphasize again the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 8 16 n94u figs-explicit וִיקָֽר 1 and honor Here, **honor** might have two possible meanings. (1) Other people honored the Jews. Alternate translation: “other people honored them” (2) The Jews themselves felt honor instead of shame. Alternate translation: “they felt honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 17 k1eh figs-idiom וּבְכָל־מְדִינָ֨ה וּמְדִינָ֜ה 1 And in every province by province This expression means “each and every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ EST 9 3 q2ue figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י
|
|||
EST 9 4 j9r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 For This term introduces the reason why the officials and satraps and governors were becoming afraid of Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 9 4 xd49 figs-explicit גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai was great in the palace of the king The implication is that this is why all the other officials were afraid of Mordecai. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “They were afraid of him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 4 ack1 figs-metonymy גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai was great in the palace of the king **The palace of the king** is a figurative way of describing the king’s administration by referring to the place where it was headquartered. Alternate translation: “was very important in the king’s government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 9 4 ack2 גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai was great **Great** here is the same term that, as a verb, describes promotion within the king’s<br>service in in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “Mordecai was a very important royal official”
|
||||
EST 9 4 ack2 גָ֤דוֹל מָרְדֳּכַי֙ בְּבֵ֣ית הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai was great **Great** here is the same term that, as a verb, describes promotion within the king’s service in in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “Mordecai was a very important royal official”
|
||||
EST 9 4 mr66 figs-personification וְשָׁמְע֖וֹ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּכָל־הַמְּדִינ֑וֹת 1 and the report of him was going out into all the provinces Here the story speaks of the news of Mordecai’s greatness as if it were a living thing that could travel throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “throughout the empire, everyone was hearing the news of his greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EST 9 4 j9r9 figs-idiom מָרְדֳּכַ֖י הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְגָדֽוֹל 1 Mordecai was progressing and becoming great This expression means that Mordecai continued to become more powerful and influential. Alternate translation: “Mordecai was becoming more famous because the king was giving him more and more power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 5 ack3 וַיַּכּ֤וּ הַיְּהוּדִים֙ בְּכָל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם מַכַּת־חֶ֥רֶב 1 the Jews struck to all their enemies a strike of sword After the information about Mordecai, the story now returns to tell what happened on the appointed day. You could add a phrase to show this. Alternate translation, add: “on the day when they were allowed to defend themselves”
|
||||
|
|
@ -941,14 +941,14 @@ EST 9 16 kms1 וְהָרֹג֙ בְּשֹׂ֣נְאֵיהֶ֔ם חֲמ
|
|||
EST 9 16 i1d1 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 75000 Alternate translation: “seventy-five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EST 9 16 m2cx לֹ֥א שָֽׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽם 1 they did not stretch out their hand to the plunder Alternate translation: “they did not take the things that belonged to them” or “they did not take the valuable things” or “the did not take their possessions”
|
||||
EST 9 17 ll4f translate-ordinal בְּיוֹם־שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר 1 the thirteenth day Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 9 17 j67d translate-hebrewmonths לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר 1 of the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), and [9:15](../09/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 9 17 j67d translate-hebrewmonths לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֑ר 1 of the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), and [9:15](../09/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 9 17 acm5 בְּאַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ וְעָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְשִׂמְחָֽה 1 on the fourteenth day of it, then they made it a day of feasting and rejoicing Alternate translation: “they devoted the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar, to joyful celebration” or “they feasted joyfully the next day, the fourteenth day of the month of Adar”
|
||||
EST 9 17 kjj1 translate-ordinal בְּאַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ 1 on the fourteenth of it Alternate translation: “on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 9 17 j69d figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְשִׂמְחָֽה 1 feasting and rejoicing This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoicing** tells how they celebrated. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EST 9 17 acm6 figs-synecdoche מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה 1 feasting This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. The celebrations must have included more than just eating special meals together, but the story uses those meals to refer to the entire celebrations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EST 9 18 w531 וְהַיְּהוּדִ֣ים אֲשֶׁר־בְּשׁוּשָׁ֗ן נִקְהֲלוּ֙ 1 But the Jews who were in Susa assembled themselves Alternate translation: “but the Jews who lived in the capital city of Susa”
|
||||
EST 9 18 acm7 figs-explicit נִקְהֲלוּ֙ 1 assembled themselves The implication is that they did this to fight against their enemies. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who lived in Susa joined together to fight against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 18 acm8 figs-explicit בִּשְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ וּבְאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑וֹ 1 on the thirteenth of it and on the fourteenth of it If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say which month this is. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth and fourteenth days of the month of Adar”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 18 acm8 figs-explicit בִּשְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ וּבְאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑וֹ 1 on the thirteenth of it and on the fourteenth of it If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say which month this is. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth and fourteenth days of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 18 j73d translate-ordinal בִּשְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ 1 on the thirteenth of it Alternate translation: “on day 13” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 9 18 j75d translate-ordinal וּבְאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑וֹ 1 and on the fourteenth of it Alternate translation: “and on day 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 9 18 acm9 figs-metaphor וְנ֗וֹחַ בַּחֲמִשָּׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ בּ֔וֹ וְעָשֹׂ֣ה אֹת֔וֹ י֖וֹם מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה וְשִׂמְחָֽה 1 And they rested on the fifteenth of it, and they made it a day of feasting and rejoicing **Resting** is a figurative way of saying that they no longer needed to fight against their enemies because they had won the battle. Alternate translation: “they defeated them, and there was no fighting on the fifteenth day. They devoted that day to joyful celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ EST 9 19 acn0 figs-parallelism הַיְּהוּדִ֣ים הַפְּרָזִ
|
|||
EST 9 19 acn1 figs-explicit עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 make the fourteenth day … and a good day The implication is that this explanation is being offered for the benefit of city-dwelling Jews who might wonder why rural Jews celebrate this holiday on a different day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation, add: “rather than on the fifteenth day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 19 acn2 עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֠ת י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙…וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 make the fourteenth day … and a good day Alternate translation: “observe this holiday on the fourteenth day”
|
||||
EST 9 19 j83d translate-ordinal י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 the fourteenth day Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 9 19 j85d translate-hebrewmonths לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 of the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md) and [9:17](../09/17.md).<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 9 19 j85d translate-hebrewmonths לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 of the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md) and [9:17](../09/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 9 19 j87d figs-hendiadys שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּמִשְׁתֶּ֖ה 1 for rejoicing and for feasting As in verses 17 and 18, this means “by celebrating joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EST 9 19 j89d figs-idiom וְי֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 and a good day This expression generally means a day of happiness or celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 19 acn3 translate-symaction וּמִשְׁל֥וֹחַ מָנ֖וֹת אִ֥ישׁ לְרֵעֵֽהוּ 1 and for the sending of gifts, a man to his friend Giving gifts, in this culture as in many cultures, was a way of acknowledging a special occasion. Alternate translation: “and by giving gifts to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ EST 9 20 acn5 כָּל־הַיְּהוּדִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ
|
|||
EST 9 20 j95d figs-merism הַקְּרוֹבִ֖ים וְהָרְחוֹקִֽים 1 the near ones and the far ones This is a figurative way of referring to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. This expression means the Jews who lived in or near Susa, those who lived far away, and all Jews in between. Alternate translation: “everywhere they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EST 9 21 acn6 figs-idiom לְקַיֵּם֮ עֲלֵיהֶם֒ לִהְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים 1 to set up for them to be making Here, **to set up** means to establish, and to **make** a day means to observe it as a holiday. Alternate translation: “to establish … as a holiday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 21 j97d translate-ordinal י֣וֹם אַרְבָּעָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ 1 the fourteenth day Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 9 21 j99d translate-hebrewmonths לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 of the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar.<br>See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), and [9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 9 21 j99d translate-hebrewmonths לְחֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֔ר 1 of the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. See how you translated this in [3:7](../03/07.md), [3:13](../03/13.md), [8:12](../08/12.md), [9:1](../09/01.md), [9:15](../09/15.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), and [9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 9 21 j111 translate-ordinal יוֹם־חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר בּ֑וֹ 1 the fifteenth day of it Alternate translation: “the fifteenth day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 9 21 n4v9 figs-idiom בְּכָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְשָׁנָֽה 1 every year by year This expression means “every year.” Alternation translation: “each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 22 acn7 grammar-connect-logic-result כַּיָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר 1 as the days when This verse gives the reason for what Mordecai told the Jews to do in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because those were the days when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ EST 9 22 aco6 translate-symaction וּמַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽאֶבְ
|
|||
EST 9 22 z1vl figs-explicit וּמַתָּנ֖וֹת לָֽאֶבְיוֹנִֽים 1 This is also something that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that here. Alternate translation: “Mordecai also told them that they should give gifts to the poor on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 23 aco7 figs-explicit וְקִבֵּל֙…אֲשֶׁר־כָּתַ֥ב מָרְדֳּכַ֖י אֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 And … accepted … what Mordecai had written to them The implication seems to be that the Jews were glad to do what Mordecai had instructed, because they had already been doing it. You can add a word such as “readily” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 23 aco8 וְקִבֵּל֙ 1 And … accepted Alternate translation: “agreed”
|
||||
EST 9 23 ib25 figs-events אֲשֶׁר־הֵחֵ֖לּוּ לַעֲשׂ֑וֹת 1 what they had begun to do Alternate translation: “the Jews were already celebrating those days that way.” You can put this information first, to present the events in logical and chronological order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 9 23 ib25 figs-events אֲשֶׁר־הֵחֵ֖לּוּ לַעֲשׂ֑וֹת 1 what they had begun to do You can put this information first, to present the events in logical and chronological order. Alternate translation: “the Jews were already celebrating those days that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 9 24 j119 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 For This introduces the reason for the events previously described. The story will now summarize everything that happened previously. The Jews were to celebrate because they were able to fight back when Haman plotted to destroy all of them. Alternate translation: “they would celebrate these days to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 9 24 kqf6 figs-explicit כִּי֩ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say here what this reason is explaining. Alternate translation: “they would establish those days as a holiday in order to remember how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 24 j125 figs-distinguish צֹרֵר֙ כָּל־הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים 1 the adversary of all the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ EST 9 24 aco9 חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְאַ
|
|||
EST 9 24 xz7s figs-explicit וְהִפִּ֥יל פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַגּוֹרָ֔ל 1 and he had cast a Pur (which is “the lot”) You can say explicitly why Haman did this. Alternate translation: “he threw Pur (that is, he threw lots) to find out what would be the best day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 24 bcy2 translate-names פּוּר֙ ה֣וּא הַגּוֹרָ֔ל 1 a Pur (which is “the lot”) As in 3:7, the storyteller is giving both the Persian and the Hebrew name because this is the story behind the Festival of Purim, which takes its name from “Pur.” So this is not repetition for emphasis. You can put in the Persian name and then the name for “lot” in your own language to show that the storyteller is doing this. Alternate translation: “a Pur (that is, a lot)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EST 9 24 j127 figs-hendiadys לְהֻמָּ֖ם וּֽלְאַבְּדָֽם 1 to vex them and to destroy them The terms **vex** and **destroy** mean basically the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the degree to which Haman’s deadly plans were distressing to the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can combine the terms and express the emphasis with a word like “completely.” Alternate translation: “and completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EST 9 25 m8x3 figs-explicit וּבְבֹאָהּ֮ לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 But when she came before the face of the king In this summary, many details are communicated implicitly. **She** means Esther. Also, this verse continues the account of what this celebration is commemorating.<br>If your readers would misunderstand this, you can make these things explicit. Alternate translation: “the celebration also commemorated how Esther dared to come into the king’s presence without being summoned, and she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 25 m8x3 figs-explicit וּבְבֹאָהּ֮ לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 But when she came before the face of the king In this summary, many details are communicated implicitly. **She** means Esther. Also, this verse continues the account of what this celebration is commemorating. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can make these things explicit. Alternate translation: “the celebration also commemorated how Esther dared to come into the king’s presence without being summoned, and she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 25 j128 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the presence of a person. This phrase means that Esther came into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into the king’s presence” or “before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 9 25 acp1 figs-explicit אָמַ֣ר עִם־הַסֵּ֔פֶר 1 he said with the letter Once again, there is much information that is implicit here. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “the king gave Mordecai the authority to send a letter throughout the empire saying that the Jews could defend themselves against their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 25 y57b figs-idiom יָשׁ֞וּב מַחֲשַׁבְתּ֧וֹ הָרָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־חָשַׁ֥ב עַל־הַיְּהוּדִ֖ים עַל־רֹאשׁ֑וֹ 1 Let his evil plot that he plotted concerning the Jews return on his head **His**, **he**, and **him** in this sentence refer to Haman. **Return on his head** is an idiom that means that what a person was planning to do to someone else happened to that person instead. Use an idiom with that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “the wicked plan that Haman developed against the Jews will be done to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ EST 9 25 j129 translate-unknown הָעֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translate
|
|||
EST 9 26 j131 grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֡ן 1 Therefore This introduces the reason why the Jews gave the name “Purim” to this celebration. Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “that is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 9 26 acp3 figs-explicit קָֽרְאוּ֩ לַיָּמִ֨ים הָאֵ֤לֶּה פוּרִים֙ 1 they called these days, “Purim” **They** means the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jews called these days Purim, like the word Pur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 26 c1gi translate-names פוּרִים֙ 1 Purim This is the name of the festival that commemorates the salvation of the Jewish people in ancient Persia from Haman’s plot to destroy and kill all the Jews in a single day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EST 9 26 buf1 writing-background עַל־שֵׁ֣ם הַפּ֔וּר 1 on account of the name of Pur Alternate translation: “the Persian word for ‘lot’ is ‘Pur’” This is information that the original audience needed to understand how this celebration got its name. You can put this first in the verse because it explains what comes next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EST 9 26 buf1 writing-background עַל־שֵׁ֣ם הַפּ֔וּר 1 on account of the name of Pur This is information that the original audience needed to understand how this celebration got its name. You can put this first in the verse because it explains what comes next. Alternate translation: “the Persian word for ‘lot’ is ‘Pur’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EST 9 26 yq8m figs-explicit שֵׁ֣ם הַפּ֔וּר 1 the name of Pur. It can be stated clearly what “Pur” means. Alternate translation: “the word Pur, which means ‘lot’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 9 26 j133 grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֕ן 1 Therefore The story has just given the reason why the holiday is called Purim. Now it is going to give another reason. It will be explaining why the Jews added this holiday to their calendar, in addition to the festivals that were commanded in the Law of Moses. The next verse describes them adding the holiday. This verse gives the reasons why they did that. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 9 26 acp4 עַל־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֖י הָאִגֶּ֣רֶת הַזֹּ֑את 1 on account of all the words of this letter This is a reference to the letter that Mordecai wrote, as described in verses 20–22. Alternate translation: “because Mordecai wrote to them to tell them to observe this holiday”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ EST 9 27 acp8 קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַיְּהוּדִ
|
|||
EST 9 27 acp9 figs-doublet קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַיְּהוּדִים֩ 1 The Jews set up and accepted “Set up” and “accepted” mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews definitely agreed to do this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “agreed to establish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 9 27 j137 figs-metaphor וְעַל־זַרְעָ֜ם 1 and for their seed As in [6:13](../06/13.md), **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 9 27 j141 figs-idiom וְלֹ֣א יַעֲב֔וֹר 1 and it will not pass away This expression means that the Jews would never stop celebrating the feast of Purim every year. You can put this last since it applies to the whole verse. Alternate translation: “always” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 27 acq0 figs-events לִהְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַיָּמִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 to be making these two days Alternate translation: “to establish those two days as holidays and to observe them.” To present things in chronological order, you can put this before the reference to Jewish descendants and converts to Judaism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 9 27 acq0 figs-events לִהְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַיָּמִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 to be making these two days To present things in chronological order, you can put this before the reference to Jewish descendants and converts to Judaism. Alternate translation: “to establish those two days as holidays and to observe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 9 27 acq1 כִּכְתָבָ֖ם 1 according to their writing Alternate translation: “in the way that Mordecai had told them to do in the letter”
|
||||
EST 9 27 acq2 וְכִזְמַנָּ֑ם 1 and according to their appointed time This means the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar, as specified in [9:21](../09/21.md). Alternate translation: “on those exact days of the month of Adar”
|
||||
EST 9 27 j143 figs-idiom בְּכָל־שָׁנָ֖ה וְשָׁנָֽה 1 every year by year This expression means “each and every year.” Alternate translation: “every single year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ EST 9 28 hc8s figs-activepassive וְהַיָּמִ֣ים הָ֠אֵל
|
|||
EST 9 28 j145 figs-idiom בְּכָל־דּ֣וֹר וָד֗וֹר 1 in every generation by generation This expression means “in each and every generation.” Alternate translation: “in every single generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 28 j147 figs-idiom מִשְׁפָּחָה֙ וּמִשְׁפָּחָ֔ה 1 family by family This expression means “every family.” Alternate translation: “every Jewish family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 28 acq5 figs-merism מְדִינָ֥ה וּמְדִינָ֖ה וְעִ֣יר וָעִ֑יר 1 province by province, and city by city This could be a figure of speech that refers to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. Generally speaking, a province would be the largest division of the empire that would identify a person’s location, and a city would be the smallest. Particularly, since the Jews would continue to celebrate Purim after the Persian empire and its provinces no longer exist, you might choose to express the meaning of this figure of speech in a more general way. Alternate translation: “everywhere they have lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EST 9 28 j149 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֥ה וּמְדִינָ֖ה 1 province by province This expression means “every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single<br>province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 28 j149 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֥ה וּמְדִינָ֖ה 1 province by province This expression means “every province.” Alternate translation: “in every single province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 28 j151 figs-idiom וְעִ֣יר וָעִ֑יר 1 and city by city This expression means “every city.” Alternate translation: “in every single city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 9 28 acq6 figs-doublenegatives וִימֵ֞י הַפּוּרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים וְזִכְרָ֖ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִזַּרְעָֽם 1 these days of Purim will not pass away As in verse 27, this expression means that the Jews will never stop celebrating the feast of Purim. You can say this positively. Alternate translation: “will always observe the Festival of Purim faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
EST 9 28 m5o8 figs-parallelism וִימֵ֞י הַפּוּרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים וְזִכְרָ֖ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִזַּרְעָֽם 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews will definitely not stop celebrating Purim each year. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “definitely” or “certainly” or “always.” Alternate translation: “the Jews and their descendants will certainly always continue to celebrate this festival of Purim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ EST 10 1 twn8 figs-explicit וְאִיֵּ֥י הַיָּֽם 1 The phras
|
|||
EST 10 1 acr9 figs-metonymy עַל־הָאָ֖רֶץ וְאִיֵּ֥י הַיָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs1 figs-doublet וְכָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֤ה תָקְפּוֹ֙ וּגְב֣וּרָת֔וֹ 1 And all the deeds of his power and his might **Power** and **might** mean essentially the same thing. They are used together to emphasize how powerful King Ahasuerus was. If it is more natural in your language, you can use one word with that meaning, with another word that gives it emphasis. Alternate translation: “all that he achieved because of how very powerful he was” or “all the great things that he did because of his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns תָקְפּוֹ֙ וּגְב֣וּרָת֔וֹ 1 his power and his might The abstract nouns **power** and **might** can be translated with an adjective. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EST 10 2 k7tc וּפָרָשַׁת֙ 1 with the full account of “They also wrote a full account”
|
||||
EST 10 2 k7tc וּפָרָשַׁת֙ 1 with the full account of Alternate translation: “They also wrote a full account”
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs2 גְּדֻלַּ֣ת מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 the greatness of Mordecai to which the king had made him great Alternate translation: “of how important Mordecai was” or “of how the king had honored Mordecai for the great things he had done”
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs3 גִּדְּל֖וֹ 1 made him great See how you translated this phrase in 3:1 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “had promoted him”
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs4 figs-rquestion הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים עַל־סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים לְמַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס 1 are they not written in the book of the events of days of the kings of Persia and Media? This is actually a statement. The question form is used to emphasize the certainty of the statement. If questions are not used this way in your language, then use a statement instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue